Loveland City Zoning Code

PART 3

Site Design and Environmental Quality

Division 18.10.02 Oil and Gas Standards

18.05.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

The purpose of this Chapter is to promote safe and efficient access to development and to specify minimum requirements for the provision and design of parking and loading areas.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.01.02 Application of Chapter

Generally. The divisions within this Chapter are applied as follows:

Division 18.05.02, Access and Circulation, sets out standards for how access to a subject property is to be provided, and how the circulation system within the subject property is to be designed. If the subject property is proposed to be developed as a subdivision or to include new streets, see also Chapter 18.07, Mobility and Utilities.
Division 18.05.03, Parking and Loading Calculations, sets out standards for calculating the number of required parking and loading spaces based on the likely demand for parking and loading generated by the use of the subject property. The Division also provides for certain exemptions from parking requirements, as well as methodologies for reducing the amount of required parking.
Division 18.05.04, Parking and Loading Design, sets out standards for the design of parking and loading areas.
Division 18.05.05, Use and Maintenance of Parking Areas, sets out standards for how parking areas may be used, as well as minimum standards for their ongoing maintenance.

Fire Codes. The access standards of Division 18.05.02, Access and Circulation may be modified by the City where necessary to ensure compliance with the current adopted Fire Code.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.01 Access Approval Required; Access Standards

Generally. Access approval from the City is required for access onto the City’s streets, as provided in the City of Loveland Street Standards. Approval is granted during the development review process (through plan approval) or by issuance of a right-of-way permit.

State Highways. All access onto State Highways shall comply with the Colorado Department of Transportation State Highway Access Code, and is subject to approval by the Colorado Department of Transportation.

Types of Access. There are two types of access that are subject to permitting:

Access for land use (driveways); and
Public streets (street intersections).

Design Requirements. Driveways and intersections shall be designed as provided in the City of Loveland Street Standards to provide for the safety of motorists, pedestrians, and bicyclists.

Restricted Access. Generally, direct access to individual lots from Collectors and Arterials is restricted, and all/any access must meet the criteria (separation, location, design, etc.) identified in the City of Loveland Street Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.02 Sight Triangles

Generally. Street intersections, alley-street intersections, and street connections to adjacent property shall be designed so that adequate sight distance is provided along the streets. The required sight distance shall be determined by the design speed and grades of the street and the acceleration rate of an average vehicle as prescribed below.

Minimum Requirements. All designs must provide minimum safe stopping sight distance in accordance with Chapter 7, City of Loveland Street Standards, and AASHTO. In addition, for all streets that intersect with arterial and collector streets, the sight distance must be large enough to allow a vehicle to enter the street and accelerate to the average running speed without interfering with the traffic flow on the arterial or collector street.

Landscaping, Hardscaping, and Structures.
1. No hardscaping or structures that are greater than 30 inches in height above the flowline of the adjacent street shall be permitted within a sight triangle.
2. Trees, shrubs, and other plant materials located within sight distance triangles shall be trimmed in accordance with the requirements of Section 7 of the City of Loveland Street Standards. Trees shall be limbed to a height of not less than eight feet, and shrubs and other plant materials shall be maintained in perpetuity at a height of not more than 30 inches.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.03 Site Circulation

The circulation system (i.e., streets, alleys, service drives, access points, sidewalks, trails, and parking and loading areas) within the subject property and at points of connection to other properties or rights-of-way shall provide for the safe, efficient, convenient, and functional movement of vehicles, bicyclists, and pedestrians. These objectives shall be implemented such that the circulation system:

Provides users the necessary sight distances, stacking space, and traffic control devices to ensure the safest and most predictable system of parking and circulation;
Includes clearly defined points of ingress and egress that promote the orderly, safe, and logical movement of traffic within the subject property and on adjoining streets;
Provides for emergency vehicle access (unobstructed by parking or loading areas), and sufficient areas to allow the staging of emergency rescue or fire-fighting efforts;
Logically connects adjoining properties where appropriate;
Minimizes the number of vehicular turning movements and points of vehicular conflict (particularly at access points); and
Minimizes points of potential conflict between pedestrian and vehicular traffic.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.04 Stacking

Generally. Stacking spaces are used to measure the capacity of a drive-through lane to hold cars while transactions are taking place at drive-through stations. Stacking spaces measure eight feet wide by 20 feet long and provide direct access to a service window, ATM, or station at a drive-through bank (collectively, for the purposes of this section, a “station”). The position in front of a station is counted as a stacking space.

Requirements. Uses that include drive-through service shall provide not less than the following numbers of stacking spaces:

Financial institutions, convenience retail, liquor store, or pharmacy: Three stacking spaces per station.
Coffee shop (except as provided in subsection B.4.): Eight stacking spaces.
Restaurant: Five stacking spaces.
Drive-through only use in a building with less than 300 square feet of gross floor area and no detached menu board (e.g., coffee stands): Three stacking spaces per station.
Dry cleaner: Two stacking spaces per station.
Vehicle Wash:
1. Three stacking spaces for each bay in a self-service vehicle wash facility;
2. Five stacking spaces for each in-bay or conveyor vehicle wash facility; and
3. If the facility provides detailing, manual drying or polishing, and / or vacuuming, sufficient area to provide those services without creating additional demand for stacking at the vehicle wash entrance.
Stacking spaces for other uses are determined by the Director.

Design.

Stacking lanes shall be clearly marked, and shall not interfere with on-site or off-site traffic circulation or parking access.
Generally, stacking areas shall not be situated between the facade of a building and the primary street frontage. The Director may waive this requirement if:
1. Either:
  1. The applicant demonstrates that the subject property is unusual in its configuration such that such design is necessary; or
  2. The applicant demonstrates that the configuration of the stacking area is preferable in terms of mitigating impacts on adjoining properties; and
2. A parking lot bufferyard is installed and maintained between the stacking lane and the street.
If a stacking area is aligned in parallel to a secondary street frontage and is not screened from the street by buildings, a parking lot bufferyard shall be installed and maintained between the stacking area and the street.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.01 Calculation of Required Parking Spaces

Generally. Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables, sets out the number of parking spaces that are required for each land use that is listed in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone. The number of parking spaces is based on one or more independent variables, which are measured as provided in this Section.

Factors. The factors for parking calculations are measured as follows:

1.
Per sf. The phrase “per sf.” means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of square feet of gross floor area put to the use, as calculated using the methodology in Section 18.19.01.07, Floor Area and Floor Area Ratio.
2.
Per dwelling unit or per BR. The phrase “per du” means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of dwelling units. In some cases, the parking requirements are based on the number of bedrooms (per “#” BR du) in the dwelling units.
3.
Per Bed. The phrase “per bed” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of beds in the facility instead of the number of sleeping rooms or some other measure. Per bed calculations are normally applied to uses that offer residential care or overnight accommodations with shared rooms.
4.
Per Employee. The phrase “per employee” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of employees (full-time and part-time) on the maximum shift, that is, the work shift in which the maximum number of employees are present.
5.
Per Seat / Per Seat Design Capacity. The phrase "per seat" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of seats that are provided to guests (patrons, members, etc.); and the phrase “per seat design capacity” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the maximum seating capacity of the use as determined by applicable fire codes.
6.
Per Person Design Capacity. The phrase “per person design capacity” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the maximum number of people who may occupy the use pursuant to applicable fire code standards or licensing requirements, whichever is less.
7.
Others. Other factors are measured according to their common meanings.

Rounding. When the calculation of required parking spaces results in a fractional parking space, the result of the parking calculation shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Tandem Parking Spaces. Tandem spaces are not counted towards the parking requirements of this Division, except as follows:

1.
Residential Uses. Where a garage is provided for an individual dwelling unit, tandem spaces in front of the garage are counted toward meeting off-street parking requirements for the dwelling unit, provided that the unit is within a single-family detached, duplex, townhome, or multiplex.
2.
Valet Parking. Tandem spaces may be used in lots that are designated exclusively for valet parking.

EV Charging.

1.
Any parking space served by an EV Charging Station or any parking space used to site EV Charging Stations or Equipment is counted toward applicable parking minimums as at least one standard automobile parking space in accordance with the off-street parking requirements in Section 18.05.03.03 Parking Requirements Tables.
2.
Any van-accessible parking space that is designed to accommodate a person in a wheelchair, is served by an EV Charging Port, and is not designated as parking reserved for a person with a disability under C.R.S 42-4-1208 is counted as two standard off-street automobile parking spaces in accordance with the off-street parking requirements in Section 18.05.03.03 Parking Requirements Tables.
3.
ADA accessible spaces served by EV Charging shall be provided in alignment with the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Standards and standards in the Building Code, providing the same proportion of accessible spaces served by EV Charging per the total number of spaces served by EV Charging. ADA EV Charging spaces may be reserved only for use by people with a disability but are not required to be, so long as the overall number of available parking spaces designed and reserved for people with a disability meets the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act/Table 12-5-203A.

Parking Reductions. Generally, the total number of required parking spaces is equal to the sum of the required parking for each use of a subject property. However, parking requirements may be reduced according to the methodology of Section 18.05.03.05, Shared Parking, and the provisions of Section 18.05.03.06, Parking Credits and Reductions.

Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

Effective on: 1/20/2026

18.05.03.02 Exemptions from Parking Requirements

General Improvement District #1 Exemption. Nonresidential and mixed-use development that is located within the boundaries of General Improvement District #1 is exempt from the parking requirements of this Division. However, if parking is provided, such parking shall be designed as provided in Division 18.05.04, Parking and Loading Design.

Transit Service Area Exemption.

1.
Any new multifamily residential development, adaptive reuse for residential purposes, or mixed-use development in which at least 50% of the total floor area is designated for residential uses, and which is located wholly or partially within a transit service area, as defined in C.R.S § 29-35-301, et seq, as amended, is exempt from the parking requirements in this Division. If parking is voluntarily provided within the applicable transit service areas, such parking shall meet the design standards in Division 18.05.04, Parking and Loading Design. A map of the applicable transit service areas is included as Appendix H for illustrative purposes.
2.
Exceptions. The City may require a minimum parking requirement in connection with a housing development project that contains twenty units or more or contains “regulated affordable housing” as defined in C.R.S § 29-35-302 by requiring no more than one parking space per dwelling unit provided the City publishes written findings that not imposing or enforcing a parking minimum would have a substantial negative impact, pursuant to C.R.S. § 29-35-304(2), as amended, within 90 days of receiving a complete development application, and submits a report to the Colorado Department of Local Affairs, in accordance with C.R.S § 29-35-304(3), as amended.

Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

Effective on: 1/20/2026

18.05.03.03 Parking Requirements Tables

Residential Land Uses. The required off-street parking for residential land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.A., Residential Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

B.
Special Residential Land Uses. The required off-street parking for special residential land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.B., Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

C.
Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses. The required off-street parking for hospitality, recreation, and entertainment land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.C., Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

D.
Commercial Land Uses. The required off-street parking for commercial land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.D., Commercial Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

E.
Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Uses. The required off-street parking for community, civic, educational, and institutional land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.E., Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

F.
Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Uses. The required off-street parking for industrial, processing, recycling, storage, and disposal land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.F., Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

G.
Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Uses. The required off-street parking for motor vehicle and transportation land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.G., Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

H.
Utility and Wireless Communications Land Uses. The required off-street parking for utility and wireless communications land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.H., Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

I.
Agricultural Land Uses. The required off-street parking for agricultural land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.I., Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

J.
Uses Not Listed. For uses that are allowed pursuant to Section 18.02.03.12, Uses That Are Not Listed, the parking shall be established pursuant to an approved parking study. See Section 18.05.03.07, Parking Studies.

Ord. 6326 §4, 08/20/2019; Ord. 6445 §17, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6446 §11, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6516B §7, 10/26/2021; Ord. 6636 §29, 09/05/2023; Ord. 6709 §3, 07/16/2024; Ord. 6762 §8, 04/01/2025

Effective on: 4/15/2025

18.05.03.04 Required Accessible Parking Spaces

Generally. Parking spaces that are accessible to disabled persons (“accessible parking spaces”) shall be provided as set out in this Section. Such spaces shall be counted toward the total number of spaces that are provided for compliance with Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables, after applicable reductions pursuant to Section 18.05.03.05, Shared Parking. Section 18.05.03.06, Parking Credits and Reductions.

Number of Required Spaces. Accessible parking spaces shall be provided as set out in Table 18.05.03.04, Number of Accessible Parking Spaces, or as required by the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design, Section 208 (as may be amended or retitled from time to time) (“ADAAG”), whichever requires more parking spaces and more van accessible parking spaces for disabled persons.

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Use-Specific Standards. Hospital outpatient facilities, rehabilitation facilities or outpatient physical therapy facilities, and residential uses are subject to ADAAG §§ 208.2.1, 208.2.2, and 208.2.3, respectively.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.05 Shared Parking

Generally. The City encourages the sharing of parking for its potential to reduce impervious surfaces or enhance the efficiency of land use. Thus, where a mix of uses creates synergy with respect to the utilization of parking spaces due to differences in peak parking demand periods, the City may reduce the required number of spaces according to the provisions of this Section.

Shared Parking Table. Shared parking allows a reduction in the total number of required parking spaces when a subject property is occupied by two or more uses that typically do not experience peak parking demands at the same time. When any land or building is used for two or more uses that are listed in Table 18.05.03.05.A., Shared Parking, the minimum total number of required parking spaces may be determined by the Director by the following procedures:

Multiply the minimum required parking for each individual use, excluding spaces reserved for use by specified individuals or classes of individuals (except car share programs), by the appropriate percentage listed in Table 18.05.03.05.A., Shared Parking, for each of the designated time periods.
Calculate a sum for all uses for each of the five time periods (columns). The minimum parking requirement is the highest of these sums, plus any reserved spaces that were excluded from the calculation in the first step. Figure 18.05.03.05.A., Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation, provides an example of how to use Table 18.05.03.05.A., Shared Parking, to calculate required parking.

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Figure 18.05.03.05 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building has 50, 2-bedroom residences, 50,000 square feet of office space, and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 450 parking spaces ((50 sp. x 2 sp. / unit) + (50,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 250 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (3 sp. / 1,000 sf.)) = 450). However, combined, they could share 350 parking spaces, as shown in the calculation below.
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
TABLE NOTE: ¹The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
Residential 100 spaces	100% x 100= 100	60% x 100= 60	90% x 100= 90	80% x 100= 80	90% x 100= 90
Office 150 spaces	5% x 150= 8	100% x 150= 150	10% x 150= 15	10% x 150= 15	5% x 150= 8
Retail / Commercial 200 spaces	5% x 200= 10	70% x 200= 140	90% x 200= 180	100% x 200= 200	70% x 200=140
Commercial Lodging	80% x 0 = 0	80% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	50% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
Restaurant	10% x 0 = 0	50% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	50% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
Entertainment	10% x 0 = 0	40% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	80% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
All Others	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
COLUMN TOTALS	118	350¹	285	295	238

Special Shared Parking Study.
1. In the alternative to the methodology in subsection B., above, an applicant may submit a special study to demonstrate that the parking required to serve mixed uses is less than the sum of the parking requirements for each individual use. The special study shall be conducted by a qualified transportation planner or traffic engineer at the applicant's expense (the Director shall develop and maintain a list of qualifications and / or certifications that are acceptable to the City for this purpose), and shall:
  1. Review peak parking demand periods for the proposed uses during a 24-hour weekday and each weekend day, and shall propose a required number of parking spaces based on the combined maximum peak hour demand for parking.
  2. Provide data on the following:
    1. The sensitivity of the proposed uses to change. For example, a center with no restaurant could have significant changes in parking if a restaurant was added.
    2. Similar mixes of uses in other areas of the community.
    3. Degree of variability of parking for individual uses (average, range, and standard deviation).
2. The City may require a reserved open area (which shall not be counted as open space) if it finds that the risk of parking needs changing over time so warrants. Once the project is occupied and well established, if there is a surplus of parking, the applicant may petition for additional development capacity and parking using the reserved area.
Shared Parking Among Lots. When a shared parking reduction is to be applied to uses on several different lots, the following shall be provided:
1. A plan that provides for a pedestrian circulation system that connects uses and parking areas, making it easy and convenient to move among uses; and
2. Recorded easements, approved as to form by the City Attorney, that provide, at a minimum, for:
  1. Cross-access among the parking areas and connections to permit parking by the different uses anywhere in the connected properties;
  2. Allocation of maintenance responsibilities; and
  3. A right of enforcement by the City.
3. As an alternative to the establishment of an easement, a recorded shared parking agreement may be provided. The agreement shall include provisions indicated in subsection D.2.a., D.2.b., and D.2.c., above, unless otherwise approved by the Director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.06 Parking Credits and Reductions

Generally. This section sets out several ways to reduce the number of off-street parking spaces that must be provided, as set out in Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables. If used in conjunction with shared parking (see Section 18.05.03.05, Shared Parking), these reductions may be applied to one type of use to reduce the parking requirement for the use prior to calculating the shared parking reduction.

Limitations.

1.
The credits and reductions set out in this Section are not available to uses that base their parking on a special study (see Section 18.05.03.07, Parking Studies), unless the special study's methodology specifically addresses these credits and reductions and determines that they are appropriate.
2.
The credits and reductions set out in subsections F. and G., below shall not be used, alone, together, or in combination with any other standards, to allow a reduction in required parking of more than 15 percent.

On-Street Parking Credits. In approved mixed-use developments and complete neighborhoods that provide new on-street parking along internal streets in locations approved by the City Engineer, on-street parking may be credited to particular uses in accordance with the formula: Parking Credit = (Sa x P), where:

1.
Sa = the area of the subject property divided by the area of the mixed-use development (or in the case of complete neighborhoods, the neighborhood activity center); and
2.
P = the total parking that is available on-street in the mixed-use development (or in the case of complete neighborhoods, the neighborhood activity center).

Reduction of Parking Requirements for Qualified Affordable Housing Development. The off-street parking requirements for qualified affordable housing developments (see Division 18.16.05, Affordable Housing), are reduced as follows:

1.
For units that are affordable to households that earn more than 60 percent, up to and including 80 percent of the area-wide median income (“AMI”): parking requirements are reduced by 25 percent.
2.
For units that are affordable to households that earn at least 30 percent, up to and including 60 percent of AMI, parking requirements are reduced by 50 percent.
3.
For units that are affordable to households that earn less than 30 percent of AMI, parking requirements are reduced by 75 percent.

Reduction of Parking Requirements for Age-Restricted Multifamily Residential Development. The off-street parking requirements for dwelling units may be reduced if the Applicant restricts the occupancy of all the units in the project to persons aged 67 years and older. Reductions shall apply as follows:

1.
Studio, 1 BR, 2 BR, and Cottages: 1 space per dwelling unit
2.
3+ BR: 2 spaces per dwelling unit

Reduction of Parking Requirements by Re-Use for a Beneficial Purpose. Up to five percent of parking spaces that existed on the effective date of this UDC may be converted to other functions, provided that:

1.
The reduction is used to improve the design or overall function of a site with an existing building, and not to maximize the building envelope of a subject property;
2.
The conversion is used to provide an area for:
1. a.
  Bringing the subject property into compliance with disabled parking and / or accessibility requirements;
2. b.
  A screened enclosure for solid waste or recycling bins;
3. c.
  Utility pedestals used for the relocation of overhead utilities underground, provided that the utility providers agree that the best location for the pedestals requires displacement of the parking space or spaces; and / or
4. d.
  Adding landscaped area to a lot which does not conform to the landscape requirements of this UDC.
3.
The reduction does not reduce the amount of parking provided in the lot by more than 10 percent; and
4.
There are no practical alternative locations for the functions that displace the parking spaces.

Discretionary Parking Reduction.

1.
The Director may allow application of an alternative parking standard, provided that the Director determines the following:
1. a.
  The applicant has demonstrated that either:
  1. 1.
    Site-specific physical constraints necessitate application of the alternative standard, and such constraints will not allow a reasonable use of the property without application of such alternative standard; or
  2. 2.
    The alternative standard achieves the intent of the parking standard to the same or greater degree than the parking standard, and results in equivalent or greater benefits to the community as would compliance with the parking standard.
2. b.
  The reduction in the number of required parking spaces is not more than 10 percent.
2.
Whenever the Director grants a Discretionary Parking Reduction, the Director shall prepare a written statement of findings based on the above criteria for such action. Such statement shall be placed in the development application file.

Redevelopment Corridors.

1.
The off-street parking requirements of this Division that apply to development that has with frontage on the following redevelopment corridors, excluding areas zoned DT, may be reduced up to 10 percent.
1. a.
  S.H. 287 (including Buchanan Avenue, Cleveland Avenue, Garfield Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue) from Ranch Acres Drive to 14^th Street SE.
2. b.
  Eisenhower Avenue from Namaqua Drive to Boise Avenue.
2.
The Director may approve parking reductions of up to 25 percent for development within the redevelopment corridor, if the Director finds that the reduction is appropriate for the use due to:
1. a.
  The location of the subject property;
2. b.
  The availability of sufficient on-street parking and public off-street parking;
3. c.
  Vehicular access to the site and parking area(s);
4. d.
  Pedestrian, bicycle, and transit access to the subject property;
5. e.
  The potential for negative impacts from parking spillover as a result of insufficient off-street parking on the subject property.

R3e Reductions.

1.
Parking reductions of up to 25 percent are allowed for property within the R3e zone that is located within the area bounded by U.S. Highway 34 on the north; Boise Avenue on the east; the Big Thompson River on the south; and Taft Avenue on the west. In addition, on-street parking spaces directly adjacent to the subject property may be counted toward off-street parking requirements.
2.
The Director may approve parking reductions of up to 50 percent, if the Director finds that the reduction is appropriate for the use due to:
1. a.
  The location of the subject property;
2. b.
  The availability of sufficient on-street parking and public off-street parking;
3. c.
  Vehicular access to the site and parking area(s);
4. d.
  Pedestrian, bicycle, and transit access to the subject property;
5. e.
  The potential for negative impacts from parking spillover as a result of insufficient off-street parking on the subject property.

LEED Credit Reductions. Where Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) certification is being sought for new buildings, major building renovations, or for existing buildings, and LEED credit is achieved for addressing alternative modes of transportation, the Director may approve a reduction in the number of required parking spaces that corresponds to the reasonably anticipated reduction in parking demand.

Ord. 6636 §30, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.05.03.07 Parking Studies

Generally.

Some of the uses that are listed in the tables set out in Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables, have nonlinear or widely varying parking demand characteristics. Accordingly, their parking requirements are listed in the table as “special study.” Required parking for these uses shall be established according to the standards of this Section.
Required parking for uses that are not listed in Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables shall be established according to the standards of this Section.
Special studies may also be submitted to support a request to reduce the number of required parking spaces to less than that set out in Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables, due to the nature of the operations and / or location of a proposed use. Such special studies shall include and support all requested reductions in parking. Further parking credits and reductions that are otherwise available pursuant to Section 18.05.03.05, Shared Parking, and Section 18.05.03.06, Parking Credits and Reductions, shall not be applied when parking reductions are granted pursuant to this Section, unless such reductions are supported by the special study.

Special Study Requirements.

A special study shall be conducted by a qualified transportation planner or traffic engineer at the applicant’s expense. The Director shall develop and maintain a list of qualifications and / or certifications that are acceptable to the City for this purpose.
The special study shall provide:
1. A peak parking analysis of at least five functionally comparable uses.
2. Documentation regarding the comparability of the referenced uses, including: name, function, location, gross floor area, parking availability, access to transportation network (including vehicular, bicycle, pedestrian, and transit), use restrictions, and other factors that could affect the parking demand.

Abbreviated Special Study Requirements. The analytical requirements set out in Subsection B., above, may be reduced to two functionally comparable uses if:

The uses are located in the City or within five miles of its corporate limits;
The proposed use to which the special study is to be applied has less than 5,000 square feet of floor area; or
The special study is used to justify a reduction in required parking and the requested reduction is 15 percent or less.

Approval of Special Study.

The City may rely upon the special study or may request additional information or analysis, including, but not limited to: alternative or new data points, or consideration of additional or alternative factors related to comparability or peak demand, as supported by sound engineering principles.
As a condition of approval of a special study, the City may require that land be reserved or land-banked for additional parking if there is a demonstrably high probability the use could change, resulting in a higher demand for parking. Such additional land shall not be counted as open space.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.08 Required Loading

Generally. Off-street loading areas shall be required for non-residential uses that require goods, merchandise, or equipment to be routinely delivered to or shipped from the subject property.

Minimum Required Loading Spaces. Unless additional loading space is necessary to meet the requirements of the use, loading spaces for nonresidential uses (including nonresidential components of mixed-use development) shall be provided as follows:

One off-street loading space for buildings between 5,000 sf. and 20,000 sf.; plus
One additional off-street loading space for each 20,000 sf. or fraction thereof of additional gross floor area in excess of 20,000 sf.

DT Zone and Neighborhood Activity Centers.

In the DT zone and within the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood, the Director may allow:
1. Alley loading if the Director finds that:
  1. Off-street loading is impractical; and
  2. Alley access is available and safe; or
2. Over-the-curb loading if the Director finds that:
  1. Alley loading is unavailable or unsafe; and
  2. Over-the-curb loading will not materially disrupt traffic movements on the street.
If the Director allows alley loading or over-the-curb loading pursuant to this subsection, the Director may place conditions on the timing and types of vehicles used in order to promote the safe operation of the street or alley.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.09 Bicycle Parking

Generally. Bicycle parking shall be provided as set out in this Section, and designed according to the requirements of Section 18.05.04.07, Bicycle Parking Design. Each inverted U type bicycle rack is counted as two bicycle parking spaces. All fractions are rounded up.

Exceptions.

Bicycle parking is not required in the DR zone.
Bicycle parking is not required for the following uses:
1. Single-family detached
2. Duplex
3. Multiplex
4. Townhome
5. Composting facility
6. Disposal
7. Heavy logistics centers
8. Salvage yards
9. Waste transfer stations
10. Helistops
11. The land uses that are set out in Section 18.02.03.09, Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use by Zone
12. Farms or ranches

Minimum Number of Bicycle Parking Spaces. Except as provided in subsection B., above, bicycle parking shall be provided as follows:

Multifamily and Clustered Housing Developments. One space for every two dwelling units.
School. One space for every 10 students, plus one space per 33 employees.
Amenity Areas, such as clubhouses, pools and active parks. One space for every 10 required motor vehicles spaces.
College or University. One space for every 16 students, plus one space per 33 employees.
Personal Services, if related to personal fitness (e.g., boxing or kickboxing instruction; fitness centers; martial arts instruction; swim instruction; or yoga instruction). One space for every 10 required motor vehicle spaces.
Heavy Industry. One space for every 50 required motor vehicle parking spaces.
All Other Uses. One space for every 20 required motor vehicle parking spaces.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.01 General Design Principles

Single-Family Detached, Duplex, Multiplex, and Townhome Uses. Single-family detached, duplex, multiplex, or townhome dwelling units may be parked in a manner that permits vehicles to back directly onto one public local street.

All Other Uses, Except Extraction and Agricultural Uses. All parking lots (surface or structured) for uses that are not subject to subsection A., above, shall be designed as follows:

1.
Backing and turning movements associated with parking shall not extend into a street, and shall not obstruct or conflict with traffic, either on-site or off-site.
2.
The closest driving distance from the flowline of the street at a point of ingress, to the first parking space or drive aisle intersection that is accessible from that point of ingress, is controlled by the City of Loveland Street Standards, Figure 19-6, Minimum Off-Street Parking Setback Distance.
3.
Parking lots with more than three parking spaces shall:
1. a.
  Be designed and traffic controlled therein so that access to and from a public street requires vehicular traffic to be traveling in a forward direction when entering and exiting from the parking lot;
2. b.
  Include curbs in areas with pedestrian and customer movements and along sidewalk edges to prevent vehicles from extending into sidewalks and beyond the perimeter of the parking lot. The use of wheel stops or other barriers may be used in areas with low pedestrian movement to prevent vehicles from contacting an unprotected wall or fence, unless otherwise approved by the Director. Wheel stops and barriers shall be kept in good repair and shall be painted a contracting color to be conspicuous to pedestrians;
3. c.
  Be clearly and permanently marked on the parking surface (e.g., stalls shall be located and traffic channelized with painted stripes); and
4. d.
  Be designed using the angles, layout, and dimensions in Section 18.05.04.02, Parking Space and Aisle Standards.
4.
Parking lots shall be designed in accordance with Section 18.08.04.03, Parking Lots.
5.
Parking aisles shall be designed to collect and channel traffic from parking compounds towards points of ingress and egress.
6.
Unobstructed access to and from a street shall be provided for all off-street parking spaces.

Location. Parking is not allowed in a required front setback except on a single-family detached, duplex, townhome, or multiplex residential driveway or parking pad that extends through a front setback.

Surfacing. All parking, loading, maneuvering and driving areas shall be paved with asphalt, concrete, or similar permanent material approved by the City. The Director may waive surfacing requirements for extraction and agricultural uses, provided that appropriate dust control measures are in place.

Ord. 6636 §31, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.05.04.02 Parking Space and Aisle Standards

Generally. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed according to the standards of this Section.

Arrangement.

1.
All parking spaces located across from each other, on the opposite side of a drive lane, shall be located at the same angle to the drive lane, except that parallel parking may be provided on one side of the drive lane in order to enhance disabled access.
2.
Angle parking located on a drive lane with a dead-end is not allowed unless:
1. a.
  The angle of the parking space is 90 degrees to the direction of travel; or
2. b.
  The geometry of the subject property requires such a configuration for an efficient parking layout and the Director determines that the design provides for safe circulation.

Compact Car Spaces.

1.
All parking spaces that are designated for compact cars shall be at least eight feet wide and 15 feet long. No reduction in size shall be allowed for vehicles that extend over the sidewalk (see subsection D., below).
2.
Compact car spaces shall be:
1. a.
  No more than 35 percent of the total number parking spaces in the parking lot; and
2. b.
  Identified with blue colored striping and a clearly legible “C” symbol.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

D.
Overhangs. The length of standard parking spaces may be reduced by up to two feet where the adjacent sidewalk or landscape area is protected by a curb and not less than seven feet in width, allowing for vehicle overhang and an unobstructed walkway or landscape area of at least five feet in width.
E.
Enclosed Individual Garages. To count towards parking requirements, individual garage interiors shall be not less than 11 feet by 21 feet in dimension.

Ord. 6636 §32, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.05.04.03 Urban Parking Design (DT Zone and Neighborhood Activity Centers)

Generally. The intent of this section is to reduce the impact of parking in pedestrian-oriented areas with urban character. The standards of this section apply within the DT zone, and may be applied within neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods.

DT Zone (Except Neighborhood Transition Character District) and Neighborhood Activity Centers. The standards of this subsection apply within the DT zone (except in the neighborhood transition character district) and within neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods.

1.
Access. Vehicular access to parking lots (surface or structured) shall be from alleys unless the Director determines that such access is infeasible or would create a public safety hazard. In such cases, access shall be provided:
1. a.
  With ingress from a public street and egress into the alley, or if such an arrangement is infeasible or would create a public safety hazard;
2. b.
  With ingress and egress from the street. (See options A, B, and C in Figure 18.05.04.03.A., Urban Parking Access).

Figure 18.05.04.03.A. Urban Parking Access
A	B	C

1. 2.
  Location.
  1. a.
    Parking spaces and drive aisles in surface parking lots shall not be located between the primary elevation of the building and the public right-of-way.
  2. b.
    Parking lot frontage may not comprise more than 50 percent of any secondary lot frontage facing a public street right-of-way. This standard does not apply to lot frontage on an alley or on a lane that functions as an alley.
  3. c.
    Parking lot frontage may not comprise more than 25 percent of the primary lot frontage, with the exception that a drive aisle and a single bay of parking perpendicular to the primary lot frontage is permitted where alley access is not utilized.
2. 3.
  Screening. Parking shall be screened from public rights of way, not including alleys, and residential zones or uses as provided in Section 18.08.04.03, Parking Lots.
3. 4.
  Pedestrian Facilities. Pedestrian sidewalks at least five feet in width shall connect the parking area to the street. Sidewalks shall provide access to adjacent streets, public spaces, parks, and adjacent developments, when feasible. Front ground floor entrances to residential units shall be connected by a porch and/or walkway to the public sidewalk.
4. 5.
  Access Aisle Widths. Access aisle width shall not exceed the minimum required width unless an increase in width is necessary to serve a demonstrated public safety interest.

C.
Parking in DT Zone Neighborhood Transition Area. The standards of this subsection apply to development within the neighborhood transition character area, except single-family detached and duplex residential uses.
1. 1.
  Access. Access shall be provided in one of the following ways:
  1. a.
    Where curb cuts from adjoining streets already exist or are required and no alley is present, two-way access to the street will be allowed.
  2. b.
    Where curb cuts from adjoining streets already exist or are required, the preferable design is to have vehicular ingress from the public street and egress into an alley. See Figure 18.05.04.03.B., Neighborhood Transition Character Area Parking.
  3. c.
    Unless waived by the Director for public safety reasons, vehicular access to lots should be provided through the existing alleys.
2. 2.
  Location. Parking is not allowed:
  1. a.
    Between the front façade and a public street; or
  2. b.
    In the side yard setback adjacent to a public street on corner lots (see Figure 18.05.04.03.B., Neighborhood Transition Character Area Parking).

Figure 18.05.04.03.B.
Neighborhood Transition Character Area Parking

1. 3.
  Screening. Parking shall be screened from adjacent residential zones and residential uses by an opaque fence or wall that is six feet in height. The fence shall or wall not extend beyond the front setback line. Parking shall be screened from public rights of way, not including alleys, as provided in Section 18.08.04.03, Parking Lots.
2. 4.
  Width of Access Points. Access points from streets to parking lots shall not exceed the minimum required width.
3. 5.
  Preservation of Street Trees. Whenever possible and consistent with safe traffic movement, new curb cuts shall be placed so as to not require the removal of existing street trees.
4. 6.
  Parking as Principal Use. For lots where parking is the principal use, the parking lot shall be set back 10 feet from lot lines that adjoin streets and five feet from all other lot lines.

D.
Shared Access. In all areas of the DT Zone and within neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods, if shared access is available, it shall be provided unless the Director finds that the use of a shared access point would be less safe than the use of separate access points.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.04 ADA Accessible Parking Standards

Generally. Parking for persons with disabilities shall be as required by the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design, Section 208 (as may be amended or retitled from time to time) (“ADAAG”). Where provisions of this section conflict with ADAAG, ADAAG shall control unless this section provides for better access and such requirement is not prohibited by the Americans with Disabilities Act. Where the ADAAG provides design standards that are not included in this Section, such design standards shall control.

Dimensions of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces and Access Aisles.

1.
Standard disabled parking spaces shall be nine feet wide and 19 feet long.
2.
Van-accessible disabled parking spaces shall be 11 feet wide and 19 feet long.
3.
ADA accessible access aisles shall be five feet wide, shall run the full length of the parking spaces they serve, and shall connect to an accessible route.

Design of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces. Required ADA accessible parking spaces shall be:

1.
Situated so that they adjoin an ADA accessible access aisle, and such that ADA van-accessible parking spaces adjoin the access aisle on the passenger side of the vehicle;
2.
Paved with asphalt, concrete or other approved material;
3.
Designed so that slope, measured in any direction, and does not exceed a one foot rise to a 48 foot run;
4.
Designed so that whenever there is more than a one-half inch change in the elevation of the surface between an accessible route and the ADA accessible parking space, a ramp is provided within 26 feet, connecting the route to the parking spaces. See Figure 18.05.04.04.A., Ramp Accessibility.

Figure 18.05.04.04.A.
Ramp Accessibility

Image Text:

4' handicapped ramp

13' handicapped parking spaces all within 26' of ramp

D.
Location. The location of ADA accessible parking spaces shall be:
1. 1.
  As close as possible to principal accessible entrance(s);
2. 2.
  Dispersed in a multi-building development or shopping center to ensure easy access, and to minimize the travel distance for the disabled. See Figure 18.05.04.04.B., Distribution of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces.

Figure 18.05.04.04.B.
Distribution of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces

E.
Marking.
1. 1.
  Each ADA accessible parking space shall be identified with a sign that includes:
  1. a.
    The International Symbol of Accessibility set out in ADAAG § 703.7.2.1.
  2. b.
    The statement “Van Accessible,” if the space is an ADA van-accessible parking space.
  3. c.
    The statement “Vehicle I.D. Required.”
2. 2.
  Signs shall be printed with white lettering and symbols on a blue background.
3. 3.
  Signs shall be one foot wide by 18 inches high, and installed at least five feet, but not more than six feet, above the finished floor (for parking structures) or ground surface (for surface parking), measured to the bottom of the sign.
4. 4.
  Signs shall be permanently mounted, with anchor bolts, on a post or on an adjacent structure or wall within 10 feet of the ADA accessible parking space, oriented to the center of the front of each parking space, facing the rear of the space.
F.
Accessible Routes. All accessible routes shall serve as emergency exits for disabled individuals and shall be free from obstructions. Required ramps shall be identified with a sign and be made with a permanent material which will provide all-weather access.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.05 Off-Site Parking

In lieu of locating parking spaces required by Division 18.05.03, Parking and Loading Calculations on the lot that generates the demand for the required parking, parking spaces may be provided on any lot or premises controlled by the owner of the use that generates the parking demand, provided that the parking spaces are within 300 feet of the boundaries of the property generating such parking requirements, and are not already counted towards the parking requirements of another use after application of Section 18.05.03.05, Shared Parking, Section 18.05.03.06, Parking Credits and Reductions, or Section 18.05.03.07, Parking Studies, as may be applicable. As used in this subsection, "control" may include fee-simple ownership, easement interests, lease interests, or participation in a parking district or other joint venture to provide off-street parking.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.06 Loading Design

Generally. Loading areas shall be designed as provided in this Section.

Screening.

Loading areas shall be screened from principal building entrances and other highly visible areas of the subject property.
If a loading area is located within 150 feet of a residential zone, a street, a park, or a designated open space, then the following standards apply:
1. Any bufferyard required by Division 18.08.03, Standards for Bufferyards, along the property boundary of the residential zone, street, park, or designated open space shall include a wall that is eight feet in height; or
2. The loading area shall be enclosed with a roof and a screen wall that is at least 60 percent opaque.

Maneuvering Space.
1. Loading areas shall be of sufficient size to accommodate vehicles that will serve the use, such that all backing and maneuvering to and from loading areas is done on the subject property, and egress of vehicles from the subject property is in a forward direction.
2. The location of the loading area shall not block or obstruct any public street, alley, driveway, or sidewalk.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.07 Bicycle Parking Design

Generally. Bicycle parking shall be designed and located according to Section 17.4, City of Loveland Street Standards.

Materials. Bicycle parking facilities shall be made out of a durable and strong material, permanently anchored to the ground, and designed to allow bicycles to be secured and locked to the parking facility.

Illumination. If the bicycle facility is to be used at night, it shall be sufficiently illuminated.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.05.01 Use of Parking and Loading Facilities

Generally. Required off-street parking spaces shall be available for operable passenger automobiles of the residents, customers, patrons, and employees of the use to which they relate. Off-street parking spaces that are not required by this UDC may be put to other temporary uses.

Storage.

Parking Spaces and Parking Aisles. Storing materials, boats, campers, recreational vehicles, or inoperable vehicles, or overnight parking of trucks or trailers is prohibited in parking areas of multifamily, nonresidential, and mixed-use developments, unless:
1. The outdoor storage use is permitted in the applicable zone and approved for the subject property;
2. The areas that are set aside for such parking are not counted towards the parking requirements for the use; and
3. The areas that are set aside for such parking comply with the requirements for outdoor storage (e.g., buffering or screening of outdoor storage areas).
Loading Spaces. Storage of trailers in loading spaces for more than 48 hours is prohibited. Such spaces shall be available for routine use by delivery vehicles.

Blocking of Access Prohibited.

Blocking loading spaces or required parking spaces is prohibited, except as may be allowed by temporary use permit.
Loading spaces or parking spaces shall not be designed or located in a manner that blocks access to other loading spaces, parking spaces, parking aisles, fire lanes, ingress or egress points, or building entrances, except that tandem parking is allowed for single-family detached, duplex, multiplex, and townhome uses, and for valet parking lots.
Parking, loading, and access areas shall be kept free of any type of permanent or movable structures that block access (e.g., trash receptacles, unattended donation collection boxes, etc.).
Parking within or otherwise obstructing a driveway approach or across public sidewalks is prohibited.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.05.02 Maintenance of Parking Areas

Parking areas shall be maintained as follows:

Off-street parking surfaces shall be kept in good condition, free of weeds, dust, trash or debris;
Parking space lines or markings shall be kept clearly visible and distinct; and
Surfaces shall be repaired as necessary to prevent potholes and ponding that is not contemplated by the stormwater management plan for the subject property.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

The purpose of this Chapter is to provide standards for site design for various types of development, and for development within the Adaptive Re-Use Overlay Zone and the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.01.02 Application of Chapter

Generally. The divisions within this Chapter are applied as follows:

Division 18.06.02, General Standards for Subdivision Layout, provides standards that apply to all new development that involves the creation of new lots or blocks.
Division 18.06.03, Standards for Residential Subdivisions, provides standards that apply to residential subdivisions, except those that are subject to Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods, Division 18.06.05, Standards for Housing Clusters, Division 18.06.06, Standards for Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions, or Division 18.06.07, Standards for Multifamily Development.
Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods, provides standards for the development of complete neighborhoods.
Division 18.06.05, Standards for Housing Clusters, provides standards for site layout for the clustered housing types that are identified in Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
Division 18.06.06, Standards for Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions, provides standards for the development of manufactured home parks and manufactured home subdivisions.
Division 18.06.07, Standards for Multifamily Development, provides standards for the layout of three types of multifamily development: downtown multifamily, infill multifamily, and general multifamily.
Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone, provides standards for development within the Adaptive Re-Use Overlay Zone.
Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone, provides standards for development within the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.

Relationship to Other Standards of this UDC. The standards set out in Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone, and Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone, supersede any conflicting standards in this UDC.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.02.01 Lots

Generally. All new lots shall comply with the provisions of this UDC related to their access, dimensions, and area.

Relationship to Street. When practical, lot lines shall be at right angles to the street line or at right angles to the tangent of the curve of the street line.

Double Frontage Lots.

1.
New double frontage lots shall not be permitted unless vehicular access to the lots meets the applicable City of Loveland Street Standards, and the options that are set out in Section 18.06.02.02, Blocks, cannot reasonably be implemented.
2.
All access restrictions shall be noted on the final plat or development agreement.

Access. All new lots shall have direct vehicular access to a public street or alley, except that:

1.
Lots within manufactured home parks or manufactured home subdivisions may take access from private streets;
2.
If a housing cluster is divided into individual lots for each dwelling unit, the access requirement applies to the cluster, and not each individual lot.

Minimum Street Frontage.

1.
Residential Lots. The minimum street frontage for residential lots shall not be less than 80 percent of the minimum lot width, except that:
1. a.
  Street frontage for lots within manufactured home parks or manufactured home subdivisions that take access from private streets is measured along the private street;
2. b.
  If a housing cluster is divided into individual lots for each dwelling unit, the street frontage requirement applies to the cluster, and not each individual lot;
3. c.
  The street frontage for single family detached lots that take access from a cul-de-sac may be reduced to 30 feet, regardless of the required lot width.
2.
Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots. The minimum street frontages for nonresidential and mixed-use lots are set out in Section 18.04.03.01 Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lot and Building Standards.

Ord. 6636 §33, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.02.02 Blocks

Generally. All contiguous lots bounded by right-of-way, boundaries of the subject property, or designated or dedicated open space shall be grouped and labeled as distinct blocks. The City may require one or more easements through a block for the purpose of access.

Residential Blocks with Arterial or State Highway Frontage.

Generally, the City strongly discourages the use of double frontage residential (except general multifamily and downtown multifamily housing types) lots along arterial frontages, either as a method of restricting vehicular access to those properties or for maximizing the number of lots within a residential subdivision. Along all arterial streets, development design shall allow for homes to face arterial streets, with generous front yard setbacks, and vehicular access being taken from either an alley or local street. The City also encourages the use of cul-de-sacs in conjunction with pocket parks that are adjacent to arterial streets. This arrangement should provide a high degree of visible permeability to residential development and allow for pedestrian and bicycle access, while at the same time limiting auto access along the arterial or state highway.
Where rear yards are allowed along arterials or state highways, buffering shall be provided as required by Section 18.08.03.05, Street Bufferyards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.03.01 Outdoor Recreation Areas

Generally. Subdivisions that are created for single family detached dwellings, duplexes, or multiplexes shall include outdoor areas that are designed for recreational activities targeted towards the anticipated demographics of the subdivision residents. Recreation areas may include playgrounds with tot lots, plazas, gathering areas with seating and wildlife viewing, community gardens, dog parks, or active hard surface courts. The standards of this Section apply to residential subdivisions that are not complete neighborhoods. For standards that apply to complete neighborhoods, see Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods.

Minimum Required Outdoor Recreation Area. Outdoor recreation areas are required at a rate of one acre for every 100 dwelling units for residential subdivisions containing 50 or more residential dwelling units.

Design. Outdoor recreation areas shall be of suitable size, dimension, topography, and general character for the particular purpose of providing adequate space within the development for outdoor recreational activities. The recreation areas shall be integrated into the development design to create meaningful areas within a reasonable distance of the maximum number of residential dwelling units, as well as to provide visibility, and where practicable, views to the mountains or other landmarks from public rights-of-way. The recreation areas shall be connected by walkways that emphasize and place priority on pedestrian movement. The minimum dimension of an outdoor recreation area shall be 50 feet. Small, odd, “left‐over” open space areas, areas within street bufferyards, detention pond two-year storm inundation areas, and areas isolated in corners of the development shall not be included in outdoor recreation areas.

Maintenance. Outdoor recreation areas shall be maintained by a property owners’ association and shall have no effect on the amount of capital expansion fees otherwise imposed under Division 18.16.04, Capital Expansion Fees.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.01 Purpose and Application of Division; General Requirements for Pattern Books

Generally. A Complete Neighborhood is a community that may include a variety of housing types and densities at a variety of price points. A Complete Neighborhood may also include prominently sited civic or community buildings, public open spaces, and neighborhood activity centers including stores, offices, entertainment, and services. Schools and other public facilities may also be included in a Complete Neighborhoods. Complete neighborhoods provide a balanced mix of activities in close proximity to each other and have a recognizable center (or centers). Edges of the community are clearly defined and integrate land uses that appropriately transition to adjacent development. Wide detached sidewalks with amenities like benches, planters, and gathering places are provided throughout the neighborhood. Streets are designed to be comfortable for bicycling with slow vehicle speeds and bicycle lanes on collectors.

Purpose.

The purpose of the Complete Neighborhood is to implement the goals set out in Create Loveland, the Comprehensive Plan, which include:
1. promoting a mix of land uses that includes high-density residential, commercial, employment, and civic uses;
2. promoting high quality architecture;
3. maximizing transit investment and transit readiness;
4. encouraging places for neighborhood activity; and
5. creating a highly connected multimodal transportation network.
The purpose of this Division is to promote (but not to require) the development of high quality Complete Neighborhoods in the City’s residential, mixed-use activity center, and employment zones. The standards of this Division apply if an applicant chooses to develop a subject property as a Complete Neighborhood.

Zones in Which Complete Neighborhoods May Be Developed. An application for a Complete Neighborhood may be submitted only for development within the ER, R1, R1e, R2, R3, R3e, MAC, and E Zones.

Required Documents. An application for a complete neighborhood shall include the documentation set forth in Section 18.17.06.02, Minimum Pattern Book Requirements.

Application. A pattern book for a Complete Neighborhood is a design guide that addresses the design of the individual buildings, the relationship among buildings, streets, and public spaces, the cross-sections of streets, and other defining features of the development. A pattern book provides the following:

A palette of housing types, architectural themes and styles, and finish materials (as such, it addresses the design elements, not the density or intensity of development);
Generalized street cross-sections, streetscape design, and landscaping parameters; and
May propose standards different than in the UDC, including housing types.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.02 Common Amenities

Generally. This section is used to determine the total area within a complete neighborhood that must be used for the provision of common amenities.

Common Amenity Ratio.

The minimum common amenity ratio shall be as provided in Table 18.06.04.02, Minimum Common Amenity Ratio, below.

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

1. The calculation of minimum common amenity area in Table 18.06.04.02, Minimum Common Amenity Ratio, shall be limited to land intended for active use by residents of the community or other persons. Common amenity areas may contain impervious surfaces and buildings for uses such as plazas, play courts, swimming pools and indoor recreation facilities. Common amenity areas may also include walkways or multi-purpose paths that provide access along the edges or through natural areas or flood fringe areas. Common amenity areas shall not include features such as stormwater detention ponds, drainage channels, or floodways.
2. In MUC and E zones, the calculation of minimum common amenity ratio shall only apply to areas designated for residential use.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.03 Housing and Use Mix in Complete Neighborhoods

Generally. This section sets out the minimum requirements for the number of housing types in a Complete Neighborhood, and the limitations on the land area for nonresidential uses in the Complete Neighborhood.

Minimum Requirements for Mix of Housing Types. Complete neighborhoods shall include multiple housing types, as provided in Table 18.06.04.03, Minimum Housing Mix in Complete Neighborhoods. Each table row in each section of Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette, is a different housing type for purposes of determining compliance with Table 18.06.04.03, Minimum Housing Mix in Complete Neighborhoods.

Table 18.06.04.03 Minimum Housing Mix in Complete Neighborhoods
Total Number of Dwelling Units¹	Minimum Number of Housing Types by Zone (see Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette)
Total Number of Dwelling Units¹	ER, R1e, and R1	R2 and R3e	R3, MAC, and E
TABLE NOTES: ¹To meet the minimum requirement for diversity, a complete neighborhood that includes only single-family detached housing types shall include not less than 20 percent of any one housing type. This standard does not apply to additional housing types beyond the minimum number of required housing types. ²Complete neighborhoods that include more than 100 units shall include at least 20 percent of units in housing types that are not single-family detached.
up to 50¹	2	2	2
51 to 100¹	2	3	3
101 to 150²	3	4	3
Greater than 150²	4	4	3

C.
Maximum Land Area for Nonresidential Uses. Complete neighborhoods may include non-residential uses as provided in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone. The total land area designated for nonresidential uses (except vertically mixed-use buildings with residential uses on upper floors, parks, outdoor recreation, schools, and places of assembly) shall not exceed 20 percent of the land area of the complete neighborhood.
D.
Spatial Mix of Housing Types. Complete Neighborhoods shall be designed as integrated places in which housing types are mixed in a manner that does not create areas containing a single type. Such designs may include lessening of density from a point of high density near a neighborhood activity center to areas of lower density, mixing of housing types on a single block, and other comparable techniques to create an integrated mix of housing types. See Figure 18.06.04.03, Spatial Mix of Housing Types.

Figure 18.06.04.03

Spatial Mix of Housing Types

Ord. 6636 §34, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.04.04 Neighborhood Design

Generally. Complete Neighborhoods shall be designed as provided in this Section.

Layout of Complete Neighborhood. The layout of the complete neighborhood shall be shown on a sketch plat or sketch site plan. The sketch plat or sketch site plan shall include areas designated for each housing type (or areas designated for particular mixes of housing types), and if nonresidential uses other than parks, outdoor recreation, schools, or places of assembly will be included in the neighborhood, it shall also include areas designated as neighborhood activity centers.

Blocks.

1.
Arrangement. Blocks shall be arranged in a grid‐like pattern to ensure connectivity and alternate travel routes within the complete neighborhood; cul-de-sacs shall be limited to locations where they are demonstrated to be necessary due to site constraints, or where their use improves non-vehicular connectivity. A strict grid pattern is not required.
2.
Maximum Block Length.
1. a.
  Block lengths shall not exceed:
  1. 1.
    Neighborhood Activity Center: 600 ft.
  2. 2.
    Blocks that include cottage clusters, duplexes, townhomes, and urban cottage, urban single-family, and large urban single-family detached lots: 700 ft.
  3. 3.
    Blocks that include single-family not listed in subsection C.2.a.2.: 800 ft.
2. b.
  Blocks that include parks, outdoor recreation, schools, or places of assembly shall not be limited by the standards of this subsection C.2.
3. c.
  The Director may authorize modifications from the maximum block length requirements if it is demonstrated that the modified blocks offer comparable connectivity within the neighborhood, and between the neighborhood and nearby transit, parks, outdoor recreation facilities, schools, and places of assembly. The Director may require pedestrian and bicycle access mid-block for block lengths greater than 800 ft.

Off-Street Circulation.

1.
A network of sidewalks, off‐street trails, or multi‐use paths shall be integrated into the design of the Complete Neighborhood to enhance access to and through parks, outdoor recreation areas, schools, places of assembly, and neighborhood activity centers and to connect to existing or planned sidewalk, trail, or multi-use path systems in the City.
2.
The network of sidewalks, off‐street trails, or multi‐use paths shall be consistent with the objectives of Complete Streets.
3.
In residential areas, sidewalks shall be detached and not less than six feet in width.
4.
In Complete Neighborhoods that include cul-de-sacs, the Director may require that the pedestrian circulation system include connections between cul-de-sac ends and streets or other cul-de-sac ends within 250 feet.

Common Open Space and Recreation.

1.
Open Space.
1. a.
  Generally, open spaces are integrated into the development design to create meaningful areas of useable open space within a reasonable distance of the maximum number of residential properties, as well as to provide visibility, and where practicable, views to the mountains or other landmarks from public rights‐of‐way. Site design shall minimize or eliminate small, odd, “left‐over” open space areas, except where necessary for the stormwater system. The Director may require extra landscaping to enhance the aesthetic or ecological value of such spaces where they cannot be avoided.
2. b.
  Where possible, open space shall be designed to provide greenways along drainage corridors and streams. The landscaping along corridors or streams shall be designed to enhance water quality of surface and subsurface water flows. Where feasible, trails shall be provided along greenways to provide access for residents of the proposed development. Greenways, trails, and landscaping shall be located outside of the rights-of-way of irrigation ditches, unless the ditch company provides an easement for such greenways, trails, or landscaping.
3. c.
  Common open spaces shall be designed to provide areas of visual focus, recreation, or public assembly within the Complete Neighborhood. Landscaping and furniture for pedestrians is included in these areas to enhance functionality.
4. d.
  Open spaces shall be protected by appropriate easements, dedications, or plat notations.
2.
Accessibility of Recreation Areas. In the R1e, R2, R3e, R3, MAC, and E zones, parks and outdoor recreation opportunities shall be provided such that 90 percent of the dwelling units in the Complete Neighborhood are located within a one‐quarter mile walk of an outdoor recreation area. For the purpose of this standard, a plaza with features that provide recreational opportunities (e.g., interactive fountain or sculpture, tot lot, etc.) shall be included in the definition of outdoor recreation area.

Ord. 6636 §35, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.04.05 Neighborhood Activity Centers

Generally. Neighborhood activity centers shall be designed according to the standards of this Section. Compliance with each subsection of this Section shall be demonstrated using a Pattern Book and Sketch Plat or Sketch Site Development Plan.

Designation of Streets. All streets in neighborhood activity centers shall be designated as either primary streets or secondary streets.

Primary Streets. The primary streets shall provide the principal pedestrian circulation system.
Secondary Streets. Secondary streets shall provide for circulation of service vehicles and access to alleys and parking areas.

Sidewalks.

Minimum Width. Sidewalk widths shall be not less than:
1. 12 feet along primary streets; and
2. Eight feet along secondary streets.
Pedestrian Amenities. Sidewalks in neighborhood activity centers shall include amenities such as street furniture, trash receptacles, water features, sculptures, or planters at intervals of not less than 75 feet.
Pedestrian-Scale Lighting. Pedestrian-scale lighting shall be provided along sidewalks.

Loading and Service Areas. Service areas, including loading docks and trash and recycling storage and pickup, shall be located behind buildings and screened from parking areas. Screening is not required for employee and service entrances in the form of standard doors. Over-the-curb loading is allowed if approved by the City Engineer.

Off-Street Parking.

Off-street parking shall be located in surface parking lots or parking structures that are situated behind the building that they are intended to serve, or in shared surface parking lots or parking structures.
Access to surface parking lots or parking structures shall be provided from:
1. Alleys;
2. Secondary streets; or
3. Mid-block driveways on primary streets, provided that the surface parking lot or parking structure is located behind buildings.

Connections to Residential Areas. The neighborhood activity center shall connect to the residential areas of the complete neighborhood via one or more primary streets. Generally, buildings in the neighborhood activity center shall not be oriented such that they share rear lot lines with single-family detached, duplex, townhome, or multiplex residential lots outside of the neighborhood activity center. If rear lot lines are also boundaries of the neighborhood activity center, the Director may require pedestrian access easements to provide connections to residential areas of the complete neighborhood.

Building Design.

Architectural Theme. An architectural theme shall be developed for the neighborhood activity center, and conceptual elevations that demonstrate the theme’s key elements shall be included in the Pattern Book. A general palette of colors and materials to implement the theme shall also be included.
Visual Interest. Buildings (or groups of attached buildings) that are more than 200 feet wide shall include at least three of the following elements:
1. Shade structures such as awnings, porticos, or arcades.
2. Standard architectural details of windows, doors, and decoration, with their use specified on the pattern book elevations.
3. Varying setbacks (or build‐to lines) that provide interest using one or more of the following:
  1. Areas for seating or outdoor eating on the sidewalk or a small plaza.
  2. Differing setbacks for portions of the building that are detailed to make them visually interesting.
  3. Upper level stepbacks to provide corner window opportunities.
4. Varying heights.
360‐Degree Architecture. The architectural features, materials, and articulation of the front facade shall be continued on all sides that are visible from a primary street, secondary street, sidewalk or trail, or street that bounds the complete neighborhood.
Massing. Buildings shall be designed to appear as a group of attached buildings with horizontal elements in regular increments of not more than 50 feet.
Blank Walls. All exterior building elevations that face a primary street, secondary street, sidewalk or trail, or street that bounds the complete neighborhood shall be designed so that there are no areas of blank wall that are more than 16 feet in horizontal or vertical direction. This requirement can be met by window openings, articulation of the building, porches or balconies, material and color variations, decorative cornices, or wall signs.
Transparency.
1. Building elevations that face streets shall be transparent, including window or door openings that allow views into and out of the interior of the building, as provided in Table 18.06.04.05, Required Transparency

Table 18.06.04.05 Required Transparency
Street Frontage	Ground Floor Transparency¹	Upper Floor Transparency
Primary Street	Not less than 50 percent	Not less than 15 percent or more than 50 percent
Secondary Street	Not less than 30 percent	Not less than 10 percent or more than 50 percent
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Ground floor transparency refers to the area between a height of 30 inches and nine feet above adjacent grade.

1. 1. The Director may approve reductions in transparency for specialized buildings (e.g., theaters), if it is demonstrated that the transparency requirements of this Section would materially diminish the function of the building.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.06 Relationship Between Complete Neighborhood and Adjoining Property

Generally. Where a Complete Neighborhood boundary adjoins existing lots that are developed or approved for single-family or duplex residential use, the lot width and housing type along the boundary shall be compatible to the lot width and housing type of the adjoining lots. For the purposes of this standard only:

Any single-family housing type that has a lot width that ranges from 10 percent narrower than the adjoining lots to two times the width of adjoining lots shall be determined to be compatible; and
Any residential use (including multifamily) that is located across an arterial or collector street from existing lots that are developed or approved for single-family or duplex residential use shall be determined to be compatible with the existing single-family lots.

Buffer Alternative. In the alternative to the standard set out in subsection A., above, a landscape buffer may be provided as set out in Table 18.06.04.06, Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers.

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.07 Modification of Setback Standards

Generally. The general standards for housing types in a Complete Neighborhood are set out in Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette. However, to achieve an urban design that provides a high quality pedestrian environment, it may be desirable to modify some of the standards from the housing palette. Housing palette standards may be modified by pattern book approval, subject to the standards of this Section.

Modification of Front Setbacks. Front setbacks may be reduced, or replaced with "build-to" lines, if the pattern book demonstrates that:

Building frontages are designed to provide a transitional space between the public realm and the private realm (e.g., front porches with steps, etc.);
Vehicular access is provided from an alley or parking court;
The modified setback does not allow an encroachment upon an easement or a required view triangle at a street intersection; and
A combination of street trees, yard landscaping, open space, street furniture, or other pedestrian oriented amenities compensates for the loss of the front yard.

Modification of Side Setbacks. Side setbacks (interior or street) may be modified if the pattern book demonstrates that:

The buildings will comply with applicable building and fire codes;
There is sufficient spacing between buildings to provide for maintenance and emergency access;
The modified setback does not allow an encroachment upon an easement or a required view triangle at a street intersection; and
With respect to street side yards only, a combination of street trees, yard landscaping, open space, street furniture, or other pedestrian oriented amenities compensates for the loss of the street side yard.

Modification of Rear Setbacks. Rear setbacks may be modified if the pattern book demonstrates that:

The design provides for comparable useable outdoor living space on the lot (e.g., through a larger front yard or a courtyard or patio on the side of the dwelling unit);
The design will not create an unsafe condition for the passage of vehicles or pedestrians in an adjoining alley (if present);
The design will not encroach upon an easement or a required view triangle at a street intersection; and
The design will not interfere with the use and enjoyment of rear or side yards of adjoining lots.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.08 Front Yard Commons and Parking Court Arrangements

Generally. Front yard commons and parking court arrangements are alternative ways to provide vehicular access to lots. In the front yard commons arrangement, buildings front on a common green (instead of a street), and vehicular access is by way of alleys. In the parking court arrangement, buildings may front on streets, a common green, or open space, and vehicular access is provided by a shared parking court.

Standards for Front Yard Commons. Single-family, duplex, lot-line home, and townhome lots may front on a common green and take vehicular access from alleys if:

The alleys do not serve more than 16 dwelling units;
The common green is at least the greater of:
1. 30 feet wide; or
2. A width that is 1.5 times the height of the tallest building that fronts on the common green; and
No vehicular access to a dwelling unit is more than 300 feet from the street, measured along the alley centerline to the edge of the street right-of-way.

Standards for Parking Courts. Single-family, duplex, and townhome Lots may take vehicular access from a parking court if:

The parking court serves not more than 10 dwelling units; and
The parking court extends not more than 125 feet from the street, measured along the parking court centerline to the edge of the street right-of-way.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.09 Wireless Communications Plan

An application for approval of a complete neighborhood may include a plan for the provision of wireless communications services to the development. Said plan shall be reviewed for compliance with applicable standards of Title 14 of the Loveland Municipal Code. Approval of the plan shall constitute approval of the wireless communications facilities identified in the plan for the purposes of this UDC, provided that they are constructed in the locations and to the design specifications set out in the plan.

(Ord. 6326 §5, 08/20/2019)

Effective on: 9/3/2019

18.06.05.01 Housing Clusters

Generally. The standards of this Section apply to developments of the clustered housing types that are described in Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types, except for cottages that are located within manufactured home parks.

Common Green.

1.
Clustered housing types shall be organized around one or two common greens, with no dimension that is less than the larger of:
1. a.
  1.5 times the height of the tallest building on the common green; or
2. b.
  30 feet, for cottages and cottage duplexes.
2.
The common green shall be developed and maintained to provide for passive and/or active recreational activities for the residents of the housing cluster.
3.
The common green (or greens) shall be centrally located and easily accessible to all dwelling units within the cluster.
4.
The common green shall be surrounded by cluster housing types on at least two sides, which do not have to be opposite sides.
5.
Stormwater management facilities are allowed within the common greens, if they do not adversely impact access to or use of the common greens for all-season pedestrian access to the dwelling units, and for anticipated active and passive recreation activities.

Front Porches.

1.
Cottages and Cluster Duplexes. Each cottage or cluster duplex dwelling unit shall have a front porch that is not less than six feet in any dimension.

Private Entry Yards.

1.
Each dwelling unit may have a private entry yard (in front of the building elevation that contains the primary entrance to the dwelling unit) that is:
1. a.
  Not more than 10 feet deep, and
2. b.
  Enclosed with a fence that is not more than 36 inches in height in front of the front building plane and not more than 60 inches in height behind the front building plane.
2.
Private entry yards may border the common green, but are not included in the dimensions of the common green.

Relationship to Street and Common Green. Housing clusters shall relate to both the street and to the common green, in that:

1.
Each building that is constructed along the principal street side of the subject property shall include architectural features that provide visual continuity with adjoining properties and visual interest from the street, such as a primary or secondary entrance or porch that is oriented to the street.
2.
Not less than 50 percent of the dwelling units shall front on the common green.

Pedestrian Network.

1.
Pedestrian connections shall link all buildings to the street, common green, and parking areas.
2.
Pedestrian connections from parking areas to common buildings and dwelling units shall cross the common green.
3.
If housing clusters share a common building, the pedestrian network shall connect the housing clusters.

Common Building. A common building with amenities is required within clustered housing developments containing more than 12 dwelling units. Amenities may include a kitchen, meeting area, common dining area, indoor recreation facilities, storage (provided that other amenities are also provided in the building), and up to two guest bedrooms. Up to two housing clusters that are connected with pedestrian pathways may share a common building, unless the size of the common building and provided amenities are designed to accommodate additional clusters, the common building is centrally located and easily walkable from all dwelling units, and the common building is connected to the clusters by pedestrian pathways.

Individual Storage Buildings. One individual storage building is allowed for each dwelling unit, provided that:

1.
The storage building is not more than 10 feet in height;
2.
The storage building is not more than 80 sf. in floor area;
3.
The storage building is located behind the dwelling unit, and set back:
1. a.
  30 feet from any street; and
2. b.
  5 feet from any boundary of the housing cluster.
4.
The storage building is screened from the street and the common green.

Parking Design.

1.
Generally.
1. a.
  Required parking shall be provided in shared surface parking lots, covered parking spaces in shared parking lots, shared detached garage buildings, or in the rear yard accessed from an alley.
2. b.
  No parking space or drive aisle shall be located between a front building elevation and a common green.
3. c.
  For alley accessed parking, parking spaces shall be located between the alley and rear building planes, and shall not extend in side or front yards.
2.
Surface Parking and Covered Parking Spaces.
1. a.
  Surface parking and covered parking spaces shall be set back from streets as provided in Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
2. b.
  Surface parking and covered parking spaces shall be screened from the street and the common green and from individual units with a parking lot bufferyard.
3. c.
  Surface parking shall be distributed on the site to minimize visual impacts and optimize access to individual units.
3.
Shared Detached Garage Buildings.
1. a.
  Shared detached garage buildings may not exceed four overhead doors per building, and a total floor area of 1,200 square feet.
2. b.
  Shared detached garage buildings shall be reserved for the parking of vehicles owned by the residents of the development.

Ord. 6636 §36, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.06.01 Minimum Area of Subject Property; Lot and Building Standards

Minimum Area of Subject Property.

1.
Manufactured Home Subdivisions. No subject property proposed for use as a manufactured home subdivision shall be less than 10 acres.
2.
Manufactured Home Parks. No subject property proposed for use as a manufactured home park shall be less than five acres.

Lot and Building Standards.

1.
Lots or spaces within the manufactured home park or subdivision shall comply with the requirements of Section 18.04.02.07, Manufactured Homes and Cottages in Manufactured Home Parks and Manufactured Home Subdivisions.
2.
Up to 10 percent of the spaces within a manufactured home park may be occupied by recreational vehicles. Such spaces shall meet the standards for a single-wide manufactured home, as set out in Section 18.04.02.07, Manufactured Homes and Cottages in Manufactured Home Parks and Manufactured Home Subdivisions.

Ord. 6636 §37, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.06.02 Required Improvements and Facilities

Utilities.

Connections to City water and sewer shall be available for each manufactured home lot or space.
All utility lines shall be placed underground.

Interior Streets. All interior streets (whether public or private) shall be:

Surfaced with asphalt or concrete to a width of at least 34 feet.
Illuminated by covered street lamps.

Sidewalks. Sidewalks shall be provided as required by Division 18.07.03, Sidewalks, Trails, and Multi-Use Pathways.

Recreational Areas. A recreational area at least equal to one space in area for every ten manufactured home lots or spaces.

Refuse Disposal. Refuse disposal shall be available in covered receptacles.

Dependent Units. If the manufactured home park or subdivision includes spaces for dependent units, a service building containing adequate auxiliary toilets and laundry facilities shall be provided for use by the dependent units.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.01 Purpose and Application of Division

Purpose. The purpose of this Division is to provide minimum standards for development design in order to promote attractive and functional multifamily development that furthers the community's expectations for quality of life and goals for high-quality design in a variety of development contexts.

Application.

The standards of this Division apply to sketch site plans and site plans for multifamily development.
Building standards are set out in Division 18.04.05, Building Design Standards.
Vertically mixed-use buildings with a residential component are subject to the design standards set out in Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods, Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone, Division 18.06.10, Standards for Mixed-Use Activity Center Zone, Division 18.06.11, Standards for Employment Zone, or Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards, as applicable, and not this Division.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.02 Downtown Multifamily

Downtown multifamily shall be designed to meet the requirements of Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.03 General Multifamily

Generally. Site and building plans for general multifamily uses shall conform to the requirements of this Section.

Relationship Between Buildings and Street Frontage. In addition to front setbacks (or build-to lines), buildings shall relate to the street by way of building orientation, fenestration, the design of building entrances, and the location and format of parking areas, as follows:

Multiple-Building Multifamily Development.
1. In developments that include more than one multifamily building, the buildings shall be oriented in one of the following ways:
  1. To the street from which the subject property takes access, with prominent, architecturally defined entrances, with a defined connection between each entrance and the public sidewalk; or
  2. To an interior courtyard that is at least partially visible from the street and at least 1.5 times as wide as the adjoining buildings are tall, with a prominent pedestrian entry to the courtyard and a walkway connecting directly between each building entrance and the public sidewalk through the pedestrian entry; or
  3. To a cohesive, connected system of open space and pedestrian pathways, with a prominent pedestrian entry to the site and a walkway connecting directly between each building entrance and the public sidewalk through the pedestrian entry to the subject property.
Single-Building Multifamily Development. If the multifamily residential development is in the form of a single building, the building shall be oriented to the street from which the site takes access. The building shall have a prominent, architecturally defined entrance, with a defined connection to the public sidewalk.

Pedestrian Circulation and Connectivity.

The subject property shall have a defined pedestrian circulation system that provides connections among the dwelling units, common mailboxes, amenities, and the public sidewalk.
1. Sidewalks and multi-use pathways that comprise the pedestrian circulation system shall be at least five feet wide, and, except at crossing points, separated from parking and vehicular circulation areas.
2. Sidewalks and multi-use pathways shall be designed and organized to be highly visible from buildings and parking areas.
Connections between the public sidewalk and the pedestrian circulation system on the subject property shall be provided at intervals of not more than 300 feet.

On-Site Amenities. General multifamily developments that include more than 20 dwelling units shall provide on-site amenities as set forth in this subsection.

Total Area of On-Site Amenities. The total area provided for on-site amenities shall be as set forth in Table 18.06.07.03, Minimum On-Site Amenities.

Table 18.06.07.03 Minimum On-Site Amenities
Zone	Minimum Contiguous Area¹	Minimum Area per D.U.
R2	5,000 sf.	240 sf.
R3e	5,000 sf.
R3	3,000 sf.
B
MAC
PUD
TABLE NOTES: ¹Applies to a single outdoor area that is used for one or more on-site amenities.

1. Types of On-Site Amenities. On-site amenities shall provide facilities for outdoor or indoor recreation and leisure. The types of on-site amenities are as follows:
  1. Outdoor Passive amenities include paths; picnic areas; play fields and; dog parks (if pets are allowed), and other facilities with a comparable amenity value.
  2. Outdoor Active Level One amenities include play courts and tot lots with appropriate equipment, lighting, and seating for adults, and other facilities with a comparable amenity value.
  3. Outdoor Active Level Two amenities include swimming pools.
  4. Indoor amenities include buildings containing swimming pools, fitness facilities, clubhouses (excluding leasing office space and maintenance rooms), common kitchens, movie theaters, billiard rooms, and other facilities with comparable amenity value.
  5. Balconies that are not less than 36 square feet in size and not less than six feet in any dimension.
2. Calculation of Amenity Area. The different types of on-site amenities listed in subsection D.2. are counted differently towards the on-site amenity requirement. To calculate compliance with the requirement, multiply the area of each type of amenity times the ratio set out for that type of amenity in Table 18.06.07.03, Ratios for On-Site Amenities.

Table 18.06.07.03 Ratios for On-Site Amenities
Type of Amenities	Ratio
Outdoor
Passive	0.5
Outdoor Level One	1.0
Outdoor Level Two	2.0
Balconies	0.5
Indoor
Indoor	2.5

1. Director’s Authorization.
  1. The Director is authorized to make determinations as to whether an amenity that is not listed in subsection D2, above has comparable amenity value to a listed amenity.
  2. The Director is also authorized to grant a 20 percent reduction in the area of required on-site amenities if the Director finds either:
    1. Off-site recreation amenities (e.g., public parks and recreation amenities in a PUD or complete neighborhood) are available and have capacity to serve the proposed development in that:
      1. There is a safe pedestrian route of access from the proposed development to the off-site recreation amenity;
      2. The walking distance between the subject property and the off-site amenity is 600 feet or less; and
      3. The off-site amenity is of a type that is likely to be used by residents of the proposed development; or
    2. The subject property is approved as a qualifying affordable housing development and the reduction is necessary and appropriate to ensure the desired level of affordability.
  3. If the Director makes a decision regarding comparable amenity value or grants a reduction in the minimum on-site amenity area, then the Director shall document, in the project file, the good cause rationale for making the decision.

Parking Design.
1. Surface Parking and Covered Parking Spaces.
  1. Parking modules in which the access aisles roughly parallel the adjoining street shall be set back not less than 30 feet from street rights-of-way, and:
    1. Shall be screened from view from the street by:
      1. A multifamily building, or a combination of an enclosed parking building and a type A bufferyard, located between the building and the street (see Figure 18.06.07.03, Illustrative Parking and Building Configuration); or
      2. A type C bufferyard.
    2. Shall be screened from view from adjacent property by:
      1. A multifamily building, or a combination of an enclosed parking building and a type B bufferyard, located between the building and the street; or
      2. A combination of a detached enclosed parking facility and a type B bufferyard located between the building and the property line; or
      3. A type C bufferyard.

Figure 18.06.07.03
Illustrative Parking and Building Configuration

1. 1. Surface parking areas in which the access aisle is roughly perpendicular to the adjoining street shall:
    1. Be spaced so that the boundaries of parking modules that are roughly parallel to each other are at least 50 feet apart; and
    2. Be buffered from the adjoining street with a type B bufferyard.
  2. Covered parking spaces are allowed.
1. Attached Individual Garages and Detached Enclosed Parking Facilities. Overhead doors shall not be located on building elevations that face adjacent property or public streets unless the building elevation is at least 60 feet from the property line, and intervening buildings or landscaping mitigate the appearance of the overhead door.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.04 Infill Multifamily

Generally. The standards of this Section apply to infill multifamily development.

Relationship Between Building and Street Frontage.

Each building that is constructed along the principal street side of the subject property shall include architectural features that provide visual continuity with adjoining properties and visual interest from the street, such as a primary or secondary entrance and windows that are oriented to the street.
One or more prominent, architecturally defined entrances shall be provided to the building or to a courtyard or paseo. These entrances shall include a defined connection to the public sidewalk. This standard does not preclude buildings that also have dwelling units that are accessed from the side or rear of the building.

Relationship Between Buildings on Subject Property and Buildings on Adjacent Property. Infill multifamily buildings may be up to 20 feet in height at interior side setback lines. Building massing above 20 feet in height shall be stepped back from interior side setback lines one foot for each additional foot in height.

Outdoor Living Space.

Not less than 75 square feet of outdoor living space shall be provided for each dwelling unit.
Outdoor living space make take the form of a common amenity such as a courtyard or paseo, or a semi-private or private outdoor space such as a porch or balcony.
Outdoor living spaces that are configured as common amenities shall be accessible to the dwelling units, connected to the dwelling units and the street by pedestrian walkways, and situated as a central organizing feature of the subject property.
If outdoor living spaces are provided between infill multifamily buildings (e.g., courtyards or paseos), no dimension of the space shall be less than 1.5 times the height of the tallest building that frames the space.

Parking Design.

Surface Parking and Covered Parking Spaces.
1. Surface and covered parking spaces parking shall be set back three feet from side and rear property lines.
2. Surface parking spaces that face adjoining residential property shall be screened from said property with a privacy fence, garden wall, or opaque evergreen hedge that is at least five feet tall.
3. No parking space shall have direct access to a public street.
4. If the subject property has alley access, parking or vehicular access shall not be located in the front yard unless the Director finds that the alley cannot be safely used to provide access.
5. If the subject property does not have alley access (or if the Director determines that alley access cannot be safely provided), not more than 30 percent of the front yard may be covered with surface parking or access drives.
Garage Parking. Overhead doors shall not be located on building elevations that face adjacent property or streets, unless intervening buildings, fences, garden walls, or landscaping substantially mitigate the appearance of the overhead doors.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.01 Operational Standards

The hours of operation for nonresidential uses, in which services are provided to the general public, shall be limited to between 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM daily, unless otherwise approved through the adaptable use process.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.02 Building Design

Building additions and new development shall be designed so that the style of the building is not an obvious departure from the style of the other residential buildings on the same block and generally within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone, in terms of cladding materials, color, scale, massing, height, street orientation, fenestration, roof pitch, and entryways.

Building additions and new development shall include pitched roofs with slope ratios and overhangs consistent with the characteristics of existing residential structures within the North Cleveland Overlay Zone. Principal buildings shall have primary building entries and vertically-oriented windows that face Cleveland Avenue.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.03 Parking, Landscaping, and Lighting

Off-Street Parking.

Off-street parking for nonresidential uses shall be provided behind the front building line of the principal building, and shall have a minimum setback of three feet from side yard property lines. Where parking in this configuration is not possible, the Director may approve alternative parking, provided that not more than 30 percent of the area between the front setback line and the street is paved.
Parking bufferyards are required as provided in Section 18.08.03.06, Parking Bufferyards, except that the bufferyard shall not be installed between the front building line of the adjacent property and the public right-of-way, and trees are not required between the principal building and the side property line if the installation of trees would obstruct access to the parking lot.
The maximum width of a drive aisle connecting to North Cleveland Avenue shall be 12 feet for that portion of the aisle that is in front of the front building elevation of the principal building.

Landscaping.

Corridor bufferyards are not required. All other landscaping standards apply except as provided in subsection A., above.
Street trees shall be provided along North Cleveland Avenue at an approximate spacing of 35 feet on center.
Existing healthy, mature trees shall be preserved and incorporated into the site design for new off-street parking areas and building additions.
Additional landscaping and screening may be required by limited or adaptable use review in order to maintain the residential character of the overlay zone and to preserve privacy between residential and nonresidential uses.

Lighting. Exterior lighting on the subject property shall meet the provisions for residential parking areas, as set out in Section 18.09.02.03, Intensity and Distribution of Light.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.04 Accessory Dwelling Units

Accessory dwelling units shall be permitted on the same lot as a nonresidential use, provided that they comply with the requirements of Section 18.04.07.01, Accessory Dwelling Units. For the purposes of evaluating compliance with Section 18.04.07.01, Accessory Dwelling Units, the nonresidential use shall be considered the “Single-Family Detached Dwelling Unit” and “Primary Dwelling Unit.”

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.09.01 Bulk Standards

Generally. Upon an applicant’s election to apply the ECOZ standards pursuant to Section 18.02.09.01, Purpose and Application of Division, and thereafter, the standards of this Section are applied. For the purposes of this Division only, the phrase “Residentially-Zoned Property” means property located in an ER, R1e, R1, R2, or R3e zone.

Maximum Building Height. The maximum building height provisions of this subsection apply to the subject property, and supersede any conflicting building height regulations in the underlying zone.

Maximum Height: 90 ft.
Transition to Residentially-Zoned Property: no part of a building shall cross an angled building height plane that commences 10 feet above all property lines that border Residentially-Zoned Property, and proceeds into the Subject Property at an upwards angle of 45 degrees. See Figure 18.06.09.01.A., Illustrative Building Height Plane.

Figure 18.06.09.01.A.
Illustrative Building Height Plane

Perimeter Setbacks and Build-To Lines. The perimeter setbacks and build-to lines set out in this subsection apply along the boundaries of the subject property, and supersede any conflicting setbacks or build-to lines in the underlying zone. Where build-to lines would require construction within utility or ditch easements or other areas where development is impracticable due to topography or comparable issues, the Director may authorize modification of the build-to line as appropriate achieve as closely as practicable the aesthetic and functional objectives of the ECOZ.
1. Arterial frontage build-to line: 0 ft., or as necessary to provide an 11-foot wide parkway and 10-foot wide sidewalk between the building and the ultimate curb of the abutting arterial street, and as necessary to provide “transition areas” as defined in Section 18.06.09.02, Site Design Standards, as follows:
  1. Front property line is more than 160 feet long: Transition areas shall be provided along not less than 20 percent of the building frontage.
  2. Front property line is up to 160 feet long: Transition areas may be provided at the applicant’s option.
2. Other street frontage setbacks:
  1. Streets that intersect the arterial frontage street: 0 ft., or as necessary to provide an 8-foot wide parkway and 6-foot wide sidewalk between the building and the ultimate curb location of the abutting street.
  2. Streets that do not intersect the arterial frontage street: 10 ft.
3. Alley setbacks:
  1. To garages: 3 ft., or as provided in Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
  2. To buildings: 3 ft., or as required to maintain safe travel along the alley.
4. Interior side setback:
  1. Subject Property borders Residentially-Zoned Property: 15 feet
  2. Subject Property does not border Residentially-Zoned Property: 0 feet
5. Rear setback:
  1. Subject Property borders Residentially-Zoned Property: 15 feet
  2. Subject Property does not border Residentially-Zoned Property: 5 ft.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.09.02 Site Design Standards

Generally. Upon an applicant’s election to apply the ECOZ standards, and thereafter, the standards of this Section are applied.

Transition Areas. As used in this Section and in Section 18.06.09.01, Bulk Standards, transition areas are “semi-public” spaces between buildings and the arterial frontage that provide a physical and psychological transition between the sidewalk and the building. Transition areas are (with the exception of landscape areas) accessible from both the sidewalk and the building. Such areas include, but are not limited to, plazas, patios, seating areas, fountains, decks, and other landscaped areas. Transition areas may also include plazas and landscaped walkways that provide pedestrian access between or through buildings.

Transition areas are required along arterial frontages as provided in Section 18.06.09.01, Bulk Standards.
Transition areas shall have horizontal dimensions of not less than 10 feet by 10 feet, except that access between or through buildings shall be not less than 20 feet in width, nor greater than 60 feet in width (measured parallel to the arterial street) at ground level.

Figure 18.06.09.02.A.
Illustrative Transition Area (Plan View and Cross Section)

Illustrative Transition Area (Cross Section)

Pedestrian Circulation.
1. For every 200 linear feet of front property line or fraction thereof, at least one pedestrian access to the subject property shall be provided from the public sidewalk. The access shall connect to a parking area, on-site pedestrian circulation system, building, or transition area.
2. Where existing public sidewalks, trails, or pedestrian access easements (collectively, “Access Points”) on adjacent property terminate at the boundary of the subject property, the pedestrian circulation system shall connect to the access points.
3. The subject property shall include an internal pedestrian circulation system that connects the sidewalk to buildings to parking areas to access points (where required by subsection C.2.). Such system shall be designed for efficient pedestrian movement and minimization of vehicular-pedestrian conflicts.
Vehicular Circulation.
1. If access to the subject property is possible along an existing street alignment, then access shall be provided along the existing street alignment.
2. If the extension of an existing street alignment through the subject property would connect streets on opposite sides of the subject property, then the streets shall be connected across the subject property if such connection will complete a grid and improve mobility without materially increasing cut through traffic in a residential neighborhood.
3. If the construction of an alley along the rear property line would connect to a public street and improve vehicular mobility and property access to the benefit both the subject property and the bordering property owners, then an alley shall be constructed along the rear property line.
4. All accesses shall comply with the City of Loveland Street Standards.
Parking Configuration. Parking modules shall be set back from front property lines by the greatest of:
1. The distance that is required by the City of Loveland Street Standards, Figure 19-6, Minimum Off-Street Parking Setback Distance.
2. 25 feet from the front property line to the boundary of any parking space.
3. 50 feet from the front property line to the boundary of any parking aisles that runs parallel or roughly parallel to the front property.
Utilities and Solid Waste Collection. Above-ground utility service infrastructure that serves the subject property (e.g., meters, valves, etc.) shall be completely screened from view from public rights-of-way by building walls, wing walls, or screen walls. Dumpster enclosures shall be located behind buildings or set back not less than 60 feet from arterial rights-of-way.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.09.03 Building Design Standards

In addition to any other applicable standards in Division 18.04.05, Building Design Standards, at least 35 percent of the ground floor of the street-facing building elevation between two feet and 10 feet above grade shall be transparent (allowing visibility into the building).

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.01 Application of Division

The standards of this Division apply within the MAC Zone. Development within the MAC Zone requires an approved Conceptual Master Plan, in accordance with Division 18.17.07, Conceptual Master Plan, followed by one or more Site Development Plans.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.02 Balance of Land Uses

There shall be no limit on the amount of land area within a MAC Zone that may be put to residential use; however, for projects exceeding 50 percent residential land area, the applicant must demonstrate that sufficient land area is used or zoned for commercial purposes within the project, or within a one-mile vicinity of the project, to meet future commercial needs and demands. Such evidence may consist of a market analysis or an analysis of development trends and existing and proposed land uses within the vicinity of the project.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.03 Architectural Standards

In addition to any other applicable standards in Division 18.04.05, Building Design Standards, commercial and mixed-use buildings in MAC zones shall include at least one significant defining architectural element or feature that conveys a sense of architectural depth and substance. Examples include substantial offsets that differentiate building masses; arcades with substantial columns; towers with roofs that extend fully around the building or feature; extensive use of decorative block; stone and/or brick finish material; deep gable roofs with substantial eaves or over hangs; or other equivalent feature.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.04 Pedestrian Circulation

A continuous primary pedestrian route shall connect focal points of pedestrian activity such as, but not limited to, transit stops, street crossings, and building entrances. Pedestrian-auto crossings shall be concentrated at key intersections, shall be incorporated into the primary pedestrian network, and shall be clearly delineated by a change in paving materials. The primary pedestrian route shall feature an adjoining landscaped area on at least one side with trees, shrubs, benches, ground covers or other such materials for no less than 50 percent of the length of the primary pedestrian route.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.05 Surface Parking Lots

Sites with large retail surface parking lots shall place and orient outlot or pad site buildings to interrupt views of the parking lot from the street. Outparcels or pad sites shall be configured to minimize parking between the building and the street, in order to create a “building wall” along the frontage road. Where possible, landscape features (e.g., trees and shrubs, trellis, decorative wall, entry feature, etc.) shall be used to fill gaps between outlot buildings and areas where outlots are not planned. Where possible, “overflow” parking shall be placed to the side or rear of principal buildings.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.06 Flexible Development Standards

Setbacks and Bufferyards. Setback and bufferyard standards of this UDC may be reduced or waived for projects that orient buildings to streets to create an attractive pedestrian environment following “new urbanism” or “smart code” principles (see “The Lexicon of the New Urbanism” or “Smart Code”), as provided in this Section.

Front Setback Reduction.

Where front setbacks are reduced, a tree lawn not less than four feet in width shall be provided between the outer edge of the curb and the sidewalk. Canopy trees planted not less than 30 feet on-center shall be provided in the tree lawn. Landscaped bulb-outs and trees planted in tree grates in the sidewalk, with on-street parking, may be provided instead of a tree lawn.
Residential buildings with reduced setbacks shall include features such as covered porches or front stoops and walkways between buildings and the public sidewalk. Also, garages shall placed to the rear of the lot behind the primary structure, with side driveway or alley access.
Setbacks to individual garages shall not be reduced to less than 20 feet.
In evaluating proposals with reduced setbacks, consideration shall be given to existing setbacks in adjacent developed areas to avoid incompatible and/or inconsistent design conditions.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.01 Application of Division

The standards of this Division apply within the E Zone. Development within the E Zone requires an approved Conceptual Master Plan, in accordance with Division 18.17.07, Conceptual Master Plan, followed by one or more Site Development Plans.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.02 Balance of Land Uses

Generally. Not more than 40 percent of the land area within a site development plan shall be dedicated to non-primary workplace uses. Non-primary workplace uses include hotels, retail, convenience and service uses, restaurants, child care, housing or other uses intended to support and compliment primary workplace uses. For the purposes of this requirement, primary workplace uses shall include but shall not be limited to office, research, or light industrial.

Exception. A proposed site development plan that does not meet this requirement may be permitted if within two miles of the boundaries of the proposed development, primary workplace uses exist or the zoning for such uses is in place, in an amount that is sufficient to comply with the intent of the E Zone and meet the long term need for primary employment land uses anticipated by the Comprehensive Plan.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.03 Campus-Like Character

Generally. The E Zone if intended to have a “campus-like” character with strong unifying design elements meeting the standards of this Section.

Unified Building Design. Building design shall be coordinated with regard to color, materials, architectural form, and detailing to achieve design harmony, continuity, and horizontal and vertical relief and interest.

Unified Open Space.

Generally. Projects shall include a unifying internal system of pedestrian-oriented paths, open spaces, and walkways that function to organize and connect buildings and public gathering spaces, and to provide connections to common origins and destinations (e.g., transit stops, restaurants, child care facilities, and convenience shopping centers). Open space and natural features shall serve as buffers and transitions to adjacent areas.
Minimum Open Space. At least 20 percent of the gross site area within the contiguous E Zone shall be used for common open space features, such as common area landscaped buffers, parks or plaza spaces, entrance treatments, natural areas, or wetlands, but excluding any open space or landscaped areas within required building setbacks or parking lots. Areas dedicated to storm water drainage may also be counted toward meeting the open space requirement, provided that they are designed to be recreation space or an attractive site feature incorporating a natural shape or informal native landscaping.

Other Unifying Features.

Entry Points. Major project entry points shall include well-designed signage and entry features such as sculpture, plazas, special landscape clusters, etc.
Parking. The visibility of surface parking lots or parking structures shall be minimized by placement to the side or rear of buildings or using landscape screening.
Shared Facilities. Shared vehicular and pedestrian access, shared parking, common open space, and related amenities shall be integrated into the project’s design. The overall design and layout shall be compatible with the existing and developing character of the neighboring area.

Viewshed Protection. Care shall be taken to minimize disruptions to adjacent neighborhood views of open spaces or natural features through the sensitive location and design of buildings, structures, and associated improvements. Visual impacts can be reduced and better view protection provided through careful building placement and consideration of building heights, building bulk, and separations between buildings.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.04 Retail and Office Uses

Sites that include more than 50,000 square feet of retail or office uses shall be designed in accordance with the standards that are set out in Section 18.06.10.03, Architectural Standards, through Section 18.06.10.05, Surface Parking Lots, inclusive.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.05 Unified Design Agreement

In the case of multiple parcel ownerships, an applicant shall make reasonable attempts to enter into cooperative agreements with adjacent property owners within the E Zone to create a shared Pattern Book and Sketch Site Plan that establishes an integrated pattern of streets, outdoor spaces, building styles, and land uses consistent with the standards in this Division.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.06 Flexible Development Standards

Front Setback Reduction.

Where front setbacks are reduced, a tree lawn not less than four feet in width shall be provided between the outer edge of the curb and the sidewalk. Canopy trees planted not less than 30 feet on-center shall be provided in the tree lawn. Landscaped bulb-outs and trees planted in tree grates in the sidewalk, with on-street parking, may be provided instead of a tree lawn.
Residential buildings with reduced setbacks shall include features such as covered porches or front stoops and walkways between buildings and the public sidewalk. Also, garages shall placed to the rear of the lot behind the primary structure, with side driveway or alley access.
Setbacks to individual garages shall not be reduced to less than 20 feet.
In evaluating proposals with reduced setbacks, consideration shall be given to existing setbacks in adjacent developed areas to avoid incompatible and/or inconsistent design conditions.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

The purposes of this Chapter are to set out the general rules for the arrangement and construction of streets, alleys, sidewalks, trails, multi-use paths, and utilities, and to adopt (by cross-reference) engineering standards for such construction.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.01.02 Application of Chapter

The Divisions within this Chapter are applied to all development as follows:

Division 18.07.02, Streets and Alleys, adopts engineering standards for streets and alleys, establishes design standards for the layout of streets and alleys, and adopts naming conventions for streets.
Division 18.07.03, Sidewalks, Trails, and Multi-Use Pathways, sets out the standards for on-site pedestrian and bicycle circulation and connections to off-site pedestrian and bicycle circulation systems.
Division 18.07.04, Utilities, adopts engineering standards for utilities and establishes standards for utility easements.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.02.01 Street Development Standards – Adopted

The City of Loveland Street Standards are adopted by reference as the development standards of the City, for the purpose of establishing standards for streets, street signs, highway, curb and gutters, traffic control devices, sidewalks, multi-use pathways, and other improvements as required to be constructed as public improvements within all developments within the City. Notwithstanding anything in this UDC to the contrary, any revisions to the City of Loveland Street Standards, including amendments that adopt codes by reference, shall be made in accordance with the process set forth in the City of Loveland Street Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.02.02 Street Layout and Design

Generally. The street layout of each subdivision and the width of the streets therein shall be based upon and shall be in accordance with the City of Loveland Transportation Master Plan, as amended, and the City of Loveland Street Standards.

Design Requirements.

Streets shall have a logical relationship to topography and to the location of existing or platted streets in adjacent properties.
Local residential streets shall be designed with detached sidewalks, except as modified in Section 18.17.15.04 Affordable Housing Flexibility or Section 18.07.03.02.A.2 Sidewalks and Trails.
Certain proposed streets, as determined by the City Engineer, shall be extended to the boundary of the subject property to provide for safe and efficient traffic circulation within the vicinity. To this end, the City Engineer may require stub-outs and temporary turn-arounds to provide for future connections. Half-streets are not allowed.
Streets, utility rights-of-way, and public open spaces shall conform to the City-approved plans for the extension or provision of such public facilities.
Streets, utility rights-of-way, and public open spaces shall comply with the provisions of C.R.S. § 43-2-101, et seq.

Ord. 6471 §2, 06/15/2021

Effective on: 8/1/2021

18.07.02.03 Alleys

Generally. The City may require rights-of-way for alleys that are open at both ends in non-residential districts and in the rear of lots that front on arterial or collector streets, in accordance with the City of Loveland Street Standards. The City may allow alleys in other areas, but may condition such approval on the applicant's provision of a perpetual maintenance entity other than the City.

Alley Level of Service Standards in DT Zone. Where deemed appropriate, the City Engineer may grant a variance to the adequate community facilities ordinance for alley levels of service in accordance with Section 1.9.4 of the City of Loveland Street Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.02.04 Street Naming Conventions

Generally. Proposed street names shall be approved by the fire and police departments and the Director, and shall not duplicate or too closely approximate, phonetically, the name of any other street in the City or vicinity.

Standards for Street Names. Street names shall be in compliance with Chapter 12.08, Loveland Municipal Code.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.03.01 Pedestrian Accesses

Generally. Where street layout is such that sidewalks are insufficient to provide for adequate pedestrian mobility, the Director may require perpetual unobstructed easements of up to 20 feet in width within a proposed development in order to facilitate pedestrian and bicycle access from streets to schools, parks, playgrounds, or other community or commercial services. Any such easements shall be shown on the subdivision plat, and shall generally not follow street rights-of-way.

Connections.

Sidewalks or pedestrian paths shall be constructed and located in order to:
1. Provide a system of pedestrian movement to points both on-site and off-site;
2. Provide a logical link between the origins and destinations of pedestrian traffic;
3. Provide a convenient, safe, and visible pedestrian route between parking areas and building entrances (whenever a pedestrian path or a bike path traverses a parking lot, a safe and efficient pedestrian system shall be clearly designated); and
4. Break up long blocks and connect cul-de-sacs to other pedestrian paths to promote a pedestrian-friendly environment.
Generally, a pedestrian or multi-use path shall connect the street adjoining the subject property to each building on the subject property. The Director may waive this requirement where the nature of the use would create a high potential for a safety hazard.
When a pedestrian or multi-use path traverses a parking lot, a surface material change, lighting, painted surface, or similar means of traffic control should be provided to ensure safe pedestrian and bicycle movement.

Design. Pedestrian paths shall be not less than five feet in width. Multi-use paths shall not be less than 10 feet in width. All paths shall be paved and designed to drain stormwater away from the travel surface.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.03.02 Sidewalks and Trails

Generally. If required by the City of Loveland Street Standards and not present at the time of development, sidewalks shall be provided along streets that adjoin the subject property. Sidewalks shall be designed in accordance with the City of Loveland Street Standards, and shall also meet the following requirements:

All new sidewalks shall be constructed as a detached walks, separated from the street by a tree lawn in accordance with Section 18.08.04.01, Street Trees.
Where a detached sidewalk is impractical or inconsistent with the pattern of existing sidewalks, an alternative alignment may be approved by the Director and the City Engineer.

Sidewalks on Private Streets. Sidewalks shall be provided along private streets that serve a residential development and shall meet the following requirements:

All new sidewalks shall be constructed as a detached walks, separated from the street by a tree lawn in accordance with Section 18.08.401, Street Trees.
A sidewalk only on one side of the private street may be approved by the Director if alternative off-street pathways are provided that connect residents to amenity areas.
Where a detached sidewalk is impractical or inconsistent with the pattern of existing sidewalks, an alternative alignment may be approved by the Director and the City Engineer.

Required Trails. Trails shall be provided as follows:

If a trail stub-out from adjacent property connects to the subject property, the trail shall be connected to or across the subject property.
If a trail stub-out is planned or approved on adjacent property, the subject property shall provide a stub-out to connect to the trail when it is constructed.
If a trail is planned across the subject property and adjacent property, the trail segment within the subject property shall be constructed, and shall stub-out to adjacent property.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.01 Underground Utilities Required

All proposed utility facilities, including, but not limited to gas, electric power (except transmission wires), telephone, fiber optic, and cable television (“CATV”) cables, shall be located underground. Whenever practical, existing utility facilities that are located above ground, except when located in the public right-of-way, shall be relocated underground.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.02 Utility Easements

Easement widths along lot lines, where necessary for utility facilities such as poles, wires, conduits, stormwater sewers, gas lines, wastewater lines, or water lines, shall be determined by the affected utility.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.03 Electric Development Standards – Adopted

The “Requirements for Electric Service” (hereinafter, the “Electric Standards”) are adopted by reference. All electric facilities that are to become part of or to be connected with the City’s electric utility shall be constructed and connected in accordance with the Electric Standards. Notwithstanding anything in this UDC to the contrary, any revisions to the Electric Standards, including amendments that adopt codes by reference, shall be made in accordance with the process set forth in the Electric Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.04 Water and Wastewater Development Standards – Adopted

The “City of Loveland Water and Wastewater Development Standards” (hereinafter, the “Water and Wastewater Standards”) are adopted by reference. All facilities for water and wastewater shall be constructed in accordance with the Water and Wastewater Standards. Notwithstanding anything in this UDC to the contrary, any revisions to the Water and Wastewater Standards, including amendments that adopt codes by reference, shall be made in accordance with the process set forth in the Water and Wastewater Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.05 Storm Drainage Development Standards – Adopted

The “City of Loveland Storm Drainage Standards” (hereinafter, the “Storm Drainage Standards”) are adopted by reference. All facilities for storm drainage shall be constructed in accordance with the Storm Drainage Standards. Notwithstanding anything in this UDC to the contrary, any revisions to the Storm Drainage Standards, including amendments that adopt codes by reference, shall be made in accordance with the process set forth in the Storm Drainage Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

The purposes of the landscaping standards that are set out in this Chapter are to:

Preserve, protect, and enhance the character of the City by:
1. Ensuring that development in the City has a balance of buildings, paved areas, and landscaping that is consistent with the intended character of the zone in which the development is located;
2. Buffering uses that tend to diminish the appearance of the community; and
3. Creating well-landscaped, high-quality views along streets.
Encourage non-vehicular modes of travel by:
1. Creating deciduous tree-lined streets that offer shelter in summer months and solar access in winter months; and
2. Enhancing the experience of the pedestrian.
Preserve, protect, and enhance the environmental quality of the City by:
1. Using landscape materials to clean the air, slow runoff, and prevent soil erosion by wind and water;
2. Reducing the "heat island" effect that is created by large areas of exposed pavement;
3. Promoting landscape designs that conserve energy and water resources;
4. Preserving or replacing native grasses, valuable mature trees, and other desirable vegetative cover.
Protect and enhance property values and land use compatibility by:
1. Buffering street frontages and zone boundaries;
2. Buffering certain land uses from each other; and
3. Landscaping parking lots and open space areas.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.01.02 Application of Chapter

Calculations. Division 18.08.02, Calculation of Landscape Requirements sets out the standards for calculating the landscape requirements of this Chapter.

Bufferyards. Division 18.08.03, Standards for Bufferyards, sets out types, dimensions, and planting requirements for different types of bufferyards that are required by this UDC, and authorizes the Director to allow variations from those standards in certain circumstances.

Other Landscape Areas. Division 18.08.04, Standards for Landscape Areas, sets out standards for street trees, plazas, parking lots, and certain other interior portions of a subject property.

Tree Preservation and Protection. Division 18.08.05, Tree Preservation and Protection, sets out standards for preserving certain trees on-site, and for protecting trees that are designated for preservation.

Installation, Maintenance, and Warranties. Division 18.08.06, Landscape Elements, Maintenance, and Warranties, sets out standards for how landscaping is to be installed, maintained, and warrantied.

Sight Triangles. The standards of this Chapter shall be implemented in a manner that complies with Section 18.05.02.02, Sight Triangles.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.01 Approved and Prohibited Plant Lists

Generally. Only those plants on the approved plant list may be used to meet the standards of this Chapter. Plants on the prohibited plant list shall not be installed, and the City may require their removal as a condition of development approval. Applicants may request that plants which are not listed be included on the approved plant list, and the Director may add them according to the standards in subsection B.3., below. Plants that are on neither the approved plant list nor the prohibited plant list may be installed, but are not counted towards compliance with this Chapter.

Approved Plant List.

The Director shall maintain a list of approved plants in the following categories:
1. Street Trees (deciduous trees with a mature height that is generally more than 35 feet, planted between the street side curb and the sidewalk, typically in the public right-of-way);
2. Large Trees (deciduous trees with a mature height that is generally more than 35 feet);
3. Small Trees (deciduous trees with a mature height that is generally 35 feet or less);
4. Evergreen Trees (conifers or other evergreens with a mature height of more than 20 feet); and
5. Shrubs (perennials or evergreens with a mature height of at least three feet).
The Director may further classify the approved plant list according to:
1. Locations where approved plants are appropriate or not appropriate (e.g., street tree species may be identified, etc.); and
2. Level of water usage (e.g., identification of species which may be used to meet the requirements of Section 18.08.02.07, Water-Wise Landscaping Requirement, and Section 18.08.02.08, Irrigation Subject to Hydrozone Water Budget).
The Director may modify the approved plant list on his or her own initiative or in response to requests. Plants may be added to the list if the Director finds that they are appropriate for planting in the City (or in certain locations, see subsection B.2., above)), in consideration of:
1. Climate zone;
2. Growth habits;
3. Invasiveness;
4. Lifespan;
5. Habitat;
6. Hardiness (resistance to disease and harmful insects);
7. Leaf litter;
8. Structural strength; and
9. Watering needs / drought tolerance.
The Director may approve proposed plantings that are not on the approved plant list for use in a specific development, in order to determine their suitability for use in the City. Such plantings will be counted as “approved plants” for the purposes of the proposed development’s compliance with the standards of this Chapter.

Prohibited Plant List. The following plants are not allowed in the City, and shall be removed during development or redevelopment if they are present on the subject property:

Plants that are identified as noxious, invasive, or prohibited in Loveland by the United States or the State of Colorado; and
Plants that are identified on the City’s list of prohibited plants, which is maintained by the Director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.02 Substitution of Plant Types

Generally. The planting requirements of this Chapter are expressed in terms of the number of large trees, small trees, evergreens, and shrubs that must be planted within a specific area. In some circumstances, it may not be practicable to plant the specified types of vegetation. In those cases, the Director may allow substitutions as provided in this Section.

Use of Equivalent Plant Types. The Director may allow the substitution of required plants for other plant types, if the Director finds that:

The substitution will improve the buffering qualities of the bufferyard, given the nature of the use to be buffered;
The substitution is justified by the habits (forms) of the proposed plantings, in that it will provide for adequate space for the trees to grow to maturity, and will not compromise the buffering effect of the bufferyard; and
Unique conditions of the site (e.g., soil conditions, overhead power lines, solar orientation) justify the substitution.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits

Generally. Existing trees that are protected on a subject property, excluding existing, individual residential lots, count towards the planting requirements of this Chapter, provided that:

They are either:
1. On the approved plant list; or
2. Established for at least five years and not on the prohibited plant list; and
They are not:
1. Overmature;
2. Diseased;
3. Poor in form;
4. Leaning heavily over buildings;
5. Too close to building foundations;
6. Damaging sidewalks and driveways; or
7. Impacting utilities.

Credit for Preservation of Trees. Healthy, mature trees that are preserved on-site may count as more than one tree for the purposes of the landscaping requirements, as set out in Table 18.08.02.03, Tree Preservation Credits.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.04 Identification of Landscape Areas

Generally. This Section sets out several different areas of a subject property in which specific quantities or techniques of landscaping may be required.

Identification of Landscape Areas in All Development Types.

Bufferyards. Bufferyards are areas of a subject property that must be used for buffering the subject property from adjoining lots, parcels, or public rights-of-way. Bufferyards are generally situated along (or close to) property lines, outside of the public right-of-way.
Street Tree Lawns. Street tree lawns are areas of a subject property or adjoining right-of-way that are used for the planting of street trees. This landscape area may or may not be a part of the subject property.
Parking Lot Landscape Areas. Parking lot landscape areas are those areas within surface parking lots that must be landscaped. Parking areas are delineated to include access aisles and off-street parking spaces, and any corners that are necessary to give the parking area a relatively regular shape, except:
1. Corners and other landscape areas that bound access points (the areas used for ingress / egress stacking at connections to streets).
2. Parking in service areas that are hidden by screen walls; and
3. Individual driveways that provide access to single-family detached, duplex, townhome, or multiplex development.
Foundation Plantings. Planting beds adjacent to buildings are not required, but are encouraged to add a natural element to building elevations. Such planting beds shall be given credit toward meeting open space standards in the UDC. Plant material in planting beds shall be low water usage plants, with drip irrigation.
Protected Open Spaces. Protected open spaces are the areas of a subject property that meet the definition of open space and which are subject to an easement or dedication that restricts future development to open space uses.

Landscape Areas in Single-Family Detached, Duplex, Townhome, and Multiplex Development.

Private Lots. Private lot landscape areas are the yards on lots that are intended for individual ownership, or, in the case of common maintenance communities or condominiums, areas around dwelling units that would be located within private lots if the subdivision were platted for fee-simple ownership.
Common Landscape Areas. Common landscape areas are those areas of land within a subject property that are either owned by a property owners' association or dedicated to the City or another governmental or non-profit entity for the purpose of maintaining the areas in their natural or landscaped condition. Bufferyards, street tree lawns along new streets, open stormwater detention or retention facilities, recreation areas, and protected open spaces may be components of the common landscape area.

Landscape Areas in Multifamily, Mixed-Use, and Nonresidential Development.

General Landscape Area. General landscape areas are those areas of a subject property that are required to be landscaped or designated as open space. They may be privately owned, owned by a property owners' association, or dedicated to the City or another governmental or non-profit entity for the purpose of maintaining the areas in their natural or landscaped condition. Bufferyards, street tree lawns along new streets, protected open spaces, open stormwater retention and detention facilities, foundation landscape areas, recreation areas, and parking lot landscape areas are components of the general landscape area.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.05 Size and Quality of Landscape Plants

Generally. In general, plant materials that are installed according to the requirements of this Chapter shall meet the standards that are set out in this Section. However, larger sizes may be required to ensure survival or to implement a condition of approval of a limited or conditional use.

Minimum Size of Landscape Materials. The minimum sizes of landscape materials used to satisfy the requirements of this Chapter are set out in Table 18.08.02.05, Minimum Size of Landscape Materials.

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Specification of Landscape Materials.
1. All new plant material shall meet specifications of the American Standard for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1) and 8 CCR § 1203-5, Rules Pertaining to the Administration and Enforcement of the Colorado Nursery Act.
2. Plant materials shall be true to name and type, and first class representatives of their species or varieties.
3. Trees shall be balled and burlapped, with the burlap wrapped in a metal wire basket. Container and bare root tree plantings are not permitted without the written permission of the Director upon good cause shown.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.06 Required Biodiversity

Generally. Diversity of the genus and species of trees and shrubs is required in order to prevent monocultures which could result in large-scale losses in the event of disease or blight.

Standards.

Within each category of required landscape plants (i.e., large trees, small trees, evergreens, and shrubs), not more than 30 percent shall be of any one genus.
Each street frontage where at least six street trees are required shall include at least three genera of street trees. For the purpose of this paragraph only, street trees shall include all trees that are planted within 10 feet of the public street right-of-way.
No more than six trees of one genus may be located within an individual cluster of trees on the subject property, with such clusters separated from each other such that the driplines of trees in different clusters are at least 100 feet apart.
Exceptions may be made with written permission of the Director upon good cause shown.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.07 Water-Wise Landscaping Requirement

Generally. The requirements of this Section are applied to all landscaped areas within a subject property.

Plant Selection and Grouping Requirements.

Plants shall be selected based on their suitability for the site. Where possible, native species shall be installed, protected, or preserved.
Not more than 50 percent of the trees and shrubs that are installed to meet the requirements of this Chapter shall be classified as high water use. Plants or trees that produce food for human consumption are not counted in this calculation.
Low water use plants (including grasses) are allowed in any location, but are required:
1. On slopes that are steeper than 25 percent; and
2. In areas that the Director determines are not appropriate for permanent irrigation (unless such areas are characterized by hydric soils).

Mulch. Mulch, such as bark, stone, or other materials, left loose, or other water-saving treatments applied to the soil surface at a depth of four inches for bark, or two to four inches for stone, shall be used for all planting areas (except turf areas) in order to help maintain soil moisture and inhibit weeds. Landscape fabric is required below non-organic materials.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.08 Irrigation Subject to Hydrozone Water Budget

Generally. The City provides cost-saving incentives for the implementation of a hydrozone landscape plan, for new landscapes, redeveloped landscapes, and retrofits to existing landscapes. Participation in the hydrozone landscape plan incentive program is voluntary.

Relationship to Water Budget Program. Submittal of a qualifying hydrozone landscape plan is a requirement of the City’s voluntary water budget program that is designed to protect the City’s water resources by encouraging the design, installation, and maintenance of hydrozone landscapes in which plantings are grouped by hydrozone and are subject to an annual water budget. See Chapter 19.06, Loveland Municipal Code.

Applications.

Hydrozone landscape plans shall be designed for and secure a dedicated irrigation meter (under provisions established by the City’s Water Division) that provides irrigation water to landscape areas governed by the program.
Hydrozone landscape plans shall be provided as a component of standard landscape plan submittals.

Plan and Hydrozone Standards. A complete and appropriately detailed landscape plan and irrigation plan shall demonstrate compliance with the standards of this Chapter and this Section.

Landscape and irrigation plans must satisfy standards specified by this Division, including soil amendment requirements and landscape / irrigation design requirements. Landscape plans shall clearly demonstrate compliance with program requirements, including the identification of hydrozones, specification of plant lists with Evapo-Transpiration (“ET”) or Kc-values and indication of plant spacing.
Planting areas must be organized into distinct hydrozones according to their microclimatic needs and water requirements. Plants with similar water usage shall be grouped into distinct hydrozones. High water use hydrozones shall be separated from low and very low water use hydrozones by moderate water use hydrozones whenever possible.
A water budget that is based on submitted landscape and irrigation plans must demonstrate the requirements of Chapter 19.06.050.F.1, Loveland Municipal Code.
Irrigation system design shall be based on a maximum irrigation period (window) of not more than 16 hours of operation per day, excluding subsurface irrigation of trees, shrubs, and other plantings.
Irrigation systems shall be provided with automatic rainfall shut-offs to limit the unnecessary application of irrigation water.
ET irrigation system controllers (or similar controllers) may be utilized to ensure that irrigation water is provided efficiently based on the moisture needs of landscape plantings.
Landscape and irrigation system design and operation shall comply with requirements specified in Chapter 19.06, Loveland Municipal Code.

Preparation of Plans. Unless waived by the Director for good cause shown, irrigation plans shall be prepared and signed by a Professional Engineer, Landscape Architect, or by a designer that is certified by the Association of Landscape Contractors of Colorado (CLT-E Certification), the Irrigation Association (CID Certification), or similar certifying program approved by the Director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.09 Fire-Wise Landscaping Requirement

Generally. Landscaping on properties in the Wildland Urban Interface Overlay Zone, as depicted in Appendix E, Exhibit 4 shall comply with the risk reduction requirements in Appendix O of the adopted Fire Code.

Ord. 6636 §38, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.08.03.01 Purpose and General Design Parameters for Bufferyards

Purposes of Bufferyards. Bufferyards are used to beautify street edges, soften the visual interaction between differing zones, improve compatibility of adjoining uses, and protect natural resources from impacts of nearby development.

Opacity and Width Standards.

Classes of Bufferyards. This Chapter describes five classes of bufferyards: A, B, C, D, and E. The relative opacity of the bufferyards (see subsection B.2., below) increases in alphabetical order. This Chapter also describes three special purpose bufferyards:
1. Zone Boundary Bufferyard;
2. Street Bufferyard; and
3. Parking Bufferyard.
Opacity Standards. The opacity of the bufferyard is a measure of the rough proportion of the view that is blocked by the bufferyard (at maturity) from grade to 35 feet above grade. Opacity is related to planting density, plant forms, bufferyard widths, and the presence of structures (e.g., fences and walls) or topographical features (e.g., natural slopes or constructed berms).
Width Standards. Comparable opacities can be achieved with bufferyards of different widths. However, in certain circumstances (e.g., where noise, dust, runoff, or other non-visual impacts are to be mitigated by the bufferyard), the width of the bufferyard may be as important or more important than its opacity. Where bufferyard widths are specified by limited, adaptable, or conditional use standards, alternatives with narrower widths are not allowed.

Bufferyard Design. Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications, sets out standard bufferyard widths and planting requirements for each class of bufferyard.

Bufferyard Requirements.

Bufferyards may be required for certain land uses in certain zones or locations, based on applicable limited, adaptable, or conditional use standards. See Division 18.02.04, Use Standards.
Bufferyards are required along zone boundaries as set out in Section 18.08.03.04, Zone Boundary Bufferyards.
Bufferyards are required along certain streets, as set out in Section 18.08.03.05, Street Bufferyards.

Nonconforming Bufferyards. Nonconforming bufferyards shall comply with Section 18.11.05.01, Uses Proposed on Sites with Physical Nonconformities.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications

Generally. Bufferyard specifications are set out in Table 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications. The table includes two alternative configurations; one with landscaping only (“standard bufferyards”), and one with berms, fences, or walls (“constrained bufferyards”). Fences and walls shall meet the standards set out in Section 18.04.07.06, Fences and Walls.

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

B.
Location of Plantings in Relation to Walls and Fences.
1. 1.
  Walls or Fences that are Installed along Streets. Walls or fences that are installed along streets shall be installed along the inside boundary of the bufferyard, with landscaping installed between the wall or fence and the property line. Walls and fences shall not be located less than 15 feet from the property line. The Director may authorize an alternative location or meandering wall if all required plantings are planted on the street side of the wall and the wall or fence height is not greater than three feet, or a constrained bufferyard is approved by the Director in compliance with Section 18.08.03.03, Use of Constrained Bufferyards.
2. 2.
  Walls or Fences that are Installed along Other Interior Property Lines. Along interior property lines that are not specified in subsection B.1., above, walls and fences may be installed at the property line, provided that:
  1. a.
    The decorative sides of walls or fences face out, with structural members facing the interior of the subject property; and
  2. b.
    Shrubs required as part of a bufferyard are exchanged for materials with a mature height of more than 125 percent of the wall height, unless:
    1.
    Such landscaping would conflict with existing overhead utilities; or
    2.
    The inside of the wall is highly visible from an arterial or collector street.
C.
Existing Walls. Existing walls may be counted towards the bufferyard requirements if they are of sound construction and in good repair. However, if more than one wall is installed in adjoining bufferyards, only the tallest of the walls is counted towards the overall opacity of the combined bufferyard. Fences and walls in adjoining bufferyards shall not be located closer than 10 feet to each other.
D.
Noise Barriers. Where a bufferyard specification requires a noise barrier, the bufferyard shall include a barrier that reflects or absorbs noise generated from the subject property to the extent necessary to attenuate noise on adjoining property to comply with the noise standards set forth in Division 18.09.05, Noise and Ground Vibration.
E.
Use of Equivalent Plant Materials. The number of large trees, small trees, evergreens, and shrubs may be modified in a particular bufferyard as set out in Section 18.08.02.02, Substitution of Plant Types.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.03 Use of Constrained Bufferyards

Constrained bufferyards (as described in Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications) are allowed if compliance with all bufferyard requirements would result in more than 15 percent of a subject property being required for use as bufferyards, or if the Director determines that it is impractical to meet the required bufferyard standards due to specific site constraints, which may include the locations of existing buildings and parking areas.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards

Generally. Bufferyards are required along certain zone boundaries that are also boundaries of the subject property (or within the subject property), except street frontages. The required classification of bufferyard at each boundary is as set out in Table 18.08.03.04, Zone Boundary Bufferyards (the letter in each cell corresponds to the class of bufferyard that is defined in Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications). Limited, adaptable, or conditional use standards or conditions may impose additional requirements in certain circumstances.

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

B.
Bufferyards Adjacent to Other Zones. The classification of bufferyards adjacent to a Planned Unit Development or property not within the City's jurisdiction shall be established by the Director based on the land uses in the PUD.
C.
Waiver of Zone Boundary Bufferyards. Where a zone boundary separates land uses that are allowable in both zones, the Director may waive zone boundary bufferyards. Use-specific bufferyards, if applicable, still apply.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.05 Street Bufferyards

Generally. Street bufferyards shall be installed along state highways, arterials, collectors, local commercial / industrial, and local residential (public or private) streets as provided in this Section, except that landscaping shall be provided:

In the DT Zone as set out in Section 18.08.04.02, Street Trees and Plazas in DT Zone.
As set forth in the U.S. 34 Corridor Plan (see Appendix F: U.S. 34 Corridor Plan) for those sections of U.S. Highway 34 within the study area of the plan;
As set forth in the Site Development Standards and Guidelines for the I-25 Corridor (see Appendix G: Site Development Standards and Guidelines for the I-25 Corridor).

Plant Materials. Plant materials that are used in street bufferyards shall also be counted towards other bufferyards that may be required along the same frontage by other standards of this UDC, including subsection D., below, except where the location of the plant materials specifically disqualifies them (e.g., see Section 18.08.03.06, Parking Bufferyards). The requirements of this Section do not apply at points of ingress, egress, or intersection with a street, trail, irrigation ditch right-of-way (including service roads), or waterbody.

State Highway, Arterial, Collector and Commercial / Industrial Streets. Street trees as defined in Section 18.08.02.01, Approved and Prohibited Plant Lists, shall be provided between the sidewalk and the ultimate curb in accordance with Section 18.08.04.01, Street Trees. A type B bufferyard shall be planted on the private property side of the sidewalk. The street trees may be counted towards the large trees that are required by the type B bufferyard.

Local Commercial / Industrial Streets in the I Zone. Street trees shall be provided between the sidewalk and the ultimate curb, or within an area not more than 15 feet from the ultimate curb in accordance with Section 18.08.04.01, Street Trees. A type A bufferyard shall be planted along the inside of the sidewalk. The street trees may be counted towards the large and small trees that are required by the type A bufferyard.

Residential Streets. A tree lawn in accordance with Section 18.08.04.01, Street Trees shall be provided between the sidewalk and the ultimate curb for all subdivisions approved after the effective date of the UDC.

Additional Bufferyard Where Residential Lots Adjoin a Street on Side or Rear Yards. Where residential lots (except general multifamily) adjoin a street on side or rear yards, such lots shall be buffered from the street by a type C bufferyard. Along state highways or arterial streets, the bufferyard shall include a six-foot privacy fence or wall located on the inside of the bufferyard with the plantings placed between the street and the fence or wall. The bufferyard shall be located in a separate tract of land maintained by a homeowners or similar association.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.06 Parking Bufferyards

Generally. Parking bufferyards shall be installed along the boundaries of surface parking lots of nonresidential, mixed-use, multifamily uses, or clustered housing developments if the surface parking lots include more than three parking spaces that are visible from the street or adjoining property. Plant materials and walls or fences that are used in parking bufferyards shall also be counted towards other bufferyards that may be required along the same boundary of the subject property by other standards of this UDC. The requirements of this Section do not apply at points of ingress or egress to the surface parking lot.

Exception. In the DT Zone, buffering shall be provided as set out in Section 18.08.04.02, Street Trees and Plazas in DT Zone, and not this Section.

Standards for Parking Bufferyards Along Residential Property Lines. Parking bufferyards along property boundaries that adjoin single-family detached, duplex, multiplex, or townhome uses shall be buffered as follows:

Parking bufferyards shall be not less than three feet in width, not including any vehicular overhang areas, with areas of larger width where necessary to accommodate required trees.
Parking bufferyards shall include a fence or wall that is at least five feet in height, and two large trees per 100 linear feet of bufferyard.

Standards for Parking Bufferyards Along All Other Property Lines.

Parking bufferyards shall be not less than five feet in width, not including any vehicular overhang areas.
Along streets, parking bufferyards shall be installed between the parking lot and the sidewalk and are allowed to overlap (be included in) the width of the street bufferyard. Plant materials that are installed in tree lawns on the other side of a detached sidewalk are not counted towards parking bufferyards.
Parking bufferyards shall include shrubs and any combination of berms, walls, fences, evergreens, planters, or other approved visual obstructions, provided the bufferyard includes a mix of coniferous plantings necessary to comply with subsection D.4., below, and the shrubs are installed along not less than 75 percent of the width of the parking bufferyard.
Parking bufferyards shall provide a visual obstruction up to a height of:
1. Three feet above the surface of the parking lot within three years after installation in all other locations (see Figure 18.08.03.06, Illustrative Parking Bufferyard.

Figure18.08.03.06
Illustrative Parking Bufferyard

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.07 Variations from Bufferyard Standards

Generally. The Director may authorize variations from the bufferyard standards as may be justified by the context of the subject property, as provided in this Section.

Timing of Installation.

The Director may allow for the installation of a bufferyard along property lines that are shared with vacant property that is not the subject of an approved or pending application for development approval to be delayed, provided that:
1. Sufficient land is reserved for the bufferyard that is required by this UDC;
2. A development agreement provides for the installation of the bufferyard upon issuance of building permits for the adjoining property.
When a delay is authorized pursuant to this subsection, the bufferyard that is ultimately installed on the subject property shall not be required to exceed the dimensions or planting requirements of the bufferyard that was required at the time the delay was authorized. If the vacant property is zoned or developed in such a manner that a bufferyard is not required by this UDC, then the requirements of the development agreement referred to in subsection B.1. shall be released.

Landscape Easements on Adjoining Property. The Director may allow for bufferyards to be constructed within landscape easements on adjoining property, provided that such easements are in a form approved by the City Attorney and the Director finds that sufficient terms are provided to ensure that the requirements of this UDC will be carried out.

Waiver of Bufferyard Standards. The Director may waive or reduce bufferyard standards if the Director finds that the context of the subject property is such that the bufferyard will not serve a useful purpose or if the Director determines that unique site conditions create a hardship in meeting the strict application of the specified standards.

Averaging of Bufferyard Width. The Director may authorize reductions in the width of a bufferyard at specified locations, provided that:

The average width of the bufferyard is equal to the required width; and
The effectiveness of the bufferyard is not materially compromised.

Phasing of Installation. The Director may authorize phasing of landscape installation if the Director determines that phasing is desirable in order to provide for logical, sequential installation of improvements on a subject property.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.04.01 Street Trees

Generally. Street trees must be installed in street rights-of-way in locations approved by the Director (in consideration of location of utilities, street lights, sight distance triangles, and other engineering considerations) or within 10 feet of street rights-of-way with approval by the Director in cases where the Director determines that it is impractical to plant the street trees within the right-of-way. Street trees shall be located and spaced in accordance with the standards of this Section.

Tree Lawns and Sidewalk Cutouts. Street trees shall be installed in tree-lawns and / or sidewalk cutouts.

1.
Spacing. Street trees shall be planted on 35-foot centers, with variations allowed to avoid public utilities, sight triangles, and curb cuts.
2.
Alternative Character. The linear spacing of street trees may be altered based on the character of the streetscape. The Director may approve a clustered spacing of street trees for developments with meandering sidewalks or in corridor overlay zones and PUDs that stipulate an informal street character.
3.
Tree Lawns. The following requirements apply to tree lawns:
1. a.
  Street trees shall be installed in tree lawns, unless otherwise approved by the Director.
2. b.
  The groundcover in tree lawns shall be a minimum of 75 percent turfgrass, or other surface treatments as follows:
  1. 1.
    In locations where on-street parking is allowed adjacent to the tree lawn:
    a.
    The Director may approve 75 percent vegetative groundcover, other than turfgrass, (see Appendix A: Approved Plant List) if such groundcover will not impede pedestrian access to the sidewalk, and is of a type or in a location such that it will not be damaged by pedestrian traffic; or
    b.
    The Director may approve rock or organic mulch in combination with live plant material, provided the rock and / or mulch is installed over a weed barrier, the depth of the rock and mulch below the street curb and sidewalk is sufficient to contain the material, and the rock size and / or form of mulch will not impede pedestrian access to the sidewalk.
  2. 2.
    In tree lawns adjacent to streets where on-street parking is prohibited, the Director may approve 75 percent plant material (see Appendix A: Approved Plant List) consisting of a combination of low water usage, low-growing shrubs and groundcover other than turfgrass.
  3. 3.
    In approving any of the alternative surface treatments set out in subsection B.3.b.i. through B.3.b.iii., inclusive, above, the Director shall first determine that such treatment provides visual continuity with, and is functionally appropriate within, the surrounding context.
3. c.
  Generally, street trees shall be centered within the width of tree lawns that are eight feet wide or less; however, street trees may be planted closer to lot lines if such locations would provide:
  1. 1.
    Equal or greater area for healthy root growth; and
  2. 2.
    A preferable arrangement with regard to spacing from underground or overhead utilities.
4.
Sidewalk Cutouts. In the alternative to tree lawns, sidewalk cutouts are allowed in the DT zone, the E zone, the MAC zone, and neighborhood activity centers within complete neighborhoods. Sidewalk cutouts shall be of sufficient size to support healthy tree growth.
5.
Root Barrier. A root barrier is required along all concrete sidewalks, curbs, and driveways.
6.
Technical Installation Specifications. The City Engineer is authorized to develop technical specifications for the installation of street trees.

Setbacks.

1.
The trunks of street trees shall be set back from sidewalks, buildings, and structures as follows:
1. a.
  Driveways and alleys: 15 feet.
2. b.
  Buildings, utilities, and other structures (except fences): 10 feet
2.
Street trees shall be planted so that:
1. a.
  Their eventual growth can be reasonably controlled so as to avert interference with or obstruction of any improvements installed for public benefit; and
2. b.
  Nearby overhead and underground utilities such as water, wastewater, gas, communications, and electrical, will not be disrupted or materially affected by branches or roots.
3.
No street trees that are more than 25 feet in height at maturity shall be planted under or within 10 feet of any overhead power line, except street light or service lines.

Maintenance. The owner of property abutting the right-of-way of any street, alley, sidewalk, or other public place shall maintain and care for all shrubs, vegetation, and trees on such abutting right-of-way in accordance with Loveland Municipal Code Chapter 16.28 and Chapter 12.32, unless an alternative maintenance arrangement is approved in an agreement or plan acceptable to the Director.

Ord. 6636 §39, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.08.04.02 Street Trees and Plazas in DT Zone and in Neighborhood Activity Centers in Complete Neighborhoods

Purpose. The street tree and plaza standards for the DT zone and in neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods are intended to set a minimum landscape standard that emphasizes those elements most important to the creation of a pedestrian-friendly environment that can support a variety of uses and building forms.

Applicability.

Street trees and tree lawn landscaping improvements (subsection C., below) shall be required in the DT zone and in neighborhood activity centers within complete neighborhoods when:
1. There is new construction of primary structures;
2. Renovations of a value of greater than 25 percent of the assessed valuation of the building are undertaken;
3. The footprint of an existing building is expanded by more than 25 percent; or
4. The building changes from a residential use to a non-residential use.
The standards of subsection D., below, shall apply to plazas in the DT zone and in neighborhood activity centers within complete neighborhoods.
The requirements of this Section shall not apply when building improvements or modifications do not increase the gross floor area (e.g., facade renovations, the construction of external stairwells or porches, or the installation of awnings).

Street Trees.

Location.
1. Street trees shall be located between the curb and the main pedestrian pathway, unless otherwise approved by the Director to respond to available right-of-way, sight triangles, or utility conflicts.
2. Street trees shall be provided along all street frontages of a lot.
Spacing. Street trees shall be planted on 35-foot centers, with variations allowed to avoid public utilities, sight triangles, and curb cuts.
Width and Sidewalk Clearance.
1. The location used for the installation of street trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width in situations associated with new construction of sidewalks. The Director may reduce this width based on site constraints. The installation of trees should utilize design practices such as interconnecting tree soil from planting bed to planting bed.
2. A minimum sidewalk horizontal clearance of six feet shall be maintained.
Species. Street trees shall be of a family, genus, and species approved by the Director for such use.
Tree Lawns. In instances where a tree lawn is provided, the ground cover in the tree lawn shall be low growing and durable so as not to prevent or interfere with people using curbside parking and exiting from vehicles onto the tree lawn. The use of rock or stone (except stepping stones or pavers) in the tree lawn is not allowed.
Maintenance of Existing Trees. Existing mature street trees shall be maintained. Diseased or dying trees shall be removed by the property owner and replaced with new trees in accordance with these provisions by the end of the following planting season.

Plazas. Living landscape elements that cover not less than two percent of the plaza area shall be provided in public plaza spaces that are larger than 500 square feet. Such elements are not required to be installed in permeable ground surfaces (i.e., they may include such elements as planter boxes, potted plants, or hanging baskets.

Maintenance. Maintenance of street trees shall be the responsibility of the adjacent property owner, unless the applicant has provided for an alternative perpetual maintenance arrangement that is acceptable to the Director (e.g., via a property owners’ association or special district).

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.04.03 Parking Lots

Generally. Areas within parking lots shall be landscaped to mitigate expansive hard surfaced areas, to slow stormwater runoff, to improve parking lot appearance, and to reduce heat build-up.

1.
This section applies to any surface parking lot that contains more than:
1. a.
  75 parking spaces in the DT zone;
2. b.
  30 parking spaces in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood; or
3. c.
  15 parking spaces in all other zones or areas.
2.
The landscaping required by this Section shall be installed in parking lot islands and in corners of parking lots that cannot be used for parking spaces due to geometric constraints. Such corners shall be delineated by the extension of the back line of the parking spaces that form the corner.

Planting Area Requirements.

1.
At least one large tree and five shrubs shall be planted in the interior of the parking lot for every 15 parking spaces. Fractions shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
2.
Where parking lot islands are required, they shall be the same dimensions as the parking stall. Double rows of parking shall provide parking lot islands that are the same dimension as the double row.
3.
A minimum of one large tree shall be provided in each parking lot island. If the island extends the width of a double row, then two large trees shall be provided.
4.
Parking lot islands and landscaped areas shall be at least six inches above the surface of the parking lot and protected with concrete curbing, except where designed specifically for the absorption of stormwater. Such islands and landscape areas shall be property drained and irrigated in accordance with this UDC.
5.
At least 75 percent of landscaped areas within a parking lot shall be covered with living materials within three years of installation.
6.
Parking lot islands shall be designed to allow plant materials to survive and flourish given harsh conditions and the need to store snow during the winter.

Parking Lot Island Arrangement.

1.
A parking lot island shall be installed at each corner of the parking lot that cannot be used for parking spaces due to geometric constraints. Such corners shall be delineated by the extension of the back line of the parking spaces that form the corner.
2.
Parking lot islands shall be installed on the ends of parking rows and entry drives to separate parking from drive aisles.
3.
A parking lot island shall be provided between every 15 contiguous parking spaces, unless a clustered design is approved per subsection C.4, below.
4.
Clustering of landscaping in larger, consolidated parking lot islands can be provided in lieu of individual parking lot islands as set forth in subsection C.3 above. Landscaping arranged in a cluster design shall be placed in centralized locations or along areas of pedestrian activity. The number of interior parking lot trees required in subsection B.1, above, shall be met regardless of the parking lot island design.

Additional Planting Requirements Based on Parking Spaces. In addition to the planting area requirements of subsection B, above, an additional large tree shall be provided for every additional 10 parking spaces in excess of the minimum required parking. The additional landscaping can be distributed throughout the interior of the entire parking lot or within 10 feet of the perimeter of the parking lot. Any additional trees required by this subsection shall not count toward other landscaping requirements.

Large Surface Parking Lots.

1.
For the purposes of this subsection, a large surface parking lot is a stand-alone surface parking lot that contains more than 200 parking spaces.
2.
Large surface parking lots shall be divided into smaller modules by using landscaping separators that comply with the following standards:
1. a.
  Each module shall contain a maximum of three drive aisles or 200 parking spaces, whichever results in a smaller module.
2. b.
  Landscape separators shall be parallel to the parking rows.
3. c.
  The first landscape separator in a large surface parking lot shall contain a pedestrian walkway. The walkway shall be located in front of an entrance into the building unless an alternate location meeting the intent of this subsection is approved by the Director.
4. d.
  Additional landscape separators with a pedestrian walkway shall be provided in a parking area at a rate of one separator with a walkway for every two separators without a walkway.
5. e.
  The pedestrian walkway shall connect to the perimeter sidewalks. Where the pedestrian walkway crosses a drive-aisle, the pedestrian crossing shall emphasize and place priority on pedestrian access and safety. The material and layout of the pedestrian crossing shall be continuous as it crosses the drive-aisle and shall be distinguished through the use of raised or striped crosswalks or special pavement treatments such as scored concrete, colored concrete, pavers, brick or other similar materials.
6. f.
  Landscape separators with a pedestrian walkway shall be a minimum of 22 feet in width. Landscape separators without a pedestrian walkway shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width.
7. g.
  Pedestrian walkways within a landscape separator shall be a minimum of seven feet wide.
8. h.
  Trees required in parking lot islands attached to the landscape separator can be installed within the separator. In such case, the parking lot islands shall be landscaped with shrubs complying with subsection B.5, above.
9. i.
  Landscaped separators shall be designed according to the illustration below unless an alternate design meeting the intent of this section is approved by the Director.
10. j.
  Landscape separators shall have at least one large tree for every 35 linear feet along the length of the separator.
11. k.
  The groundcover for landscape separators shall be irrigated grass or mulch and shall comply with subsection B.5, above.
12. l.
  Plantings with a mature height of six inches or more shall not be planted within two feet from the back of the curb to avoid conflicts with vehicle overhang.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.05.01 Tree Survey or Inventory Required

Generally. A tree survey performed by a certified arborist, registered landscape architect, or a registered land surveyor shall be submitted prior to any new development that is proposed where a landscape plan is required that would impact a significant tree.

Tree Survey. The tree survey shall address the location, species, size, and condition of all significant trees.

Partial Tree Survey. The City may accept a partial tree survey in lieu of a full tree survey if the Director finds that significant trees only exist on a portion of the site.

Tree Inventory Alternative. The City may accept a tree inventory in lieu of a tree survey if significant trees are located in areas of designated open space.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.05.02 Tree Preservation

Generally. To the maximum extent feasible, existing significant trees and vegetation shall be preserved.

Protection of Significant Trees. No significant tree that is shown on an approved landscape plan shall be removed unless it meets one of the criteria below and its removal is approved by the City:

The tree is infected with an epidemic insect or disease where the recommended control is not applicable and removal is the recommended practice to prevent transmission.
The tree poses an extreme public nuisance because of its species, size, location, or condition. The nuisance could be caused by fruit or seed drop, harboring of insects, or excessive twig or limb breakage.
The tree poses a severe safety hazard that cannot be corrected by pruning, transplanting, or other treatments.
The tree severely interferes with the growth and development of a more desirable tree.
The aesthetic values of the tree are so low or negative that the site is visually enhanced by the tree’s removal.
The tree is located within a sight distance triangle and materially interferes with lines of sight.
The tree is a prohibited species as verified by City inspection.
The tree is located within a utility corridor or easement, ditch easement, or ditch property, and interferes with the operation or maintenance of the utility or ditch.
The tree is removed pursuant to a plan approved by the Director to enhance visibility of the subject property while maintaining a portion of mature canopy at all times.

Replacement of Significant Trees. In cases where it is not feasible to preserve significant trees, in that no reasonable alternative site design at the same density or intensity could be approved and relocation of the protected tree to another location on-site is not practical or feasible for the survival of the trees, such trees shall be replaced on-site.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.05.03 Tree Protection

Generally. All preserved trees shall be protected from mechanical injury during construction or demolition by construction fencing or similar technique.

Grading. No cut or fill with greater than a four-inch depth shall occur within the drip line or root area of any preserved tree without evaluation by a qualified arborist or forester and City approval of the cut or fill.

Restrictions within Dripline or Critical Root Zone of Trees.

No cutting or filling, nor storage of building materials or debris, nor disposal of wastes, shall take place within the larger of the dripline or critical root zone of any protected tree.
No impervious paving shall be placed within the critical root zone of any protected tree.
The larger of the dripline or critical root zone of all protected trees shall be barricaded prior to grading activities, and shall remain in place during construction to prevent damage to the trees and their roots by construction equipment.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.01 Trees, Ground Covers, and Mulch

Trees. Trees shall be planted in locations that allow for their full mature growth, and that will avoid obstruction of the visibility of traffic control devices.

Ground Cover. All unimproved ground surfaces shall be planted or otherwise protected from erosion. Except in the DT zone, 75 percent of all landscaped areas shall be covered with living ground cover within three years after planting.

Mulch. All planting areas for trees and shrubs (except tree grates) shall be mulched to a depth of at least four inches.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.02 Irrigation

Generally. All areas that are planted with live plants (except areas that are left in natural condition) shall be equipped with an irrigation system that will provide sufficient water to maintain the plants in a healthy condition. The system shall be meet the standards of this Section. A City inspector will observe a test of the irrigation system prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy or acceptance of public improvements, whichever occurs earlier. Where the City approves phased installation of landscapes, the installation of irrigation systems may also be phased accordingly.

Plans. Site development plans containing hydrozone plans shall show the type of irrigation in each landscape area or irrigation zone (e.g., pop-up or drip) and the point of connection to the water supply (including tap size). All other site development plans shall include notes regarding irrigation in compliance with this Section.

Irrigation System Requirements. Irrigation based on the size of the irrigated area and the landscape type are as follows:

Whenever there are 2,000 sf. or more of planting areas on a subject property, whether or not the planting areas are contiguous, the subject property shall have an underground, permanent irrigation system capable of meeting the typical watering requirements of all the plant materials on the subject property.
Whenever there are less than 2,000 sf. of planting areas on a subject property, there shall be at least one reliable water source available during the growing season. The hose bib or other water source shall be within not more than 50 feet from the border of the planting areas.
If there are areas of the subject property that require watering only to establish plantings (e.g., areas planted with native seed mixes), a temporary irrigation system for the establishment period is permitted.

Irrigation System Design.

Irrigation systems shall be designed to avoid overspray onto non-planted and impervious surfaces.
Sprinkler systems shall be designed to minimize overspray.
Subsurface and/or drip irrigation systems should be used for shrubbed areas.

Irrigation System Maintenance. All irrigation systems shall be maintained in good working order.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.03 Soil Amendments

Generally. Soil amendments that are appropriate for the site conditions and landscape design shall be provided. The landscape installer must certify that soil amendments have been installed in accordance with the requirements of this Section and in accordance with submitted plans.

Requirements.

Soil amendments that are appropriate for the intended plant materials, design of the site, and soil conditions shall be selected and installed.
For groundcovers, soil shall be tilled and amendments incorporated to a minimum depth of six inches. The following schedule specifies the minimum soil amendment requirements per 1,000 square feet of landscape area:
1. Bluegrass and High-Water Plantings: 3 cubic yards
2. Shrubs, Perennials and Moderate to Low-Water Plantings: 2 cubic yards
3. Xeric and Very Low-Water Plantings: 1 cubic yard or comparable treatment
4. Dryland and native grassland re-establishment areas: no required treatment

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.04 Visibility of Fire Hydrants

The visibility of fire hydrants shall not be obstructed by landscaping. No plants which will mature to a height of six inches or more should be planted within three feet of a fire hydrant.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.05 Landscape Maintenance

Generally. All living plants required by this UDC or shown on an approved landscape plan shall be maintained in a live and healthy state.

Plant Replacement.

Generally, dead or unhealthy plants shall be immediately replaced with the size and type of plants required on the site development plan and by this Chapter.
However, replacement of plants may be delayed up to nine months whenever the City determines that:
1. Extenuating circumstances, beyond the owner’s control, prevent the immediate replacement of the dead or unhealthy plants, and
2. The owner agrees to replace the dead or unhealthy plants within a time established by the City.

Landscape Structures. All fences, walls and similar structures shall be maintained in good condition. Chipped paint, missing fence pieces, leaning or fallen portions of a fence, or other signs of deterioration shall be immediately repaired, refinished, or replaced as appropriate.

Sight Triangles. All trees, shrubs, and other plant materials located within clear sight triangles shall be trimmed in accordance with the requirements of Section 7 of the City of Loveland Street Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.06 Invasive Species, Disease, and Pests

Invasive Species. All invasive species shall be removed from property proposed for development, substantial improvement, or redevelopment. Developed property shall be kept free of invasive species.

Disease and Pests. Any tree that, because of an epidemic disease (e.g., Dutch Elm Disease) or insect infestation (e.g., Mountain Pine Beetle), poses a threat to other trees or plants in the community shall be treated so as to control the spread of the problem organism.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.07 Required Warranty

Generally. Landscaping that is installed or protected according to this Chapter shall be guaranteed according to the standards of this Section. This warranty is in addition to the maintenance of the landscaping shown on an approved landscape plan, as required by Section 18.08.06.05, Landscape Maintenance.

Required Warranty.

Term. The owner shall guarantee all plant material to be in healthy condition (free of dead or dying branch tips; bearing foliage of normal density, size, and color; and closely matching adjacent specimens of the same species) for a term of two years. The warranty term commences on the date of acceptance of installed plant materials. When work is accepted in parts, the warranty terms extend from each acceptance to the terminal date of the guarantee of the last acceptance.
Guarantee. During the required warranty term, the owner shall replace, without cost to the City, all plants determined by the City to be dead or in a condition that does not meet the standards of this Chapter. Replacements shall be made within a specified planting period, as soon as weather conditions allow. Replacements shall meet the minimum specifications of the materials replaced.

Extension of Warranty Term. Replacement plants shall be guaranteed for a new warranty term for the duration specified in subsection B.1. In the event that a replacement plant dies or is not in a healthy condition during or at the end of said new warranty term, the City may require that a different genus, species, or type of plant material be installed.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

The purpose of this Chapter is to establish minimum standards for maintaining environmental quality within the City, and for mitigating natural hazards to life, safety, and property through the location and design of development.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.01.02 Application of Chapter

Generally. The Divisions within this Chapter are applied as follows:

Division 18.09.02, Lighting, establishes standards for exterior illumination.
Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations, establishes standards for development within the Floodplain Overlay Zone, in order to reduce and mitigate flood hazards.
Division 18.09.04, Grading, Drainage, and Snow Storage, adopts storm drainage standards and criteria by cross-reference, establishes design principles for grading and drainage system design, and requires adequate snow storage areas.
Division 18.09.05, Noise and Ground Vibration, establishes minimum standards for noise barriers, which apply to such barriers when they are required by this UDC; and establishes standards for the maximum amount of ground vibration that is allowed in each zone.
Division 18.09.06, Irrigation Canals and Ditches; Environmentally-Sensitive Areas, establishes standards for development near irrigation canals, irrigation ditches, and environmentally-sensitive areas.

Relationship to Other Standards of this UDC. The standards of this Chapter, particularly Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations, and Division 18.09.06, Irrigation Canals and Ditches; Environmentally-Sensitive Areas, may restrict development on certain locations of a subject property. In circumstances where the application of these standards creates an unreasonable hardship, a variance may be permissible pursuant to Section 18.17.15.07, Variances.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.01 Lighting Plan Required

Generally. A point-by-point lighting plan shall be submitted for all commercial building permits and for all development review plans that include uses that will require a commercial building permit (i.e., multi-family developments containing buildings with three or more dwelling units per building; all developments containing commercial, industrial, and institutional land uses; and all developments containing a mix of these land uses).

Waiver. The Director may waive the requirement for a lighting plan where the Director finds that conditions such as size of site, location, adjacent land uses, hours of operation/lighting, the presence of physical barriers or bufferyards, and/or proposed lighting levels are such that a lighting plan is not warranted.

Contents of Lighting Plan. The lighting plan shall include the following information:

Photometric calculations that are determined using a light loss factor of 1.0;
Photometric foot-candle lighting levels for all exterior areas, including sidewalks, plazas, parking areas, and driveways;
Photometric foot-candle lighting levels for all areas extending 20 feet outwards from the boundaries of the subject property; and
The locations of proposed exterior light fixtures, including, but not limited to ornamental pedestrian lights, wall-mounted lights, and parking lot lights.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.02 Restrictions on Glare and Nuisance Lighting

Cut-Off and Shielding Required.

Generally.
1. Exterior light fixtures, including roadway, street, parking lot, walkway and building-mounted fixtures, shall be full cut-off with flat lenses, and shielded (if needed) so that all of the light falls upon either the surface of the structure to be illuminated or the ground.
2. Illuminated signs shall not be visible from the building envelopes of single-family, duplex, townhome, manufactured home, or multiplex residential lots within residential zones.
3. Lamps within light fixtures on properties used for nonresidential purposes shall not be directly visible from adjoining properties in residential zones.
Exceptions.
1. The Director may approve the use of exterior lighting fixtures that are not full cut-off where a specific neighborhood character and / or architectural style warrants such use, and the intensity of glare and sky glow are minimized.
2. Unshielded, decorative lighting shall be permitted in the DT zone, provided that:
  1. The fixtures are not more than 12 feet above grade; and
  2. The light intensity will not cause annoyance or generate a nuisance or hazard.

Interior Lighting that is Visible from Exterior. Interior lighting shall not be directed to illuminate exterior spaces. Interior lights visible from the exterior of a building shall not produce glare and shall not have visible light sources.

Light Overspill.

Generally. In nonresidential and mixed-use zones, illumination levels in the area up to 20 feet beyond the boundaries of the subject property shall not be increased by more than one-tenth (0.1) foot-candle as a result of the lighting on the subject property.
Overspill from Nonresidential Uses or Zones into Residential Property. Exterior lighting of nonresidential uses shall be shielded or directed away from property used for residential purposes, so that light from a direct or indirect source of illumination is not disturbing, offensive, annoying, or a nuisance or safety hazard to occupants of the residential property.

Nuisance Lighting. No illumination shall be designed or used which produces direct, incident, or reflected light that interferes with the safe movement of motor vehicles on public streets, including:

Any light fixture not designed for street illumination that produces light that could be disturbing or disabling to the operator of a motor vehicle;
Any light that may be confused with or construed as a traffic control device; or
Any animated, flashing, or changing intensity lights, except for temporary holiday displays.

Hours of Illumination. The use of exterior lighting between the hours of 10:00 PM and sunrise is not allowed unless such lighting is needed for safety or security reasons (and alternative lighting, such as motion sensor security lights, are inadequate), or to support a use that is operating after 10:00 PM.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.03 Intensity and Distribution of Light

Generally. With the exception of lighting for public streets, lighting used to illuminate buildings, parking lots, walkways, plazas, or the landscape shall be evaluated during the development review or building permit process. Table 18.09.02.03, Light Levels at Initial Installation, provides lighting criteria for outdoor facilities that are used at night.

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Maximum Illuminance Level.
1. Generally. Maximum on-site illuminance levels shall not exceed 10 foot-candles.
2. Exceptions.
  1. Vehicle display lots and inventory/merchandise display lots shall not exceed a maximum on-site illuminance level of 20 foot-candles, and shall also comply with the following criteria:
    1. Maximum average of ten (10) foot-candles;
    2. 10:1 maximum to minimum uniformity;
    3. 5:1 average to minimum uniformity;
    4. Front row (row closest to perimeter roadways) of inventory display areas shall have a 5:1 maximum to minimum uniformity.
  2. Feature vehicle display pads, approved by the City, shall not exceed twenty (20) foot-candles as measured on the hood of the displayed vehicle.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.04 Light Poles

Generally. Parking lot and street lights shall have a dark, anodized aluminum finish or a material with similar quality and durability, unless the Director finds that an alternative design is appropriate to match existing light poles in the same area.

Height.

Small Lot and Residential Parcel Lighting. Light fixtures for properties 5 acres or less in size or residential properties shall have a maximum total height of 20 feet.
Large Lot, Campus, and Industrial Parcel Lighting. Light fixtures for parking areas on sites greater than 5 acres in size, parking in a campus setting, or parking for industrial land uses shall have a maximum total height of 37 feet provided that:
1. The use of taller poles and fixtures results in a design that otherwise complies with the standards of this Division;
2. The property incorporates pedestrian light fixtures adjacent to building entries and along designated pedestrian pathways within the parking area; and
3. The Director determines that the proposed poles and fixtures are more energy efficient and more appropriate for the subject property.
Pedestrian light fixtures shall not be installed more than 14 feet above adjacent grade. Ornamental embellishments on the light pole may extend up to two feet higher than the fixture.
Street Lighting. Street lighting shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 15 of the City of Loveland Street Standards.

Location of Light Poles. Light poles shall be located so as not to obstruct parking spaces, backing movements, traffic flow, and pedestrian walkways, and so as not to conflict with interior parking lot landscaping requirements. No light poles shall be located within the pedestrian travelway of a sidewalk or trail.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.05 Flags

Illumination of flags is allowed, provided that the light sources meet the standards of this Division, except subsections A.1.a., A.1.b., and E. of Section 18.09.02.02, Restrictions on Glare and Nuisance Lighting.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.06 Lighting Inspection

An inspection of lighting levels to determine compliance with the lighting levels in the approved lighting plan may be required by the Director prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.07 Search Lights

Generally. Search lights must be associated with a special event, local event, or temporary use permit.

Airport Influence Area. Search lights within the Airport Influence Area as defined in Appendix E, Exhibit 3 Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone, shall be approved by the Airport Manager.

(Ord. 6753 §3, 02/08/2025)

Effective on: 2/18/2025

18.09.03.01 Purpose

It is the overall purpose and intent of this Division to promote the health, safety, and general welfare and to provide appropriate regulations to minimize public and private losses due to flooding. It is further intended that these regulations will help to identify and clarify where flood hazards may exist and to ensure that potential buyers or builders are aware that certain properties are within areas with special flood hazards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.02 Definitions

In addition to the definitions set out in Chapter 18.19, Measurements, Word Usage, and Definitions, the definitions set forth in Section 15.14.020, Loveland Municipal Code shall be applied to this Division.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.03 Floodplain Overlay Zones

Generally. This Division applies the floodplain overlay zone (“FP”), floodway zone (“FP-FW”), and flood fringe zone (“FP-FF”) that are established in Section 18.02.02.02, Overlay Zones Established.

Overlay Zone Boundaries.

The boundaries of the zones set out in subsection A., above, are as shown by the Flood Insurance Rate Map (“FIRM”) accompanying the Flood Insurance Study for Larimer County, Colorado and Incorporated areas, dated February 6, 2013, published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, which map constitutes an addition to the Official Zoning Map, adopted by Section 18.02.02.03, Official Zoning Map Adopted.
The designation of such overlay zone boundaries on the Official Zoning Map shall be in addition to the designations shown on the map, which designations are called “underlying zones” elsewhere in this chapter.

Modifications of Overlay Zone Boundaries. Modifications of the boundaries for the FP-FW and FP-FF zones may be made by the City Council in accordance with the rezoning procedures established by this UDC. Such boundary adjustments shall be based upon City-approved engineering studies that present modifications or refinements to the original engineering and surveying determinations.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.04 Interpretation

The provisions of this Division shall be interpreted to apply in conjunction with the other regulations of this UDC. If irreconcilable conflicts with other provisions of this UDC occur, the provision that tends to maximize flood protection shall apply.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.05 Floodplain Development Permit Required

Generally. A floodplain development permit is required for all development, including but not limited to, cutting, filling, dredging, grading, storage, utility installation, street work, or construction, within the Floodplain Overlay Zone.

Exception. Routine or major maintenance of irrigation ditches does not require a floodplain development permit, provided that such routine or major maintenance does not involve the placement of fill such that the base flood elevation is increased.

Application Requirements. All applications for floodplain development permits shall include, at a minimum:

Floodway, and floodplain boundary information based on currently recognized FEMA maps.
Base flood elevation.
The number of acres in the floodplain for the proposed development.

Denial of Permit. The Director may, when deemed necessary for the health, safety, or welfare of the present and future population of the area, or necessary to the conservation of water, drainage, and sanitary facilities, prohibit the subdivision of any portion of the subject property that lies within the flood fringe or floodway of any stream, river, or drainage course. Such flood fringe and floodway areas shall thereafter be preserved from any and all destruction or damage resulting from clearing, grading, or dumping of earth, waste material, or stumps, except as authorized by the Director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.06 Floodway Overlay Zone

Generally. Land use is restricted in the floodway overlay zone, as provided in this Section. Some uses are allowed by administrative review, as provided in subsection B., below. Other uses are allowed after conditional use approval, as provided in subsection C., below.

Administrative Approvals.

Land Uses. The Director may permit the following uses in the floodway overlay zone, provided the special conditions of subsection B.2, below, are met:
1. Agricultural uses, including general farming, grazing of horses and livestock, forestry, sod farming, crop harvesting, raising of plants and flowers, and open-air nurseries;
2. Outdoor recreational uses, including, but not limited to, golf courses, golf driving ranges, swimming pools, parks and recreation areas, picnic grounds, horseback riding, and hiking trails; and
3. Wildlife and nature preserves, game farms, and fish hatcheries.
Administrative Approval Standards.
1. No use shall limit or restrict or create an obstruction of the flow capacity of the floodway or channel or a main stream or a tributary to a main stream;
2. No permitted use shall include structures, fill, or storage of materials or equipment within the FP-FW overlay zone;
3. Any proposed well, solid waste disposal area, or sewage disposal system shall be protected from inundation by floodwater;
4. No use shall increase flood heights during the base flood discharge; and
5. No new manufactured homes, manufactured home parks, or manufactured home subdivisions shall be permitted.

Conditional Use Approvals.

Land Uses. The following uses may be permitted by conditional use review (see Section 18.14.02.02, Decision-Making Tracks by Application Type), subject to the conditional use approval standards set out in subsection C.2., below, which shall be in addition to the conditional use approval standards set out in Section 18.02.04.13, General Standards for Conditional Uses:
1. Boat rentals, docks, and piers;
2. Open pit mining for removal of topsoil, sand, gravel, or other materials.
Conditional Use Approval Standards. The following special conditions shall apply for uses permitted by conditional use approval in the floodway district:
1. No structure, deposit, obstruction or other use shall be allowed which acting alone or in combination with existing or future uses adversely affects the flow capacity of the floodway or increases flood heights;
2. The storage processing of materials that are in time of flooding buoyant, flammable, poisonous, explosive, or could be injurious to human, plant, or animal life shall be prohibited; and
3. No storage of movable objects shall be permitted.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.07 Flood Fringe Overlay Zone

Generally. Land use is restricted in the flood fringe overlay zone, as provided in this Section. Some uses are allowed by administrative review, as provided in subsection B., below. Other uses are allowed after conditional use approval, as provided in subsection C., below.

Administrative Approvals.

Land Uses. The Director may permit the following uses in the flood fringe overlay zone, provided the special conditions of subsection B.2, below, are met:
1. All uses permitted as-of-right in the underlying zone except outside storage.
Administrative Approval Standards.
1. All structures shall be placed on fill so that the lowest floor (including basement) of such structures is at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
2. Any new structure or addition to an existing structure on a property removed from the flood fringe district by the issuance of a FEMA Letter of Map Revision Based on Fill (“LOMR-F”) must still be constructed such that its lowest floor level is at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
3. Nonresidential structures may be permitted without being placed on fill, provided the floodproofing requirements of Loveland Municipal Code § 15.14.080 are met;
4. No use shall be commenced or structure built which may limit or restrict the flow capacity of the channel of a tributary or drainageway, or retard drainage of flood waters from the area in which a structure is built;
5. Fill or deposition of materials shall be permitted only to the extent required for placement of structures and their accessory uses;
6. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems; and
7. All new and replacement sanitary sewer systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharge from the systems into floodwaters, and on-site waste disposal systems shall be designed and located so as to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding.

Conditional Use Approvals.

Land Uses. The following uses may be permitted by conditional use review (see Section 18.14.02.02, Decision-Making Tracks by Application Type), subject to the conditional use approval standards set out in subsection C.2., below, which shall be in addition to the conditional use approval standards set out in Section 18.02.04.13, General Standards for Conditional Uses:
1. All uses that may be approved by adaptable use review or conditional use review in the underlying zone, except uses that involve outdoor storage.
Conditional Use Approval Standards. The following special conditions shall apply for uses permitted by conditional use approval in the flood fringe district:
1. Fill or deposition of materials shall not be permitted if such is found to reduce the storage or flow capacity of a waterway;
2. The lowest floor (including basement) of all new structures or substantial improvements to existing structures shall be placed at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
3. Any new structure or addition to an existing structure on a property removed from the flood fringe district by the issuance of a FEMA LOMR-F must still be constructed such that its lowest floor level is at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
4. Nonresidential structures may be permitted without being placed on fill, provided the floodproofing requirements of Loveland Municipal Code § 15.14.080 are met;
5. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems;
6. All new and replacement sanitary sewer systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems into floodwaters, and on-site waste disposal systems shall be designed and located so as to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding; and
7. The storage or processing of materials that are in time of flooding buoyant, flammable, poisonous, explosive, or could be injurious to human, plant, or animal life shall be prohibited.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.08 Critical Facilities

Generally. All new and substantially improved critical facilities and new additions to critical facilities located within the areas of special flood hazard shall be regulated to a higher standard than structures not determined to be critical facilities.

Required Protections. For the purposes of this Division, protections shall include one of the following:

The structure shall be located outside of the special flood hazard area; or
The structure’s lowest floor level shall be elevated or flood-proofed to at least two feet above the regulatory flood datum.

Access During Flood Event. New critical facilities shall, when practical as determined by the public works department stormwater division senior civil engineer, have continuous non-inundated access (ingress and egress for evacuation and emergency services) during a 100-year flood event.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.09 Additional Information Requirements

Applications for development approval within a floodway overlay zone or flood fringe overlay zone shall include the following information (in addition to other applicable application requirements), as the Director determines are necessary:

Plans drawn to scale and prepared by a professional engineer showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevation of the lot, parcel or tract of land;
Location and dimensions of all proposed structures;
The amount of fill to be used, if any;
A description and specifications of all flood-proofing measures;
The relationship of the use or structures to the location of the channel, floodway, and flood protection devices;
The flood protection elevation;
A typical valley cross-section showing the channel of streams, elevation of land areas adjoining each side of the channel, cross-sectional areas to be occupied by the proposed development, and high water information;
Surface view plans showing elevations or contours of the ground, pertinent structures, fill or storage elevations, size, location, and spatial arrangement of all proposed and existing structures on the site;
Location and elevations of streets, water supply, and sanitary facilities;
A profile showing the slope of the bottom of the channel or flow line of the stream; and
Specifications for building construction and materials, flood-proofing, filling dredging, grading, channel improvements, storage of materials, water supply, and sanitary facilities.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.10 General Review Standards and Criteria

In addition to the other standards of this Division and this UDC, as applicable, the following factors shall be considered during review of applications for development approval within the FP-FW overlay zone or the FP-FF overlay zone:

The danger of life and property due to the increased flood heights or velocities caused by encroachments upstream or downstream within the floodplain;
The danger of materials being swept away onto other lands or downstream to the injury of others in the event of a flood;
The proposed water supply and sanitation systems and the ability of these systems to prevent disease, contamination and unsanitary conditions in the event of a flood;
The relationship of the proposed use to the flood management program for the area in question;
The safety of access to the property in times of flood;
The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of the rise and sediment transport of floodwaters at the proposed location and their effect on the proposed use; and
For recommendations or decisions by the Planning Commission or decisions by the City Council, the recommendations of the planning and engineering staff and the building official.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.11 Flood Protection Standards and Criteria

Generally. All subdivision or annexation proposals for areas located within the Floodplain Overlay Zone shall be located and designed to minimize flood damage in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter and Chapter 15.14, Loveland Municipal Code. All development proposals within the Floodplain Overlay Zone must conform to all federal, state and local floodplain regulations.

Drainage. All subdivision proposals shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood damage.

Prevention of Water Infiltration.

All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwater into the system.
All new and replacement wastewater systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems into floodwaters.

Location of Utilities. All new subdivisions shall have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems located and constructed to minimize flood damage.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.12 Nonconforming Buildings or Uses

Generally. A structure or use within a structure or use of premises which was lawful before the passage of this Division, but which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Division may be continued without compliance with this Division. Such nonconforming uses or nonconforming buildings may be repaired, expanded or altered only upon compliance with the following conditions:

Any nonconforming use of property may be expanded, provided that such expansion is approved by the public works director. Any appeal of the public works director’s final decision shall be made to the Planning Commission in accordance with Division 2.14.06, Administrative Appeals.
Any nonconforming structure may be repaired, altered or enlarged, provided the repair, enlargement or alteration does not exceed 50 percent of the nonconforming structure's market value as existing prior to such enlargement.
If a nonconforming use of property or nonconforming building is discontinued or vacated for a period of 12 consecutive months, it shall be deemed to be abandoned and any further use of the property or structure shall conform to this Division.

Damage by Calamity Other than Flood. A nonconforming structure that is damaged or destroyed by any calamity, except flood, may be restored to its original condition if such restoration commences within one year from the date of the calamity. If any nonconforming structure is damaged to the extent of 50 percent of its actual value by flood, the nonconforming structure shall be restored only in compliance with this Division. If such flood damage is less than 50 percent of the structure's actual value, such structure may be restored without compliance with this Division, Chapter 15.14, or the Floodplain Building Code, provided the restoration commences within one year from the date of damage.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.13 Nonliability of the City

Generally. The degree of flood protection provided by the terms of this Division is, after considering numerous relevant factors, considered reasonable for regulatory purposes. Floods of greater magnitude may occur and flood heights may be increased as a result of natural or manmade causes. Further, provisions of this Division do not imply that areas outside the boundaries of areas of special flood hazard or that land uses permitted within the area of special flood hazard will be free from flooding or flood damage.

Statement of Nonliability. The grant or approval by the City under the regulations as contained in this Division shall not constitute a representation, guarantee, or warranty of any kind or nature by the City, or by any officer, board member, or employee thereof, of the practicability or safety of any structure, building, or other proposed use; and shall create no liability upon or cause of action against such public body, officer, board member, or employee of the City for any damages, from flood or otherwise, that may result from such use.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.04.01 Storm Drainage Criteria and Storm Drainage Standards – Adopted

Storm Drainage Criteria Adopted.

The “City of Loveland Storm Drainage Criteria,” (hereinafter, the “Stormwater Criteria”), are adopted by reference. The Stormwater Criteria consist of:
1. The Denver, Colorado Urban Drainage & Flood Control District’s “Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual,” Volume 1 (June 2001), Volume 2 (June 2001), and Volume 3, Best Management Practices (September 1999); and
2. The City of Loveland “Addendum to the Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manuals Volumes 1, 2, and 3 (September 1, 2002).”
All stormwater facilities, whether public or private, shall be designed in accordance with the Stormwater Criteria.

Storm Drainage Standards Adopted. The “City of Loveland Storm Drainage Standards” (hereinafter, the “Stormwater Standards”) are adopted by reference. All stormwater facilities, whether public or private, shall be constructed in accordance with the Stormwater Standards.

Amendments. Any and all amendments to the Stormwater Criteria or the Stormwater Standards, including amendments that adopt codes by reference, shall be made in accordance with the following process:

Policy Amendments. Policy amendments shall be adopted by City Council by resolution. Policy amendments shall include major changes, changes in law, changes that cause significant increased cost or controversy, and changes that relate to the public use and convenience.
Technical Amendments.
1. Technical amendments may be approved by the Director of the Public Works Department, provided that the amendments:
  1. Are consistent with all existing policies relevant to the amendment;
  2. Do not result in any significant additional cost to persons affected by the amendment; and
  3. Are consistent with existing law.
2. Technical amendments shall consist solely of such minor additions, revisions, and corrections as necessary, in the judgment of the Director of the Public Works Department, to be necessary to better conform to sound engineering or construction standards and best practice.
3. The Director of the Public Works Department shall place a notice of technical amendments on the City’s web page where the applicable document is posted, and shall report the technical amendments to the City Council.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.04.02 Grading and Drainage Design Principles

Generally.

Surface and subsurface drainage systems shall be provided, as appropriate for the collection and disposal of stormwater.
Site drainage shall be routed to a permanent surface or subsurface outfall adequate to dispose of present and anticipated future runoff from the site and from contributing off-site watershed areas, except where such water is necessary for controlled irrigation; storm-water drainage shall be connected only to outfalls approved by the City.
Whenever applicable, a grading plan designed in accordance with the subdivision master drainage plan should be provided.

Grading and Drainage Design.

Drainage systems and site grading shall be designed to minimize erosion, siltation, flooding, and standing water.
Generally, drainage systems shall use natural vegetative cover to provide a permanent, effective, and stable course for stormwater runoff. Permanent landscaping shall be installed in a timely manner after site improvements are installed in order to prevent rapid runoff, erosion, and downstream flooding.
Where storm drainage flow is concentrated, permanent structural facilities shall be provided to prevent significant erosion or flooding on the site or on adjacent properties.
Underground vaults and systems that require pumps shall not be allowed unless there is no feasible alternative to their use.
Stormwater management systems shall be designed so that:
1. They do not increase runoff or seepage into irrigation ditches or reservoirs; and
2. They do not increase seepage from irrigation ditches or reservoirs.

Runoff Onto Adjacent Property.

Drainage systems shall be designed and constructed so as to not detrimentally affect adjacent properties. These systems shall provide for the safety and convenience of occupants and protection of dwellings, other development, and usable lot areas from water damage, flooding, and erosion.
The drainage plan shall illustrate that the historical flow onto adjacent properties will not be increased, and that water is not sent down in a manner or quantity to do more harm than formerly.
Any proposed drainage onto adjacent properties that vary from pre-development patterns, including historic rate, character, and volume of flow patterns, shall be allowed only upon written approval from the affected property owners in the form of a perpetual drainage easement.

Revisions to Individual Lot Grades.

If the proposed grading elevation for a lot is not consistent with the approved grading plan for the development, the applicant shall submit a revised grading plan designed and stamped by a professional engineer that demonstrates compliance with subsection C., above.
If the top of foundation for a proposed structure exceeds the elevation approved in the grading plan for the development by more than six inches, the applicant shall submit a revised grading plan designed and stamped by a professional engineer and a justification for the proposed top of foundation.
If the top of foundation for a proposed structure is less than the elevation approved in the grading plan for the development, the applicant shall submit a revised grading plan designed and stamped by a professional engineer.

Streets. Streets shall be constructed to accommodate runoff as required by the City of Loveland Storm Drainage Criteria.

Stabilization of Slopes. Slopes that are greater than one foot rise to three feet of run shall be stabilized to prevent erosion.

Protection of Buildings and Structures.

The minimum grades at buildings and at openings into basements should be at elevations that will prevent adverse effects by water or water entering basements from flood levels equivalent to a 100-year storm frequency.
Runoff water shall be routed to assure buildings and other important facilities will not be endangered by flood waters which exceeds the capacity of the storm drainage system.
Provide positive surface drainage away from buildings and heavily used areas to swales, gutters, drain inlets or outfalls. Prevent hydrostatic buildup of water behind foundations, retaining walls, and other development by providing sub-drains and other devices.

Protection of Irrigation Ditches. Surface or subsurface drainage systems shall not be located or designed in a manner that poses a material risk of:

Impacting the stability of an irrigation ditch bank;
Flooding a ditch service road;
Creating stormwater overflow into an irrigation ditch in excess of pre-development conditions; or
Causing seepage into or out of an irrigation ditch.

Changes to Existing Grade. Elevating the existing grade of property by three or more feet on properties adjacent to existing streets or developed properties is prohibited, unless authorized by the Director and City Stormwater Engineer for good cause shown and a demonstration of compliance that the standards of subsection C., above, are met.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.04.03 Snow Storage

Generally. Adequate areas for snow storage throughout the development shall be provided.

Location and Configuration. Snow storage areas shall be located and configured to safely and efficiently melt snow, and to minimize and manage the impacts of pollutants from the resulting runoff, as follows:

Snow storage areas shall be located to drain away from pedestrian and vehicular use areas, and into vegetated buffer strips or other appropriate best management practices (“BMPs”).
Snow storage areas shall be configured so that stored snow does not obstruct:
1. Sight triangles at driveways and intersections;
2. Emergency access routes;
3. Required parking spaces; and
4. Pedestrian routes.
To the greatest extent feasible, snow storage areas shall be located in areas with solar exposure, away from streets.
Snow storage areas shall not be located:
1. Within 50 feet of a river, creek, irrigation ditch, or wetland; or
2. Over drain inlets.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.05.01 Noise Barriers

Generally. Where noise barriers are required by this UDC, they shall meet the requirements of this Section.

Height. Noise barriers shall be 10 feet in height, unless the applicant demonstrates that a lower height is sufficient to attenuate noise to meet the standards of Chapter 7.32, Sound Limitations, Loveland Municipal Code.

Design.

Noise barriers may include berms or walls, or combinations of berms and walls.
Berms shall have a slope not greater than 1 foot of rise to 3 feet of run, and shall be planted with groundcovers to prevent erosion.
Unfinished smooth-faced concrete masonry unit construction is not allowed. Split face concrete masonry units and other pre-cast masonry shall have integral color.
Walls shall be finished on both sides. Finishes shall include texture and variations to provide visual interest.
Walls shall appear to be constructed in modules that are not wider than twenty feet.
Noise barriers shall be designed and constructed without gaps that reduce their effectiveness.

Materials. Noise barrier walls shall be constructed of materials with a sound transmission loss (TL) of 25 dB or greater. Such materials may include 8-inch by 8-inch by 16-inch concrete block, concrete that is at least 4 inches thick, finished metal panels composed of 18 gauge steel or 0.25-inch thick aluminum), or other materials (including composites) approved by the Director with a TL of 25dB or greater.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.05.02 Ground Vibration

Generally; Unit of Measurement. The maximum vibration standard is maximum peak particle velocity. This standard is measured as the maximum displacement vector sums of three mutually perpendicular directions, recorded simultaneously, multiplied by the frequency in cycles per second. Where these standards are not met five feet beyond the building walls or the generator, if it is located outside, then barriers, structures, or dampening measures shall be used to ensure that all uses meet these standards at the property line.

Standards. The standards of Table 18.09.05.02, Vibration Standards, shall be met, except as provided in subsection B., below.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Exceptions. The following are excepted from these standards:

Vibrations emanating from construction activities between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM that are temporary in nature.
Transient vibrations of moving vehicles, such as trucks, automobiles, or trains.
Extraction or seismic activities may be granted limited exceptions to impact vibration standards during the approval process, and those conditions shall be controlling.

Measurement. An operator trained to measure vibrations shall make all such measurements and shall submit and certify them to the City.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.06.01 Irrigation Canals and Irrigation Ditches

Generally. Where an irrigation canal or irrigation ditch is adjacent to or traverses a subject property, the City may require the applicant to install walls, fences, or protective covering separating the lot or lots therefrom.

Agreement Required. The City does not adjudicate the relative interests of landowners and owners of irrigation canals and irrigation ditches (whether such interests are fee-simple or easement interests). As such, where development has the potential to impact an irrigation canal or irrigation ditch (e.g., by installation of an overhead, surface, or subterranean crossing; installation of infrastructure or improvements that may increase seepage (e.g., detention ponds in close proximity to the canal or ditch, or subsurface drainage systems); grading that could result in changes to the amount of stormwater runoff or pollution that reaches the canal or ditch; or improvements that increase the risk of trespass onto canal or ditch infrastructure or rights-of-way, including service roads), the applicant shall provide to the City a fully executed agreement between the applicant and the owner of the canal or ditch that is satisfactory to the City and addresses the impacts of the development on the canal or ditch.

Public Utility Crossings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any agreement related to crossing an irrigation canal or ditch for the purpose of accessing or obtaining service from a public utility shall be subject to review and approval by the City. The agreement shall identify the City as a third party beneficiary or ultimate assignee and require prior written approval by the City for any modification or termination of the agreement.

Relocation or Construction of New Canals and Ditches. Irrigation canals and irrigation ditches shall not be constructed within public rights-of-way, except:

At necessary points of crossing (and to make improvements at existing points of crossing); or
As approved by the City Council in order to provide for an exceptional public benefit.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.06.02 Environmentally-Sensitive Areas

Generally. In 2008, Cedar Creek Associates, Inc. and the City of Loveland prepared an update to the 1993 / 1996 natural areas report “In the Nature of Things: Loveland’s Natural Areas”. The update, entitled “City of Loveland Natural Areas Sites,” dated July 2008 (the “Report”), gathered information on sites that were not evaluated in the original report or had been developed or preserved. Table 1 of the July 2008 report contains a numerical rating of the overall habitat quality of 153 sites. The Report, as amended from time to time, is hereby adopted by reference for the purposes of this Section.

Applicability. The standards of this Section apply if the subject property includes or is within 100 feet of:

Any of the environmentally-sensitive area as identified in the Report; or
Any land within the ordinary high water mark of a river, stream, creek, lake, or reservoir; or
Any of the following environmentally sensitive areas:
1. Mature stands of vegetation;
2. Jurisdictional (“USACE”) or non-jurisdictional wetlands;
3. Physical linkages to other natural areas or open space including wetlands, waterways, native vegetation, conserved open lands and natural areas, and other natural corridors within or connected to the project area;
4. Existing drainage patterns and areas within the floodway and flood fringe including areas within the designated floodway or 100-year floodplain of major drainages, as well as smaller tributary drainages without designated floodways or floodplains;
5. Irrigation canals and ditches and water courses; and
6. Fault and aquifer recharge and discharge areas.

Environmentally Sensitive Areas Report Required. Where, as determined by the City of Loveland Parks and Recreation Department, the thresholds of subsection B., above, are met, an Environmentally Sensitive Areas Report shall be prepared by the applicant and submitted to the City in accordance with Section 18.14.03.05, Formal Application. The report shall identify and assess the potential impacts of development on environmentally sensitive areas (and vice-versa) and describe measures to mitigate such impacts. The Environmentally Sensitive Areas Report shall include the information required in the checklist for such report provided by the Director. The Environmentally Sensitive Areas Report shall be subject to approval by the Director, in consultation with the Director of the Parks and Recreation Department. The mitigation measures set out in an approved Environmentally Sensitive Areas Report shall be incorporated into the proposed development of the subject property.

Unbuildable Areas. The following areas shall be protected as open space as provided in subsection E., below:

Natural areas identified in Table 1 of the Report with an overall rating of six or higher, rated in accordance with the approved Environmentally Sensitive Areas report;
Other areas identified in the approved Environmentally Sensitive Areas report to be protected as open space.

Designation as Open Space. Environmentally sensitive areas that are located on the subject property and listed in subsection D., above, to be maintained as permanent open space shall be located in separate tracts designated as “open space” on a subdivision plat (and not included within any lot on which a building is permitted). Such areas shall be permanently preserved as open space through dedication of ownership to a property owners’ association, if acceptable to the City, or placement of an appropriate conservation easement granted to the City or nonprofit organization acceptable to the City. The easement shall establish restrictive provisions and future interests as may be necessary to ensure protection of the environmentally sensitive area in accordance with the recommendations of the approved Environmentally Sensitive Areas Report. As a condition of approval, the City may also require that the open space be maintained under the terms of a management and maintenance agreement with the City.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.01.01 Authority

This Chapter is enacted pursuant to the City’s police powers and land use authority under Article XX of the Colorado Constitution, C.R.S. § 31- 1- 101, et seq., the OGC Act, the COG regulations, and under all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is the intent of this Chapter that these powers and authority be exercised in a manner that will not create an operational conflict with the provisions of the OGC Act or the COG regulations, which conflict could arise if any application of this Chapter has the effect of materially impeding or destroying a state interest as expressed in the OGC Act or the COG regulations. The provisions of this Chapter are therefore to be interpreted and applied in a manner that is consistent and in harmony with any conflicting provisions of the OGC Act or the COG regulations, so as to avoid an operational conflict.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.01.02 Purpose

The purpose of this Chapter is to generally protect the public’s health, safety, and welfare and the environment and more specifically to regulate oil and gas operations within the City so as to minimize the potential land use conflicts and other adverse impacts that may negatively affect existing and future land uses when oil and gas operations occur within the City near those uses. This purpose is intended to be achieved in a manner that recognizes the state’s interests in oil and gas operations as expressed in C.R.S. § 34-60-102, which include:

Fostering the responsible and balanced development of the state’s oil and gas resources in a manner consistent with the protection of the public’s health, safety, and welfare, including protection of the environment and wildlife resources;
Protecting public and private interests against waste in both the production and use of oil and gas; and
Allowing Colorado’s oil and gas pools to produce up to their maximum efficient rate subject to the prevention of waste, protection of the public’s health, safety, and welfare, protection of the environment and wildlife resources, and the protection and enforcement of the rights of owners and producers to a common source of oil and gas so that each owner and producer obtains a just and equitable share of production from that source.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.01.03 Applicability

Generally.

Except as otherwise provided in this section, the provisions of this Chapter shall apply to all surface oil and gas operations occurring within the City’s boundaries, which shall include, without limitation, any oil and gas operation requiring the commission’s issuance or re-issuance of a drilling permit or any other permit under the COGCC regulations. Prior to any person commencing any such operations within the City, that person shall apply for and receive an oil and gas permit from the City in accordance with the standards set out in this Chapter.
The standards set out in Division 18.10.02, General Standards for Oil and Gas Operations, apply to all oil and gas permits.
The standards set out in Division 18.10.03, Enhanced Standards for Oil and Gas Operations (Administrative Review), apply to oil and gas permits that are issued administratively.

Exceptions. This Chapter does not apply to those surface oil and gas operations for which a drilling permit was issued under the COGCC regulations prior to April 2, 2013, the effective date of this Chapter, and under which permit the oil and gas operations were commenced before April 2, 2013. It shall also not apply to any surface oil and gas operations occurring on real property annexed into the City on or after April 2, 2013, provided those operations are occurring as of the effective date of the Annexation pursuant to a drilling permit issued under the COGCC regulations. This Chapter shall apply to all other surface oil and gas operations occurring within the City’s boundaries after April 2, 2013.

Other Applicable UDC Provisions. In addition to the standards of this Chapter, all oil and gas operations conducted within the City shall comply with the following provisions of this UDC:

Division 18.05.02, Access and Circulation
Division 18.07.04, Utilities
Chapter 18.09, Environmental Quality (except as specifically modified in this Chapter)
Division 18.04.08, Signs
Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations
Chapter 18.15, Adequate Community Facilities ("ACF")
Division 18.16.04, Capital Expansion Fees

Other Applicable Municipal Code Provisions. In addition to the provisions of this UDC, all oil and gas operations conducted within the City shall comply with all applicable provisions and registration or permitting requirements of the following chapters of the Loveland Municipal Code:

3.16, Sales and Use Tax;
7.12, Nuisances - Unsanitary Conditions;
7.16, Solid Waste Collection and Recycling (to the maximum extent feasible);
7.18, Weed Control;
7.26, Accumulations of Waste Materials;
7.30, Graffiti;
7.36, Fire Protection;
10.04, Traffic Regulations;
10.20, Parking;
12.16, Use of City Rights-of-Way;
12.28, Prohibited Uses of Streets and Other Public Places;
13.04, Water Service;
13.06, Cross Connection Control;
13.18, Stormwater Management;
13.20, Stormwater Quality;
15.08, Building Code;
15.12, Property Maintenance Code;
15.14, Floodplain Building Code;
15.16, Mechanical Code;
15.24, Electrical Code;
15.28, Fire Code;
15.56.030 (The installation and operation of any oil and gas facility shall not cause significant degradation of cultural or historic resources, of sites eligible as City Landmarks, or the State or National Historic Register);
12.25, Street Maintenance Fee; and
19.06, Irrigation.

Federal and State Regulations. The operator shall comply with all applicable federal and state regulations including, without limitation, the OGC act and the COGCC regulations.

Decision-Making Procedures. The oil and gas permits that are required by this Chapter shall be processed in accordance with Chapter 18.14, General Review Procedures.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.01 COGCC Standards Adopted

Generally. Applicants for oil and gas permits shall provide appropriate documentation to the City to demonstrate compliance with the COGCC regulations listed in this Section.

Setback Requirements. Setbacks meet the standards of COGC Rule 604, as amended.

Groundwater Baseline Sampling and Monitoring. Groundwater baseline sampling and monitoring will be performed in compliance with COGCC Rule 318.A.e, as amended.

Lighting. All oil and gas operations shall comply with COGCC Rule 803, as amended.

Noise Mitigation. All permits for oil and gas operations shall comply with COGCC Rule 802, as amended.

Protection of Wildlife Resources. The oil and gas operation will comply with COGCC Rule series 1200, as amended. The operator shall notify the Director if consultation with Colorado Division of Parks and Wildlife is required pursuant to COGCC Rule 306.c.

Hydraulic Fracturing Chemical Disclosure. The operator will comply with COGCC Rule 205.A, as amended, and provide to the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority in hard copy or electronic format the operator’s chemical disclosure form that the operator has filed with the chemical disclosure registry under COGCC Rule 205.A. Such form shall also be filed with the Director within five days after the form is filed in the chemical disclosure registry.

Reclamation.

The oil and gas operations will comply with COGCC Rule Series 1000, as amended. The operator shall provide copies of the Commission’s drill site reclamation notice to the Director at the same time as it is provided to the surface owner.
Temporary access roads associated with oil and gas operations shall be reclaimed and re-vegetated to the original state in accordance with COGCC Rule Series 1000.

Stormwater Quality and Dust Control. Stormwater quality and dust control will be provided in accordance with COGCC Rule 805, as amended.

Odor. All oil and gas operations shall comply with COGCC Rule 805.

Pipeline Abandonment. Any pipelines abandoned in place shall comply with COG Rule 1103 and the operator’s notice to the commission of such abandonment shall be promptly filed thereafter by the applicant with the Director.

Well Abandonment. The oil and gas operation will comply with the well abandonment regulations set forth in COGCC Rule 319, as amended.

The operator shall provide a copy of the approval granted by the Commission for the abandonment to the Director within 30 days after receiving such approval.
The operator shall provide copies of the Commission’s plugging and abandonment report to the Director at the same time as it is provided to the Commission.
The operator shall notify the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority not less than two hours prior to commencing plugging operations.
Upon plugging and abandonment of a well, the operator shall provide the Director with surveyed coordinates of the abandoned well and shall leave onsite a physical marker of the well location.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.02 Visual Impacts, Fencing, and Lighting

Generally. All applications considered in the planning commission review process and the administrative review process and all oil and gas operations approved under either process shall be subject to and comply with the following standards and requirements, as applicable:

Visual Impacts and Screening.

Visual Impacts.
1. To the maximum extent practicable, oil and gas facilities shall be:
  1. Located away from prominent natural features such as distinctive rock and land forms, vegetative patterns, river crossings, and other landmarks;
  2. Located to avoid crossing hills or ridges;
  3. Located to avoid the removal of healthy trees; and
  4. Located at the base of slopes to provide a background of topography and/or natural cover.
2. Access roads shall be aligned to follow existing grades and minimize cuts and fills.
3. One or more of the following landscaping practices may be required on a site-specific basis:
  1. Establishment and proper maintenance of adequate ground cover, shrubs and trees;
  2. Shaping cuts and fills to appear as natural forms;
  3. Cutting rock areas to create irregular forms; and
  4. Designing the facility to utilize natural screens.
Color. Oil and gas facilities, by the time development of the site is complete, shall be painted in a uniform, non-contrasting, non-reflective color, to blend with the surrounding landscape, with colors that resemble the land rather than the sky. The color should be slightly darker than the surrounding landscape.
Landscaping. If an oil and gas operation site is less than 100 feet from a public street, a Type D Bufferyard shall be required between the oil and gas operation and the public street.

Fencing. After the drilling, well completion and interim reclamation operations are completed, the operator shall install permanent fencing six feet in height around the entire perimeter of the production operations site, including gates at all access points. Such gates shall be locked when employees of the operators are not present on the site. Such fencing and gates shall be solid, opaque, and consist of masonry, stucco, steel, or other similar materials. The Director may allow chain link fencing if solid and opaque fencing creates a threat to public safety or interferes with emergency or operations access to the production site.

Lighting. In addition to compliance with COG Rule 803, as amended, the following standards apply to lighting:

Except during drilling, completion or other operational activities requiring additional lighting, down-lighting shall be required, meaning that all bulbs must be fully shielded to prevent light emissions above a horizontal plane drawn from the bottom of the fixture; and
A lighting plan shall be developed to establish compliance with this subsection. The lighting plan shall indicate the location of all outdoor lighting on the site and on any structures, and include cut sheets (manufacturer's specifications with picture or diagram) of all proposed fixtures.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.03 Oil and Gas Access Roads

Generally. All private roads used to access the tank battery or the wellhead shall meet or exceed the standards of this Section.

Width and Overhead Clearance of Access Road. A graded gravel roadway at least 20 feet wide with a minimum unobstructed overhead clearance of 13 feet six inches.

Construction Standards. The access road shall have a prepared subgrade and an aggregate base course surface a minimum of six inches thick compacted to a minimum density of 95 percent of the maximum density determined in accordance with generally accepted engineering sampling and testing procedures approved by the City Engineer. The aggregate material, at a minimum, shall meet the requirements for a Class 6, Aggregate Base Course as specified in the Colorado Department of Highways Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition.

Grades. Grades shall be established so as to provide drainage from the roadway surface and shall be constructed to allow for cross-drainage to waterway (i.e., roadside swells, gulches, rivers, creeks, etc.) by means of an adequate culvert pipe. Adequacy of culvert pipes shall be subject to approval by the City Engineer.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.04 Water Supply and Disposal

Water Supply.

The operator shall identify on the site plan its primary source(s) for water used in both the drilling and well completion phases of operation. In addition, if requested by the City’s water and power department director, the applicant’s source(s) and amounts of water used in the City shall be documented and a record of it shall be provided to the City.
When operationally feasible, the operator shall minimize adverse impacts caused by the delivery of water to the operation site by truck.
If available and commercially viable, the operator shall make a service line connection to a domestic water supplier who is willing to provide such water at the same rates, fees, and charges and provided that the amount of the water that can be supplied by that provider can be done so without delay or negative impact to the operator’s drilling and well completion operations.
When operationally feasible, the operator may alternatively purchase non-potable water from any other sources and transfer that water through ditches or other waterways and/or through above or below ground lines.

Water Disposal. The disposal of water used on site shall be reported to the water and power department director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.05 Temporary Housing

Temporary housing shall be prohibited on any oil and gas operations site, including, without limitation, trailers, manufactured homes, modular homes, and recreational vehicles, except for the temporary housing customarily provided and required during 24-hour drilling, well completion, and flowback operations.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.06 Emergency Response

Generally. Operators agree to take all reasonable measures to assure that oil and gas operations shall not cause an unreasonable risk of emergency situations such as explosions, fires, gas, oil or water pipeline leaks, ruptures, hydrogen sulfide or other toxic gas or fluid emissions, hazardous material vehicle accidents or spills.

Emergency Preparedness Plan.

Each operator with an operation in the City is required to provide to the City its emergency preparedness plan for operations within the City, which shall be in compliance with the applicable provisions of the International Fire Code as adopted in the City Code. The plan shall be filed with the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority and updated on an annual basis.
The emergency preparedness plan shall contain, at a minimum, all of the following information:
1. The designation of the operator’s office group or individual(s) responsible for emergency field operations. An office group or individual(s) designated to handle first response situations, emergency field operations or on-scene incident commands will meet this requirement. A phone number and address of such office group or individual(s) operation shall be required.
2. A map identifying the location of pipelines, isolation valves and/or a plot plan, sufficient in detail to enable the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority to respond to potential emergencies. The information concerning pipelines and isolation valves shall be kept confidential by the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority, and shall only be disclosed in the event of an emergency or as otherwise required by law.
3. A provision that any spill outside of the containment area that has the potential to leave the facility or to threaten waters of the state and that is required to be reported to the COGCC or the COGCC’s director shall be immediately reported to the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority emergency dispatch at 911 and to the Director promptly thereafter.
4. Access or evacuation routes and health care facilities anticipated to be used in the case of an emergency.
5. A project-specific emergency preparedness plan for any operation that involves drilling or penetrating through known zones of hydrogen sulfide gas.
6. A provision obligating the operator to reimburse the appropriate emergency response service providers for costs incurred in connection with any emergency caused by oil and gas operations and not promptly handled by the operator or its agents.
7. Detailed information showing that the applicant has adequate personnel, supplies and funding to implement the emergency response plan immediately at all times during construction and operations.

Emergency Response Costs. The operator shall reimburse the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority for any emergency response costs incurred by the Authority in connection with fire, explosion, or hazardous materials at the well or production site, except that the operator shall not be required to pay for emergency response costs where the response was precipitated by mistake of the Authority or in response to solely a medical emergency.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.07 Insurance and Performance Security

Insurance.

Generally. Every operator granted a permit under this Chapter shall procure and maintain throughout the duration of the operator’s oil and gas operations a policy of comprehensive general liability insurance, or a self-insurance program approved by the Colorado Insurance Commission, insuring the operator and naming the City as an additional insured, against:
1. Any liability for personal injury, bodily injury or death arising out of the operator’s permitted operations, with coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and
2. Any damages that may occur to the City’s streets, roads or rights-of-way (in excess of the amount of the security provided pursuant to subsection B., below) as a result of any weight stresses or spillage of hauled materials including, without limitation, water, sand, waste fluids, waste solids and mixed wastes, with coverage in an amount determined by the City Engineer based on the approved Truck Routing Plan.
Qualifying Insurance Companies. Unless the operator is self-insured, the insurance required by this subsection A. shall be with a company (or companies) qualified to do business in the State of Colorado.
Deductible. Unless the operator is self-insured, the insurance required by this subsection A. may provide for a deductible as the operator deems reasonable, but in no event greater than $10,000.00. The operator shall be responsible for payment of any deductible.
Cancellation. No such policy shall be subject to cancellation or reduction in coverage limits or other modification except after 30 days' prior written notice to the City.
Additional Policy Requirements.
1. The operator shall identify whether the type of coverage is “occurrence” or “claims made.” If the type of coverage is “claims made,” which at renewal the operator changes to “occurrence,” the operator shall carry a 12-month tail. The operator shall not do or permit to be done anything that shall invalidate the policies. In addition, the insurance required by this subsection A. shall cover any and all damages, claims or suits arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, disbursal, seepage, migration, release or escape of pollutants, and shall not exclude from coverage any liability or expense arising out of or related to any form of pollution, whether intentional or otherwise.
2. Further, the policies required by this subsection A. shall be deemed to be for the mutual and joint benefit and protection of the operator and the City and shall provide that although the City is named as additional insured, the City shall nevertheless be entitled to recover under said policies for any loss occasioned to the City or its officers, employees or agents by reason of negligence of the operator or of its officers, employees, agents, subcontractors, or business invitees and such policies shall be written as primary policies not contributing to or in excess of any insurance coverage the City may carry.
Certificates of Insurance Required. Prior to the issuance of the operator’s permit, the operator shall furnish to the City certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance coverage required herein. In addition, the operator shall, upon request by the City and not less than 30 days prior to the expiration of any such insurance coverage, provide the City with a certificate of insurance evidencing either new or continuing coverage in accordance with the requirements of this section.

Performance Security for Road Damage. Prior to the issuance of an oil and gas permit, the applicant shall provide the City with a $25,000.00 performance security for each well that is permitted while the well is in operation, in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit or equivalent financial security acceptable to the Director to cover the City’s costs to repair any damages to the City’s public rights-of-way caused by the operator’s use of said rights-of-way. In the event this security is insufficient to cover the City’s costs to repair any such damages, the operator shall be liable to the City for those additional costs, and the City may pursue a civil action against the operator to recover those costs as provided in Section 18.18.03.04, Special Provisions for Oil and Gas Permits. Reclamation and other activities and operations which fall under the COGCC regulations are exempted from this performance security requirement.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.08 Noise Mitigation

Generally. In addition to COGCC Rule 802, as amended, oil and gas operations are subject to the noise mitigation standards of this Section.

Equipment Exhaust. The exhaust from all engines, coolers, and other mechanized equipment shall be vented up and in a direction away from the closest existing residences.

Electric Equipment. The use of electric-powered equipment during production operations shall be required if a provider of electric power agrees at the provider’s customary rates, fees and charges to provide electric service to an oil and gas facility and the cost to make the electrical connection is economically practicable. If available, electric service to the oil and gas facility shall be acquired by the operator within the shortest time period reasonably practicable. Natural gas or diesel generators may be used until electric service is provided. Electric equipment shall not be required during drilling and well completion operations.

Additional Mitigation.

Additional noise mitigation may be required based on specific site characteristics, including, but not limit to, the following:
1. Nature and proximity of adjacent development;
2. Prevailing weather patterns, including wind direction;
3. Vegetative cover on or adjacent to the subject property; and
4. Topography.
The level of required noise mitigation may increase with the proximity of the well and well site to existing residences and platted subdivision lots, and the level of noise emitted by the well site. To the extent feasible and not inconsistent with its operations, operator may be required to use one or more of the following additional noise mitigation measures to mitigate noise impacts:
1. Acoustically insulated housing or cover enclosures on motors, engines and compressors;
2. Vegetative screens consisting of trees and shrubs;
3. Solid wall or fence of acoustically insulating material surrounding all or part of the facility;
4. Noise mitigation plan identifying and limiting hours of maximum noise emissions, type, and frequency, and level of noise to be emitted and proposed mitigation measures; and
5. Lowering the level of pumps or tank batteries.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.09 Land Disturbance

The following mitigation measures shall be used to achieve compatibility and reduce land use impacts:

Pad dimensions for a well shall be the minimum size necessary to accommodate operational needs while minimizing surface disturbance.
Oil and gas operations shall use structures and surface equipment of the minimal size necessary to satisfy present and future operational needs.
Oil and gas operations shall be located in a manner that minimizes the amount of cut and fill.
To the maximum extent feasible, oil and gas operations shall use and share existing infrastructure, minimize the installation of new facilities and avoid additional disturbance to lands in a manner that reduces the introduction of significant new land use impacts to the environment, landowners, and natural resources.
Landscaping plans shall include drought tolerant species that are native and less desirable to wildlife and suitable for the climate and soil conditions of the area.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.10 Floodplains

All surface oil and gas operations within the FP-FW and FP-FF overlay zones, shall be conducted, to the extent allowed under COGCC regulations, in accordance with all applicable COGCC regulations, including, without limitation, COGCC Rules 603.h. and 1204. In addition, if the operator’s oil and gas operations will involve any development or structures regulated under the City’s Floodplain Building Code in Chapter 15.14, the operator shall also obtain a floodplain development permit before beginning such regulated operations.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.11 Seismic Operations

The operator shall provide at least a 15-day advance notice to the Director and the Loveland Rural Fire Authority whenever seismic activity will be conducted within the City.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.12 Site Maintenance

Weed Control. The applicant shall be responsible for ongoing weed control at oil and gas operations sites, pipelines, and along access roads during construction and operations, until abandonment and final reclamation is completed pursuant to Commission rules. Control of weeds shall comply with the standards in Chapter 7.18.

Flammable Materials.

No burning of trash shall occur on the site of any oil and gas operations.
All land within 25 feet of any tank, pit or other structure containing flammable or combustible materials shall be kept free of dry weeds, grass or rubbish.

Impacts to Streets.

Chains. Traction chains on heavy equipment shall be removed before entering a city street.
Mud Tracking. An operator shall take all practical measures to ensure that the operator’s vehicles do not track mud or leave debris on city streets. Any such mud or debris left on city streets by an operator’s operation shall be promptly cleaned up by the operator.

Maintenance of Machinery. Routine field maintenance of vehicles and mobile machinery shall not be performed within 300 feet of any water body.

Clean-Up.

Removal of Debris. When oil and gas operations become operational, all construction-related debris shall be removed from the site for proper disposal. The site shall be maintained free of debris and excess materials at all times during operation. Materials shall not be buried on-site.
Removal of Equipment. All equipment used for drilling, re-drilling, maintenance and other oil and gas operations shall be removed from the site within 30 days after completion of the work. Permanent storage of moveable equipment on well pad sites is prohibited.

Spills. Chemical spills and releases shall be reported in accordance with applicable state and federal laws, including, without limitation, the COGCC regulations, the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, the Oil and Pollution Act, and the Clean Water Act, as applicable. If a spill or release impacts or threatens to impact a water well, the operator shall comply with existing COGCC regulations concerning reporting and notification of spills, and the spill or release shall also be reported to the director within 24 hours of the operator becoming aware of the spill or release.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.01 Applicability of Division

All applications considered in the administrative review process and all oil and gas operations approved under this process shall be subject to and comply with the standards and requirements of this Division, as applicable, in addition to the standards and requirements in Division 2.10.02, General Standards for Oil and Gas Operations. The operator shall designate these standards and requirements, to the extent applicable, as agreed upon best management practices on any application the operator files with the COGCC.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.02 Setbacks

Generally. All oil and gas facilities shall comply with the setback distances set forth in Table 18.10.03.02, Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities, below, or such greater distances as may be required by the COGCC. Setback distances shall be measured from the closest edge of any equipment included in the oil and gas facility to the nearest part of the nearest feature associated with the sensitive area as described in Column C in Table 18.10.03.02. For the purpose of measuring the setback from any sensitive area that does not have a defined property or boundary line, the Director shall establish the boundary line for measurement purposes.

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Report to COGCC. Once the setbacks for a well permitted under the administrative review process have been approved and established, the Director shall submit to the COGCC a site plan showing the exact location of those setbacks for the permitted well.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.03 Bufferyards

Commission Mitigation Regulations. All oil and gas operations shall comply with the mitigation measures required under COGCC Rule 604.c, as amended.

Bufferyards. The bufferyards set forth in Table 18.10.03.03, Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations, below, shall be established once the well is in production around the entire perimeter of the oil and gas production site, excluding vehicular access points, and maintained until the site has been restored in accordance with the final reclamation plan approved by the city and the commission. Bufferyards shall not be required during drilling and well completion operations. The use of xeriscape plant types shall be used unless a permanent irrigation system is provided by the operator. A temporary irrigation system shall be provided, maintained and operated for xeriscape plant types for a period of two years from planting.

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Effective on: 5/13/2019

18.10.03.04 Air Quality

Generally. Air emissions from oil and gas facilities shall be in compliance with the permit and control provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency, Air Quality Control Commission and COGCC. In addition, the operator of the oil and gas facility that is administratively approved agrees to employ the enhanced standards for air quality mitigation that are set out in this Section.

General Duty to Minimize Emissions. All continuously operated equipment, including but not limited to, storage vessels and dehydrators shall route vapors to a capture and control device with at least a 98 percent destruction efficiency. Operators shall submit to the Director test data of like equipment or manufacturer’s data demonstrating the control device can meet the destruction efficiency. Any combustion device, auto ignition system, recorder, vapor recovery device or other equipment used to meet the destruction efficiency shall be installed, calibrated, operated and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, instructions, and operating manuals.

Combustion Devices. All flares shall be designed and operated as follows:

The combustion devices shall be designed and operated in a matter that will ensure it complies with 40 Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”) § 60.18 (General control device and work practice requirements);
The combustion device, during production operations, shall be operated with a pilot flame present at all times vapors may be routed to it. Presence of a pilot flame shall be continuously monitored and recorded; and
Combustion devices shall be equipped with automatic flame ignition systems in the event the pilot flame is extinguished.

Fugitive Emissions. The operator shall develop and follow a leak detection and repair plan to minimize emissions from fugitive components. The plan will be submitted to the Director for incorporation into the permit.

Pneumatic Controllers. The operator shall use only no-bleed or low-bleed pneumatic controllers, where such controllers are available for the proposed application. High-bleed pneumatic controllers may be used where air is the motive gas for operation of the controller and valve.

Well Completion Practices. For each well completion operation, the operator shall minimize emissions from the operation as set forth below:

For the duration of flowback, route the recovered gas to the sales pipeline once the well has enough gas to safely operate the separator, or like device, and liquid control valves;
If flow and gathering lines are not available to comply with subsection F.1., above, the operator shall capture the recovered gas to a completion combustion device, equipped with a continuous ignition system, to oxidize the recovered gas stream except in conditions that may result in a fire hazard or explosion, or where high heat emissions from the completion device may negatively impact a sensitive area or nearby structure;
Operators shall have a general duty to safely maximize resource recovery and minimize releases to the atmosphere during flowback; and
Operators shall maintain a log for each well completion operation. The log shall be completed in accordance with the methods outlined in the Environmental Protection Agency’s Code of Federal Regulations, specifically 40 CFR Part 60, Subpart OOOO.

Well Maintenance and Blowdowns. The operator shall utilize best management practices during well maintenance and blowdowns to minimize or eliminate venting emissions.

Capture of Produced Gas from Wells. Gas produced during normal production shall be captured, to the maximum extent feasible, and not flared or vented, except in situations where flaring or venting is required to ensure that associated natural gas can be safely disposed of in emergency shutdown situations.

Rod-Packing Maintenance. Operators shall replace rod-packing from reciprocating compressors located at facilities approved after April 15, 2013, every 26,000 hours of operation or 36 months, whichever occurs first.

Monitoring Compliance and Reporting. Operators shall submit to the Director an annual report providing the following information concerning the operator’s oil and gas operations as related to air emissions:

Dates when the operator or its agent inspected its oil and gas facilities under its leak detection and repair plan;
A record of the expected and actual air emissions measured at the facilities;
The operator’s emissions data collected during well completion activities;
Dates and duration when operator conducted well maintenance activities to minimize air emissions;
If venting occurred at any time during the reporting period, an explanation as to why best management practices could not have been used to prevent such venting; and
Dates when reciprocating compressor rod-packing is replaced.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.05 Pipelines

Any newly constructed or substantially modified pipelines on site shall meet the following requirements:

Flowlines, gathering lines and transmission lines shall be sited at a minimum of 50 feet away from residential and non-residential buildings, as well as the high water mark of any surface water body. This distance shall be measured from the nearest edge of the pipeline. Pipelines and gathering lines that pass within 150 feet of residential or non-residential building or the high water mark of any surface water body shall incorporate leak detection, secondary containment, or other mitigation, as appropriate;

To the maximum extent feasible, pipelines shall be aligned with established roads in order to minimize surface impacts and reduce habitat fragmentation and disturbance;

To the maximum extent feasible, operators shall share existing pipeline rights-of-way and consolidate new corridors for pipeline rights-of-way to minimize surface impacts; and

Operators shall use boring technology when crossing streams, rivers, irrigation ditches or wetlands with a pipeline to minimize negative impacts to the channel, bank, and riparian areas, except that open cuts may be used across irrigation ditches if the affected ditch company approves the technique.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.06 Noise

All oil and gas facilities shall comply with the sound limitation standards set forth in Chapter 7.32 after development of the well is complete (i.e., while the well is in production). A noise mitigation study shall be submitted with the application to demonstrate compliance with said code Chapter. If necessary to comply with said Chapter, a noise screen shall be constructed along the edge of the oil and gas facility between the facility and existing residential development or land zoned for future residential development.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.04.01 Purpose of Division

The purpose of this Division is to set out the standards within overlay zones in the vicinity of existing oil and gas facilities. The overlay zones allow certain land uses that are compatible with the industrial nature of oil and gas facilities, and disallow other land uses in order to protect the public health, safety and welfare. Nothing in this Division is intended to regulate the location of an oil and gas facility, but only to regulate the use of land proposed to be developed for other uses and purposes.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.04.02 Oil and Gas Overlay Zone and Sub-Zone Boundaries

The boundaries of the Oil and Gas Overlay (“OGO”) Zone extend 1,000 feet from the boundaries of each oil and gas facility within the City limits, or within 1,000 feet outside of the City limits. OGO Zone boundaries surrounding oil and gas facilities outside of the City limits shall only be mapped within the City limits. The OGO Zone is divided into three sub-zones:

The Critical Sub-Zone (“OGO-CZ”), which extends 200 feet from the outer boundary of each oil and gas facility;
The Restricted Sub-Zone (“OGO-RZ”), which extends 300 feet from the outer boundary of each OGO-CZ; and
The High Occupancy Building Sub-Zone (“OGO-HO”), which extends 500 feet from the outer boundary of each OGO-RZ.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.04.03 Land Use Restrictions

Generally. Notwithstanding the land uses that are allowed by the underlying zones established in this title, land that is located in the Critical Zone (“OGO-CZ”), Restricted Zone (“OGO-RZ”), or High Occupancy Building Zone (“OGO-HO”), development of such land shall be subject to and shall comply with the applicable restrictions set out in this Division.

Critical Zone. In the OGO-CZ, land uses shall be limited to any of the following:

Essential underground public utility facilities; and
Undeveloped, access-restricted open space.

Restricted Zone.

Land Use. In the OGO-RZ, land uses shall be limited to any of the following:
1. Airport, heliport, or helistop;
2. Composting facility;
3. Storage yard;
4. Essential public utility uses, facilities, services and structures;
5. Heavy industry;
6. Wireless communications facilities (all types);
7. Nursery or greenhouse, wholesale;
8. Recycling collection center (attended);
9. Recyclable materials processing;
10. Resource extraction (minerals);
11. Resource extraction (oil and gas);
12. Self-storage;
13. Street;
14. Heavy logistics center;
15. Waste transfer station;
16. Disposal;
17. Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental;
18. Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental;
19. Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental.
Approval Process. Generally, the land uses listed in subsection C.1., above, shall be permitted in the OGO-RZ if approved by adaptable use review, even if the underlying zoning or approved development plan governing the subject property prohibits such land use. However, if the underlying zone requires conditional use review for the proposed use, then conditional use review is required.
Restrictions. None of the uses listed above shall include an outdoor assembly area, building, or surface or structured parking lot within the OGO-RZ.

High-Occupancy Building Zone. In the high occupancy building zone, all land uses authorized for the affected land by the land’s underlying zone as provided in this UDC shall be allowed subject to the requirements of that zone, except that high occupancy buildings and outdoor assembly areas shall not be allowed within this zoning overlay district.

(Ord. 6326 §6, 08/20/2019)

Effective on: 9/3/2019

18.10.05.01 Commercial Mineral Deposits

For the purpose of this UDC, there are or may be established and designated on the Zoning Map, commercial mineral deposits as defined by C.R.S. § 34-1-302(1). A master plan for the extraction of such deposits may be adopted by the City Council. No real property shall be used, or permanent structures placed thereon, that would permanently preclude the extraction of such mineral deposits by an extractor in violation of the provisions of C.R.S. § 34-1-305.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

Loveland City Zoning Code

PART 3

Site Design and Environmental Quality

Division 18.10.02 Oil and Gas Standards

18.05.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

The purpose of this Chapter is to promote safe and efficient access to development and to specify minimum requirements for the provision and design of parking and loading areas.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.01.02 Application of Chapter

Generally. The divisions within this Chapter are applied as follows:

Division 18.05.02, Access and Circulation, sets out standards for how access to a subject property is to be provided, and how the circulation system within the subject property is to be designed. If the subject property is proposed to be developed as a subdivision or to include new streets, see also Chapter 18.07, Mobility and Utilities.
Division 18.05.03, Parking and Loading Calculations, sets out standards for calculating the number of required parking and loading spaces based on the likely demand for parking and loading generated by the use of the subject property. The Division also provides for certain exemptions from parking requirements, as well as methodologies for reducing the amount of required parking.
Division 18.05.04, Parking and Loading Design, sets out standards for the design of parking and loading areas.
Division 18.05.05, Use and Maintenance of Parking Areas, sets out standards for how parking areas may be used, as well as minimum standards for their ongoing maintenance.

Fire Codes. The access standards of Division 18.05.02, Access and Circulation may be modified by the City where necessary to ensure compliance with the current adopted Fire Code.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.01 Access Approval Required; Access Standards

Types of Access. There are two types of access that are subject to permitting:

Access for land use (driveways); and
Public streets (street intersections).

Design Requirements. Driveways and intersections shall be designed as provided in the City of Loveland Street Standards to provide for the safety of motorists, pedestrians, and bicyclists.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.02 Sight Triangles

Landscaping, Hardscaping, and Structures.
1. No hardscaping or structures that are greater than 30 inches in height above the flowline of the adjacent street shall be permitted within a sight triangle.
2. Trees, shrubs, and other plant materials located within sight distance triangles shall be trimmed in accordance with the requirements of Section 7 of the City of Loveland Street Standards. Trees shall be limbed to a height of not less than eight feet, and shrubs and other plant materials shall be maintained in perpetuity at a height of not more than 30 inches.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.03 Site Circulation

Provides users the necessary sight distances, stacking space, and traffic control devices to ensure the safest and most predictable system of parking and circulation;
Includes clearly defined points of ingress and egress that promote the orderly, safe, and logical movement of traffic within the subject property and on adjoining streets;
Provides for emergency vehicle access (unobstructed by parking or loading areas), and sufficient areas to allow the staging of emergency rescue or fire-fighting efforts;
Logically connects adjoining properties where appropriate;
Minimizes the number of vehicular turning movements and points of vehicular conflict (particularly at access points); and
Minimizes points of potential conflict between pedestrian and vehicular traffic.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.02.04 Stacking

Requirements. Uses that include drive-through service shall provide not less than the following numbers of stacking spaces:

Financial institutions, convenience retail, liquor store, or pharmacy: Three stacking spaces per station.
Coffee shop (except as provided in subsection B.4.): Eight stacking spaces.
Restaurant: Five stacking spaces.
Drive-through only use in a building with less than 300 square feet of gross floor area and no detached menu board (e.g., coffee stands): Three stacking spaces per station.
Dry cleaner: Two stacking spaces per station.
Vehicle Wash:
1. Three stacking spaces for each bay in a self-service vehicle wash facility;
2. Five stacking spaces for each in-bay or conveyor vehicle wash facility; and
3. If the facility provides detailing, manual drying or polishing, and / or vacuuming, sufficient area to provide those services without creating additional demand for stacking at the vehicle wash entrance.
Stacking spaces for other uses are determined by the Director.

Design.

Stacking lanes shall be clearly marked, and shall not interfere with on-site or off-site traffic circulation or parking access.
Generally, stacking areas shall not be situated between the facade of a building and the primary street frontage. The Director may waive this requirement if:
1. Either:
  1. The applicant demonstrates that the subject property is unusual in its configuration such that such design is necessary; or
  2. The applicant demonstrates that the configuration of the stacking area is preferable in terms of mitigating impacts on adjoining properties; and
2. A parking lot bufferyard is installed and maintained between the stacking lane and the street.
If a stacking area is aligned in parallel to a secondary street frontage and is not screened from the street by buildings, a parking lot bufferyard shall be installed and maintained between the stacking area and the street.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.01 Calculation of Required Parking Spaces

Factors. The factors for parking calculations are measured as follows:

1.
Per sf. The phrase “per sf.” means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of square feet of gross floor area put to the use, as calculated using the methodology in Section 18.19.01.07, Floor Area and Floor Area Ratio.
2.
Per dwelling unit or per BR. The phrase “per du” means that the number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of dwelling units. In some cases, the parking requirements are based on the number of bedrooms (per “#” BR du) in the dwelling units.
3.
Per Bed. The phrase “per bed” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of beds in the facility instead of the number of sleeping rooms or some other measure. Per bed calculations are normally applied to uses that offer residential care or overnight accommodations with shared rooms.
4.
Per Employee. The phrase “per employee” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of employees (full-time and part-time) on the maximum shift, that is, the work shift in which the maximum number of employees are present.
5.
Per Seat / Per Seat Design Capacity. The phrase "per seat" means that the number of parking spaces is based on the number of seats that are provided to guests (patrons, members, etc.); and the phrase “per seat design capacity” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the maximum seating capacity of the use as determined by applicable fire codes.
6.
Per Person Design Capacity. The phrase “per person design capacity” means that the number of parking spaces is based on the maximum number of people who may occupy the use pursuant to applicable fire code standards or licensing requirements, whichever is less.
7.
Others. Other factors are measured according to their common meanings.

Rounding. When the calculation of required parking spaces results in a fractional parking space, the result of the parking calculation shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Tandem Parking Spaces. Tandem spaces are not counted towards the parking requirements of this Division, except as follows:

1.
Residential Uses. Where a garage is provided for an individual dwelling unit, tandem spaces in front of the garage are counted toward meeting off-street parking requirements for the dwelling unit, provided that the unit is within a single-family detached, duplex, townhome, or multiplex.
2.
Valet Parking. Tandem spaces may be used in lots that are designated exclusively for valet parking.

EV Charging.

1.
Any parking space served by an EV Charging Station or any parking space used to site EV Charging Stations or Equipment is counted toward applicable parking minimums as at least one standard automobile parking space in accordance with the off-street parking requirements in Section 18.05.03.03 Parking Requirements Tables.
2.
Any van-accessible parking space that is designed to accommodate a person in a wheelchair, is served by an EV Charging Port, and is not designated as parking reserved for a person with a disability under C.R.S 42-4-1208 is counted as two standard off-street automobile parking spaces in accordance with the off-street parking requirements in Section 18.05.03.03 Parking Requirements Tables.
3.
ADA accessible spaces served by EV Charging shall be provided in alignment with the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Standards and standards in the Building Code, providing the same proportion of accessible spaces served by EV Charging per the total number of spaces served by EV Charging. ADA EV Charging spaces may be reserved only for use by people with a disability but are not required to be, so long as the overall number of available parking spaces designed and reserved for people with a disability meets the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act/Table 12-5-203A.

Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

Effective on: 1/20/2026

18.05.03.02 Exemptions from Parking Requirements

Transit Service Area Exemption.

1.
Any new multifamily residential development, adaptive reuse for residential purposes, or mixed-use development in which at least 50% of the total floor area is designated for residential uses, and which is located wholly or partially within a transit service area, as defined in C.R.S § 29-35-301, et seq, as amended, is exempt from the parking requirements in this Division. If parking is voluntarily provided within the applicable transit service areas, such parking shall meet the design standards in Division 18.05.04, Parking and Loading Design. A map of the applicable transit service areas is included as Appendix H for illustrative purposes.
2.
Exceptions. The City may require a minimum parking requirement in connection with a housing development project that contains twenty units or more or contains “regulated affordable housing” as defined in C.R.S § 29-35-302 by requiring no more than one parking space per dwelling unit provided the City publishes written findings that not imposing or enforcing a parking minimum would have a substantial negative impact, pursuant to C.R.S. § 29-35-304(2), as amended, within 90 days of receiving a complete development application, and submits a report to the Colorado Department of Local Affairs, in accordance with C.R.S § 29-35-304(3), as amended.

Ord. 6805 § 01/06/2026

Effective on: 1/20/2026

18.05.03.03 Parking Requirements Tables

Residential Land Uses. The required off-street parking for residential land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.A., Residential Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

Table 18.05.03.03.A. Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Single-Family Detached (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Duplex or Townhouse (all types)	2 sp. / du¹
Multiplex	2 sp. / du¹
General Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du; +5% for visitor parking
Infill Multifamily	1 sp. / studio; 1.5 sp. / 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2+ BR du
Downtown Multifamily	1 sp. / studio or 1 BR du; 2 sp. / 2 or more BR du
Manufactured Homes	2 sp. / du¹
Cottage in Cluster Development	1.5 sp. / du
Cluster Duplex	1.5 sp. / du
Residential Amenity Area Clubhouse and Pools	1 sp. / 750 sf.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Tandem spaces may be counted towards this requirement

B.
Special Residential Land Uses. The required off-street parking for special residential land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.B., Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.B. Special Residential Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Live-Work Unit	3 sp. / du
Group Home	1 sp. / 3 person design capacity
Protective Care	1 sp. / 2 beds
Assisted Living or Congregate Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / employee
Nursing Home, Memory Care, Alzheimer's Care	1 sp. / 3 beds + 1 sp. / 2 employees
Shelter for Victims of Domestic Violence	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 2 employees

C.
Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Uses. The required off-street parking for hospitality, recreation, and entertainment land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.C., Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.C. Hospitality, Recreation, and Entertainment Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Large)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bar, Tavern, or Nightclub (Small)	1 sp. / 100 sf.
Bed and Breakfast	2 sp. + 1 sp. / BR
Brew Pub, Distillery Pub, or Limited Winery	1 sp. / 100 sf. customer service area + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. other floor area
Campground	1 sp. / campsite (at campsite) + 1 sp. / 10 campsites (at office)
Commercial Lodging, Business or Tourist	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses
Commercial Lodging, Convention	1.1 sp. / guest room + 50% of parking that would be required for accessory uses (e.g., restaurant, retail, bar, tavern, or nightclub) if they were principal uses + 1 sp. / 300 sf. of meeting space
Golf Course	4 sp. / hole + 1 sp. / 200 sf. for office, lobby, pro shop, health club, clubhouse, lounge, snack bar, dining, and meeting space
Indoor Amusement, Recreation, and Entertainment	Bowling alley: 4 sp. / lane + 1 sp. / 75 sf. of dining, billiards, or arcade; Indoor archery range: 2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area; All others: 1 sp. / 200 sf.
Indoor Firing or Gun Range	2 sp. / station + 1 sp. / 250 sf. of retail area
Outdoor Commercial Recreation or Amusement	Batting cages: 2 sp. + 1.25 sp. / station; Go-cart racing, bumper boats, or bumper cars: 1.25 sp. per car or boat; All others: by special study
Outdoor Stadium, Arena, Amphitheater, or Drive-In Theater	Greater of: 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area (if no fixed seats); except there is no specific parking requirement for a drive-in theater
Parks (Passive)	1 sp. / 750 sf. of playground area + 1 sp. / picnic table
Parks (Active)	2 sp. / court + 20 sp. / play field + 1 sp. / 10 lf. of bleacher seating
Restaurant	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 200 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
Restaurant, Fast Food	Greatest among: 1 sp. / 3 seats or 1 sp. / 150 sf. (including outdoor seating areas) or 5 sp.
RV Park	1 sp. / RV space (at RV space) + 1 sp. / 10 RV spaces (at office)
Sexually-Oriented Business	1 sp. / 250 sf.
Zoo	special study

D.
Commercial Land Uses. The required off-street parking for commercial land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.D., Commercial Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

Table 18.05.03.03.D. Commercial Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Business Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Convenience Lending	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Farmers Market	3 sp. / booth
Liquor Store	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Marijuana Business	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Office, General	3 sp. / 1,000 sf.
Office, Medical	1 sp. / 225 sf.
Pawnbroker	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Personal Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Recording or TV Studio	special study
Retail Sales and Services	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Commercial Equestrian Facilities	1 sp. / 4 stables + if facilities include seating or areas for spectators, 1 sp. / 3 seats, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of such area (if no fixed seats)
Kennel (Indoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Kennel (Outdoor)	1 sp. / 500 sf. (including dog runs)
Veterinarian (Large Animal)	1 sp. / 400 sf.
Veterinarian (Small Animal)	1 sp. / 300 sf.

E.
Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Uses. The required off-street parking for community, civic, educational, and institutional land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.E., Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.E. Community, Civic, Educational, and Institutional Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Cemetery	special study
Crematorium	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Day Care Center, Adult or Child	Adult day care: 1 sp. / 300 sf. Child day care: 2 sp. / employee
Emergency Services	2 sp. / bedroom plus 1 sp. / 3 seats in training classroom
Funeral Home	1 sp. / 4 seats, or 1 sp. / 50 sf. seating area (if no fixed seats)
Homeless Shelter	As determined through review
Hospital	2 sp. / bed + 1 sp. / 300 sf. outpatient clinics and service areas + medical office parking for areas used for medical office
Library, Museum, or Gallery	1 sp. / 200 sf. in library 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. museum or gallery
Place of Assembly	1 sp. / 4 seats in the principal place of assembly; or 1 sp. / 35 sf. of seating area in principal place of assembly if no fixed seats, or 1 sp. / 18 lineal inches of bench seating in principal place of assembly. Where multiple uses or times of use overlap at a place of assembly with over 200 seats, parking shall be required for all proposed uses based on this section, and shared parking reductions may be applied.
School, Elementary or Middle	2 sp. / classroom
School, High	1 sp. / 3 seats in auditorium or principal place of assembly, or 1 sp. / 35 sf. seating area in auditorium or principal place of assembly (if no fixed seats)
School, Vocational or Trade	1 sp. / person design capacity
University or College	special study

F.
Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Uses. The required off-street parking for industrial, processing, recycling, storage, and disposal land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.F., Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.F. Industrial, Processing, Recycling, Storage, and Disposal Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Composting Facility	1.1 sp. / employee
Disposal	special study
Heavy Industry	special study
Heavy Logistics Center	1 sp. / 1,000 sf. up to 100,000 sf., then 1 sp. / 5,000 sf. thereafter
Light Industry	Warehouse: 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. Other: 1 sp. / 500 sf.
Recycling Collection Center (Attended)	1 sp. / loading area + 2 sp. / 3 employees
Resource Extraction (minerals)	1 sp. / employee
Resource Extraction (oil and gas)	1 sp. / employee during drilling or reworking operations; 1 sp. thereafter
Salvage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Self-Storage	2 sp. + 1 sp. / 10,000 sf.
Storage Yard	4 sp. / ac. of yard
Waste Transfer Station	special study
Workshop	2 sp. / 3 employees

G.
Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Uses. The required off-street parking for motor vehicle and transportation land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.G., Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

Table 18.05.03.03.G. Motor Vehicle and Transportation Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Fueling, charging or service stations	1 sp. / 200 sf. of building square footage not including canopy areas
Motor vehicle wash	2 sp.
Surface parking	N/A
Structured parking	N/A
Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 450 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental	1 sp. / 500 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Heavy motor vehicle service	1 sp. / 300 sf.
Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental	1 sp. / 300 sf. of showroom, office, service areas, and parts sales
Airport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Heliport	2 sp. / 3 employee + 1 sp. / 200 sf. of lobby or waiting areas + 1 sp. / 1,000 sf. hangar space
Helistop	2 sp.
Bus or Taxi Terminal	special study

H.
Utility and Wireless Communications Land Uses. The required off-street parking for utility and wireless communications land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.H., Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

Table 18.05.03.03.H. Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Utility Uses
Data Center	1 sp. / 500 sf.
Overhead Power Lines (110 kV or more)	N/A
Electrical Substation	1 sp. / 10,000 sf. of secured area
Utilities, Major	special study
Wireless Communications Facilities
Freestanding Communications Tower	1 sp.
Alternative Tower Structure	1 sp.
Other Wireless Communications Facilities and Small Cell Wireless Facilities	N/A

I.
Agricultural Land Uses. The required off-street parking for agricultural land uses is set out in Table 18.05.03.03.I., Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards.

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

Table 18.05.03.03.I. Agricultural Land Use Parking Standards
Land Use	Minimum Required Parking
Community Garden	N/A
Farm or Ranch	N/A
Nursery or Greenhouse, Wholesale	2 sp. / 3 employees

J.
Uses Not Listed. For uses that are allowed pursuant to Section 18.02.03.12, Uses That Are Not Listed, the parking shall be established pursuant to an approved parking study. See Section 18.05.03.07, Parking Studies.

Ord. 6326 §4, 08/20/2019; Ord. 6445 §17, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6446 §11, 12/15/2020; Ord. 6516B §7, 10/26/2021; Ord. 6636 §29, 09/05/2023; Ord. 6709 §3, 07/16/2024; Ord. 6762 §8, 04/01/2025

Effective on: 4/15/2025

18.05.03.04 Required Accessible Parking Spaces

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Table 18.05.03.04 Number of Accessible Parking Spaces
Number of Parking Spaces Required by this Division	Number of Accessible Spaces	Number of Spaces thatMust be Van Accessible
1 to 25	1	1
26 to 50	2	1
51 to 75	3	1
76 to 100	4	1
101 to 150	5	1
151 to 200	6	1
201 to 300	7	2
301 to 400	8	2
401 to 500	9	2
501 to 1,000	2 percent of total number of parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up
1,001 and over	20, plus 1 for each 100 parking spaces in excess of 1,000 parking spaces	1 out of 6 accessible parking spaces, rounded up

Use-Specific Standards. Hospital outpatient facilities, rehabilitation facilities or outpatient physical therapy facilities, and residential uses are subject to ADAAG §§ 208.2.1, 208.2.2, and 208.2.3, respectively.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.05 Shared Parking

Multiply the minimum required parking for each individual use, excluding spaces reserved for use by specified individuals or classes of individuals (except car share programs), by the appropriate percentage listed in Table 18.05.03.05.A., Shared Parking, for each of the designated time periods.
Calculate a sum for all uses for each of the five time periods (columns). The minimum parking requirement is the highest of these sums, plus any reserved spaces that were excluded from the calculation in the first step. Figure 18.05.03.05.A., Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation, provides an example of how to use Table 18.05.03.05.A., Shared Parking, to calculate required parking.

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Table 18.05.03.05.A. Shared Parking Table
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
Residential	100%	60%	90%	80%	90%
Office	5%	100%	10%	10%	5%
Retail / Commercial	5%	70%	90%	100%	70%
Commercial Lodging	80%	80%	100%	50%	100%
Restaurant	10%	50%	100%	50%	100%
Entertainment	10%	40%	100%	80%	100%
All Others	100%	100%	100%	100%	100%

Figure 18.05.03.05 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building has 50, 2-bedroom residences, 50,000 square feet of office space, and 50,000 square feet of retail space. Separately, these uses would require 450 parking spaces ((50 sp. x 2 sp. / unit) + (50,000 sf. x (1 sp. / 250 sf.)) + (50,000 sf. x (3 sp. / 1,000 sf.)) = 450). However, combined, they could share 350 parking spaces, as shown in the calculation below.
Use	Weekday			Weekend
Use	Night (12 AM to 6 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)	Day (6 AM to 6 PM)	Evening (6 PM to 12 AM)
TABLE NOTE: ¹The largest number, 350, is the number of parking spaces that are required. This example is a 22 percent reduction compared to individual calculations.
Residential 100 spaces	100% x 100= 100	60% x 100= 60	90% x 100= 90	80% x 100= 80	90% x 100= 90
Office 150 spaces	5% x 150= 8	100% x 150= 150	10% x 150= 15	10% x 150= 15	5% x 150= 8
Retail / Commercial 200 spaces	5% x 200= 10	70% x 200= 140	90% x 200= 180	100% x 200= 200	70% x 200=140
Commercial Lodging	80% x 0 = 0	80% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	50% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
Restaurant	10% x 0 = 0	50% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	50% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
Entertainment	10% x 0 = 0	40% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	80% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
All Others	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0	100% x 0 = 0
COLUMN TOTALS	118	350¹	285	295	238

Special Shared Parking Study.
1. In the alternative to the methodology in subsection B., above, an applicant may submit a special study to demonstrate that the parking required to serve mixed uses is less than the sum of the parking requirements for each individual use. The special study shall be conducted by a qualified transportation planner or traffic engineer at the applicant's expense (the Director shall develop and maintain a list of qualifications and / or certifications that are acceptable to the City for this purpose), and shall:
  1. Review peak parking demand periods for the proposed uses during a 24-hour weekday and each weekend day, and shall propose a required number of parking spaces based on the combined maximum peak hour demand for parking.
  2. Provide data on the following:
    1. The sensitivity of the proposed uses to change. For example, a center with no restaurant could have significant changes in parking if a restaurant was added.
    2. Similar mixes of uses in other areas of the community.
    3. Degree of variability of parking for individual uses (average, range, and standard deviation).
2. The City may require a reserved open area (which shall not be counted as open space) if it finds that the risk of parking needs changing over time so warrants. Once the project is occupied and well established, if there is a surplus of parking, the applicant may petition for additional development capacity and parking using the reserved area.
Shared Parking Among Lots. When a shared parking reduction is to be applied to uses on several different lots, the following shall be provided:
1. A plan that provides for a pedestrian circulation system that connects uses and parking areas, making it easy and convenient to move among uses; and
2. Recorded easements, approved as to form by the City Attorney, that provide, at a minimum, for:
  1. Cross-access among the parking areas and connections to permit parking by the different uses anywhere in the connected properties;
  2. Allocation of maintenance responsibilities; and
  3. A right of enforcement by the City.
3. As an alternative to the establishment of an easement, a recorded shared parking agreement may be provided. The agreement shall include provisions indicated in subsection D.2.a., D.2.b., and D.2.c., above, unless otherwise approved by the Director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.06 Parking Credits and Reductions

Limitations.

1.
The credits and reductions set out in this Section are not available to uses that base their parking on a special study (see Section 18.05.03.07, Parking Studies), unless the special study's methodology specifically addresses these credits and reductions and determines that they are appropriate.
2.
The credits and reductions set out in subsections F. and G., below shall not be used, alone, together, or in combination with any other standards, to allow a reduction in required parking of more than 15 percent.

1.
Sa = the area of the subject property divided by the area of the mixed-use development (or in the case of complete neighborhoods, the neighborhood activity center); and
2.
P = the total parking that is available on-street in the mixed-use development (or in the case of complete neighborhoods, the neighborhood activity center).

1.
For units that are affordable to households that earn more than 60 percent, up to and including 80 percent of the area-wide median income (“AMI”): parking requirements are reduced by 25 percent.
2.
For units that are affordable to households that earn at least 30 percent, up to and including 60 percent of AMI, parking requirements are reduced by 50 percent.
3.
For units that are affordable to households that earn less than 30 percent of AMI, parking requirements are reduced by 75 percent.

1.
Studio, 1 BR, 2 BR, and Cottages: 1 space per dwelling unit
2.
3+ BR: 2 spaces per dwelling unit

1.
The reduction is used to improve the design or overall function of a site with an existing building, and not to maximize the building envelope of a subject property;
2.
The conversion is used to provide an area for:
1. a.
  Bringing the subject property into compliance with disabled parking and / or accessibility requirements;
2. b.
  A screened enclosure for solid waste or recycling bins;
3. c.
  Utility pedestals used for the relocation of overhead utilities underground, provided that the utility providers agree that the best location for the pedestals requires displacement of the parking space or spaces; and / or
4. d.
  Adding landscaped area to a lot which does not conform to the landscape requirements of this UDC.
3.
The reduction does not reduce the amount of parking provided in the lot by more than 10 percent; and
4.
There are no practical alternative locations for the functions that displace the parking spaces.

Discretionary Parking Reduction.

1.
The Director may allow application of an alternative parking standard, provided that the Director determines the following:
1. a.
  The applicant has demonstrated that either:
  1. 1.
    Site-specific physical constraints necessitate application of the alternative standard, and such constraints will not allow a reasonable use of the property without application of such alternative standard; or
  2. 2.
    The alternative standard achieves the intent of the parking standard to the same or greater degree than the parking standard, and results in equivalent or greater benefits to the community as would compliance with the parking standard.
2. b.
  The reduction in the number of required parking spaces is not more than 10 percent.
2.
Whenever the Director grants a Discretionary Parking Reduction, the Director shall prepare a written statement of findings based on the above criteria for such action. Such statement shall be placed in the development application file.

Redevelopment Corridors.

1.
The off-street parking requirements of this Division that apply to development that has with frontage on the following redevelopment corridors, excluding areas zoned DT, may be reduced up to 10 percent.
1. a.
  S.H. 287 (including Buchanan Avenue, Cleveland Avenue, Garfield Avenue, and Lincoln Avenue) from Ranch Acres Drive to 14^th Street SE.
2. b.
  Eisenhower Avenue from Namaqua Drive to Boise Avenue.
2.
The Director may approve parking reductions of up to 25 percent for development within the redevelopment corridor, if the Director finds that the reduction is appropriate for the use due to:
1. a.
  The location of the subject property;
2. b.
  The availability of sufficient on-street parking and public off-street parking;
3. c.
  Vehicular access to the site and parking area(s);
4. d.
  Pedestrian, bicycle, and transit access to the subject property;
5. e.
  The potential for negative impacts from parking spillover as a result of insufficient off-street parking on the subject property.

R3e Reductions.

1.
Parking reductions of up to 25 percent are allowed for property within the R3e zone that is located within the area bounded by U.S. Highway 34 on the north; Boise Avenue on the east; the Big Thompson River on the south; and Taft Avenue on the west. In addition, on-street parking spaces directly adjacent to the subject property may be counted toward off-street parking requirements.
2.
The Director may approve parking reductions of up to 50 percent, if the Director finds that the reduction is appropriate for the use due to:
1. a.
  The location of the subject property;
2. b.
  The availability of sufficient on-street parking and public off-street parking;
3. c.
  Vehicular access to the site and parking area(s);
4. d.
  Pedestrian, bicycle, and transit access to the subject property;
5. e.
  The potential for negative impacts from parking spillover as a result of insufficient off-street parking on the subject property.

Ord. 6636 §30, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.05.03.07 Parking Studies

Generally.

Some of the uses that are listed in the tables set out in Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables, have nonlinear or widely varying parking demand characteristics. Accordingly, their parking requirements are listed in the table as “special study.” Required parking for these uses shall be established according to the standards of this Section.
Required parking for uses that are not listed in Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables shall be established according to the standards of this Section.
Special studies may also be submitted to support a request to reduce the number of required parking spaces to less than that set out in Section 18.05.03.03, Parking Requirements Tables, due to the nature of the operations and / or location of a proposed use. Such special studies shall include and support all requested reductions in parking. Further parking credits and reductions that are otherwise available pursuant to Section 18.05.03.05, Shared Parking, and Section 18.05.03.06, Parking Credits and Reductions, shall not be applied when parking reductions are granted pursuant to this Section, unless such reductions are supported by the special study.

Special Study Requirements.

A special study shall be conducted by a qualified transportation planner or traffic engineer at the applicant’s expense. The Director shall develop and maintain a list of qualifications and / or certifications that are acceptable to the City for this purpose.
The special study shall provide:
1. A peak parking analysis of at least five functionally comparable uses.
2. Documentation regarding the comparability of the referenced uses, including: name, function, location, gross floor area, parking availability, access to transportation network (including vehicular, bicycle, pedestrian, and transit), use restrictions, and other factors that could affect the parking demand.

Abbreviated Special Study Requirements. The analytical requirements set out in Subsection B., above, may be reduced to two functionally comparable uses if:

The uses are located in the City or within five miles of its corporate limits;
The proposed use to which the special study is to be applied has less than 5,000 square feet of floor area; or
The special study is used to justify a reduction in required parking and the requested reduction is 15 percent or less.

Approval of Special Study.

The City may rely upon the special study or may request additional information or analysis, including, but not limited to: alternative or new data points, or consideration of additional or alternative factors related to comparability or peak demand, as supported by sound engineering principles.
As a condition of approval of a special study, the City may require that land be reserved or land-banked for additional parking if there is a demonstrably high probability the use could change, resulting in a higher demand for parking. Such additional land shall not be counted as open space.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.08 Required Loading

Generally. Off-street loading areas shall be required for non-residential uses that require goods, merchandise, or equipment to be routinely delivered to or shipped from the subject property.

One off-street loading space for buildings between 5,000 sf. and 20,000 sf.; plus
One additional off-street loading space for each 20,000 sf. or fraction thereof of additional gross floor area in excess of 20,000 sf.

DT Zone and Neighborhood Activity Centers.

In the DT zone and within the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood, the Director may allow:
1. Alley loading if the Director finds that:
  1. Off-street loading is impractical; and
  2. Alley access is available and safe; or
2. Over-the-curb loading if the Director finds that:
  1. Alley loading is unavailable or unsafe; and
  2. Over-the-curb loading will not materially disrupt traffic movements on the street.
If the Director allows alley loading or over-the-curb loading pursuant to this subsection, the Director may place conditions on the timing and types of vehicles used in order to promote the safe operation of the street or alley.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.03.09 Bicycle Parking

Exceptions.

Bicycle parking is not required in the DR zone.
Bicycle parking is not required for the following uses:
1. Single-family detached
2. Duplex
3. Multiplex
4. Townhome
5. Composting facility
6. Disposal
7. Heavy logistics centers
8. Salvage yards
9. Waste transfer stations
10. Helistops
11. The land uses that are set out in Section 18.02.03.09, Utility and Wireless Communications Land Use by Zone
12. Farms or ranches

Minimum Number of Bicycle Parking Spaces. Except as provided in subsection B., above, bicycle parking shall be provided as follows:

Multifamily and Clustered Housing Developments. One space for every two dwelling units.
School. One space for every 10 students, plus one space per 33 employees.
Amenity Areas, such as clubhouses, pools and active parks. One space for every 10 required motor vehicles spaces.
College or University. One space for every 16 students, plus one space per 33 employees.
Personal Services, if related to personal fitness (e.g., boxing or kickboxing instruction; fitness centers; martial arts instruction; swim instruction; or yoga instruction). One space for every 10 required motor vehicle spaces.
Heavy Industry. One space for every 50 required motor vehicle parking spaces.
All Other Uses. One space for every 20 required motor vehicle parking spaces.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.01 General Design Principles

All Other Uses, Except Extraction and Agricultural Uses. All parking lots (surface or structured) for uses that are not subject to subsection A., above, shall be designed as follows:

1.
Backing and turning movements associated with parking shall not extend into a street, and shall not obstruct or conflict with traffic, either on-site or off-site.
2.
The closest driving distance from the flowline of the street at a point of ingress, to the first parking space or drive aisle intersection that is accessible from that point of ingress, is controlled by the City of Loveland Street Standards, Figure 19-6, Minimum Off-Street Parking Setback Distance.
3.
Parking lots with more than three parking spaces shall:
1. a.
  Be designed and traffic controlled therein so that access to and from a public street requires vehicular traffic to be traveling in a forward direction when entering and exiting from the parking lot;
2. b.
  Include curbs in areas with pedestrian and customer movements and along sidewalk edges to prevent vehicles from extending into sidewalks and beyond the perimeter of the parking lot. The use of wheel stops or other barriers may be used in areas with low pedestrian movement to prevent vehicles from contacting an unprotected wall or fence, unless otherwise approved by the Director. Wheel stops and barriers shall be kept in good repair and shall be painted a contracting color to be conspicuous to pedestrians;
3. c.
  Be clearly and permanently marked on the parking surface (e.g., stalls shall be located and traffic channelized with painted stripes); and
4. d.
  Be designed using the angles, layout, and dimensions in Section 18.05.04.02, Parking Space and Aisle Standards.
4.
Parking lots shall be designed in accordance with Section 18.08.04.03, Parking Lots.
5.
Parking aisles shall be designed to collect and channel traffic from parking compounds towards points of ingress and egress.
6.
Unobstructed access to and from a street shall be provided for all off-street parking spaces.

Ord. 6636 §31, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.05.04.02 Parking Space and Aisle Standards

Generally. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed according to the standards of this Section.

Arrangement.

1.
All parking spaces located across from each other, on the opposite side of a drive lane, shall be located at the same angle to the drive lane, except that parallel parking may be provided on one side of the drive lane in order to enhance disabled access.
2.
Angle parking located on a drive lane with a dead-end is not allowed unless:
1. a.
  The angle of the parking space is 90 degrees to the direction of travel; or
2. b.
  The geometry of the subject property requires such a configuration for an efficient parking layout and the Director determines that the design provides for safe circulation.

Compact Car Spaces.

1.
All parking spaces that are designated for compact cars shall be at least eight feet wide and 15 feet long. No reduction in size shall be allowed for vehicles that extend over the sidewalk (see subsection D., below).
2.
Compact car spaces shall be:
1. a.
  No more than 35 percent of the total number parking spaces in the parking lot; and
2. b.
  Identified with blue colored striping and a clearly legible “C” symbol.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

Table 18.05.04.02 Parking Area Dimensions
Parking Angle (A)	Stall Width (B)	Stall Length (C)¹	Stall Depth (D)	Curb Length (E)	Two-Way Drive Width (F)²	One-Way Drive Width (G)²
Standard Vehicle
0º	8 ft.	23 ft.	8 ft.	23 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	17.4 ft.	17 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	8.5 ft.	20 ft.	20.2 ft.	12 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	9 ft.	19 ft.	21 ft.	10.4 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	9 ft.	19 ft.	19 ft.	9 ft.	24 ft.	N/A
Compact Vehicle
0º	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	7.5 ft.	19 ft.	20 ft.	12 ft.
30º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	14.8 ft.	15 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
45º	7.5 ft.	16.5 ft.	17 ft.	10.6 ft.	20 ft.	15 ft.
60º	8 ft.	16 ft.	17.9 ft.	9.2 ft.	24 ft.	20 ft.
90º	8 ft.	15 ft.	15 ft.	8 ft.	24 ft.	24 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Stall length may be reduced up to 2 ft. when a corresponding overhang is provided. ²Under special conditions, these dimensions could be varied with the City Engineer’s approval.

D.
Overhangs. The length of standard parking spaces may be reduced by up to two feet where the adjacent sidewalk or landscape area is protected by a curb and not less than seven feet in width, allowing for vehicle overhang and an unobstructed walkway or landscape area of at least five feet in width.
E.
Enclosed Individual Garages. To count towards parking requirements, individual garage interiors shall be not less than 11 feet by 21 feet in dimension.

Ord. 6636 §32, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.05.04.03 Urban Parking Design (DT Zone and Neighborhood Activity Centers)

1.
Access. Vehicular access to parking lots (surface or structured) shall be from alleys unless the Director determines that such access is infeasible or would create a public safety hazard. In such cases, access shall be provided:
1. a.
  With ingress from a public street and egress into the alley, or if such an arrangement is infeasible or would create a public safety hazard;
2. b.
  With ingress and egress from the street. (See options A, B, and C in Figure 18.05.04.03.A., Urban Parking Access).

Figure 18.05.04.03.A. Urban Parking Access
A	B	C

1. 2.
  Location.
  1. a.
    Parking spaces and drive aisles in surface parking lots shall not be located between the primary elevation of the building and the public right-of-way.
  2. b.
    Parking lot frontage may not comprise more than 50 percent of any secondary lot frontage facing a public street right-of-way. This standard does not apply to lot frontage on an alley or on a lane that functions as an alley.
  3. c.
    Parking lot frontage may not comprise more than 25 percent of the primary lot frontage, with the exception that a drive aisle and a single bay of parking perpendicular to the primary lot frontage is permitted where alley access is not utilized.
2. 3.
  Screening. Parking shall be screened from public rights of way, not including alleys, and residential zones or uses as provided in Section 18.08.04.03, Parking Lots.
3. 4.
  Pedestrian Facilities. Pedestrian sidewalks at least five feet in width shall connect the parking area to the street. Sidewalks shall provide access to adjacent streets, public spaces, parks, and adjacent developments, when feasible. Front ground floor entrances to residential units shall be connected by a porch and/or walkway to the public sidewalk.
4. 5.
  Access Aisle Widths. Access aisle width shall not exceed the minimum required width unless an increase in width is necessary to serve a demonstrated public safety interest.

C.
Parking in DT Zone Neighborhood Transition Area. The standards of this subsection apply to development within the neighborhood transition character area, except single-family detached and duplex residential uses.
1. 1.
  Access. Access shall be provided in one of the following ways:
  1. a.
    Where curb cuts from adjoining streets already exist or are required and no alley is present, two-way access to the street will be allowed.
  2. b.
    Where curb cuts from adjoining streets already exist or are required, the preferable design is to have vehicular ingress from the public street and egress into an alley. See Figure 18.05.04.03.B., Neighborhood Transition Character Area Parking.
  3. c.
    Unless waived by the Director for public safety reasons, vehicular access to lots should be provided through the existing alleys.
2. 2.
  Location. Parking is not allowed:
  1. a.
    Between the front façade and a public street; or
  2. b.
    In the side yard setback adjacent to a public street on corner lots (see Figure 18.05.04.03.B., Neighborhood Transition Character Area Parking).

Figure 18.05.04.03.B.
Neighborhood Transition Character Area Parking

1. 3.
  Screening. Parking shall be screened from adjacent residential zones and residential uses by an opaque fence or wall that is six feet in height. The fence shall or wall not extend beyond the front setback line. Parking shall be screened from public rights of way, not including alleys, as provided in Section 18.08.04.03, Parking Lots.
2. 4.
  Width of Access Points. Access points from streets to parking lots shall not exceed the minimum required width.
3. 5.
  Preservation of Street Trees. Whenever possible and consistent with safe traffic movement, new curb cuts shall be placed so as to not require the removal of existing street trees.
4. 6.
  Parking as Principal Use. For lots where parking is the principal use, the parking lot shall be set back 10 feet from lot lines that adjoin streets and five feet from all other lot lines.

D.
Shared Access. In all areas of the DT Zone and within neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods, if shared access is available, it shall be provided unless the Director finds that the use of a shared access point would be less safe than the use of separate access points.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.04 ADA Accessible Parking Standards

Dimensions of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces and Access Aisles.

1.
Standard disabled parking spaces shall be nine feet wide and 19 feet long.
2.
Van-accessible disabled parking spaces shall be 11 feet wide and 19 feet long.
3.
ADA accessible access aisles shall be five feet wide, shall run the full length of the parking spaces they serve, and shall connect to an accessible route.

Design of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces. Required ADA accessible parking spaces shall be:

1.
Situated so that they adjoin an ADA accessible access aisle, and such that ADA van-accessible parking spaces adjoin the access aisle on the passenger side of the vehicle;
2.
Paved with asphalt, concrete or other approved material;
3.
Designed so that slope, measured in any direction, and does not exceed a one foot rise to a 48 foot run;
4.
Designed so that whenever there is more than a one-half inch change in the elevation of the surface between an accessible route and the ADA accessible parking space, a ramp is provided within 26 feet, connecting the route to the parking spaces. See Figure 18.05.04.04.A., Ramp Accessibility.

Figure 18.05.04.04.A.
Ramp Accessibility

Image Text:

4' handicapped ramp

13' handicapped parking spaces all within 26' of ramp

D.
Location. The location of ADA accessible parking spaces shall be:
1. 1.
  As close as possible to principal accessible entrance(s);
2. 2.
  Dispersed in a multi-building development or shopping center to ensure easy access, and to minimize the travel distance for the disabled. See Figure 18.05.04.04.B., Distribution of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces.

Figure 18.05.04.04.B.
Distribution of ADA Accessible Parking Spaces

E.
Marking.
1. 1.
  Each ADA accessible parking space shall be identified with a sign that includes:
  1. a.
    The International Symbol of Accessibility set out in ADAAG § 703.7.2.1.
  2. b.
    The statement “Van Accessible,” if the space is an ADA van-accessible parking space.
  3. c.
    The statement “Vehicle I.D. Required.”
2. 2.
  Signs shall be printed with white lettering and symbols on a blue background.
3. 3.
  Signs shall be one foot wide by 18 inches high, and installed at least five feet, but not more than six feet, above the finished floor (for parking structures) or ground surface (for surface parking), measured to the bottom of the sign.
4. 4.
  Signs shall be permanently mounted, with anchor bolts, on a post or on an adjacent structure or wall within 10 feet of the ADA accessible parking space, oriented to the center of the front of each parking space, facing the rear of the space.
F.
Accessible Routes. All accessible routes shall serve as emergency exits for disabled individuals and shall be free from obstructions. Required ramps shall be identified with a sign and be made with a permanent material which will provide all-weather access.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.05 Off-Site Parking

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.06 Loading Design

Generally. Loading areas shall be designed as provided in this Section.

Screening.

Loading areas shall be screened from principal building entrances and other highly visible areas of the subject property.
If a loading area is located within 150 feet of a residential zone, a street, a park, or a designated open space, then the following standards apply:
1. Any bufferyard required by Division 18.08.03, Standards for Bufferyards, along the property boundary of the residential zone, street, park, or designated open space shall include a wall that is eight feet in height; or
2. The loading area shall be enclosed with a roof and a screen wall that is at least 60 percent opaque.

Maneuvering Space.
1. Loading areas shall be of sufficient size to accommodate vehicles that will serve the use, such that all backing and maneuvering to and from loading areas is done on the subject property, and egress of vehicles from the subject property is in a forward direction.
2. The location of the loading area shall not block or obstruct any public street, alley, driveway, or sidewalk.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.04.07 Bicycle Parking Design

Generally. Bicycle parking shall be designed and located according to Section 17.4, City of Loveland Street Standards.

Illumination. If the bicycle facility is to be used at night, it shall be sufficiently illuminated.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.05.01 Use of Parking and Loading Facilities

Storage.

Parking Spaces and Parking Aisles. Storing materials, boats, campers, recreational vehicles, or inoperable vehicles, or overnight parking of trucks or trailers is prohibited in parking areas of multifamily, nonresidential, and mixed-use developments, unless:
1. The outdoor storage use is permitted in the applicable zone and approved for the subject property;
2. The areas that are set aside for such parking are not counted towards the parking requirements for the use; and
3. The areas that are set aside for such parking comply with the requirements for outdoor storage (e.g., buffering or screening of outdoor storage areas).
Loading Spaces. Storage of trailers in loading spaces for more than 48 hours is prohibited. Such spaces shall be available for routine use by delivery vehicles.

Blocking of Access Prohibited.

Blocking loading spaces or required parking spaces is prohibited, except as may be allowed by temporary use permit.
Loading spaces or parking spaces shall not be designed or located in a manner that blocks access to other loading spaces, parking spaces, parking aisles, fire lanes, ingress or egress points, or building entrances, except that tandem parking is allowed for single-family detached, duplex, multiplex, and townhome uses, and for valet parking lots.
Parking, loading, and access areas shall be kept free of any type of permanent or movable structures that block access (e.g., trash receptacles, unattended donation collection boxes, etc.).
Parking within or otherwise obstructing a driveway approach or across public sidewalks is prohibited.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.05.05.02 Maintenance of Parking Areas

Parking areas shall be maintained as follows:

Off-street parking surfaces shall be kept in good condition, free of weeds, dust, trash or debris;
Parking space lines or markings shall be kept clearly visible and distinct; and
Surfaces shall be repaired as necessary to prevent potholes and ponding that is not contemplated by the stormwater management plan for the subject property.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.01.02 Application of Chapter

Generally. The divisions within this Chapter are applied as follows:

Division 18.06.02, General Standards for Subdivision Layout, provides standards that apply to all new development that involves the creation of new lots or blocks.
Division 18.06.03, Standards for Residential Subdivisions, provides standards that apply to residential subdivisions, except those that are subject to Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods, Division 18.06.05, Standards for Housing Clusters, Division 18.06.06, Standards for Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions, or Division 18.06.07, Standards for Multifamily Development.
Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods, provides standards for the development of complete neighborhoods.
Division 18.06.05, Standards for Housing Clusters, provides standards for site layout for the clustered housing types that are identified in Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
Division 18.06.06, Standards for Manufactured Home Parks and Subdivisions, provides standards for the development of manufactured home parks and manufactured home subdivisions.
Division 18.06.07, Standards for Multifamily Development, provides standards for the layout of three types of multifamily development: downtown multifamily, infill multifamily, and general multifamily.
Division 18.06.08, Standards for North Cleveland Overlay Zone, provides standards for development within the Adaptive Re-Use Overlay Zone.
Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone, provides standards for development within the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.02.01 Lots

Generally. All new lots shall comply with the provisions of this UDC related to their access, dimensions, and area.

Relationship to Street. When practical, lot lines shall be at right angles to the street line or at right angles to the tangent of the curve of the street line.

Double Frontage Lots.

1.
New double frontage lots shall not be permitted unless vehicular access to the lots meets the applicable City of Loveland Street Standards, and the options that are set out in Section 18.06.02.02, Blocks, cannot reasonably be implemented.
2.
All access restrictions shall be noted on the final plat or development agreement.

Access. All new lots shall have direct vehicular access to a public street or alley, except that:

1.
Lots within manufactured home parks or manufactured home subdivisions may take access from private streets;
2.
If a housing cluster is divided into individual lots for each dwelling unit, the access requirement applies to the cluster, and not each individual lot.

Minimum Street Frontage.

1.
Residential Lots. The minimum street frontage for residential lots shall not be less than 80 percent of the minimum lot width, except that:
1. a.
  Street frontage for lots within manufactured home parks or manufactured home subdivisions that take access from private streets is measured along the private street;
2. b.
  If a housing cluster is divided into individual lots for each dwelling unit, the street frontage requirement applies to the cluster, and not each individual lot;
3. c.
  The street frontage for single family detached lots that take access from a cul-de-sac may be reduced to 30 feet, regardless of the required lot width.
2.
Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lots. The minimum street frontages for nonresidential and mixed-use lots are set out in Section 18.04.03.01 Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Lot and Building Standards.

Ord. 6636 §33, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.02.02 Blocks

Residential Blocks with Arterial or State Highway Frontage.

Generally, the City strongly discourages the use of double frontage residential (except general multifamily and downtown multifamily housing types) lots along arterial frontages, either as a method of restricting vehicular access to those properties or for maximizing the number of lots within a residential subdivision. Along all arterial streets, development design shall allow for homes to face arterial streets, with generous front yard setbacks, and vehicular access being taken from either an alley or local street. The City also encourages the use of cul-de-sacs in conjunction with pocket parks that are adjacent to arterial streets. This arrangement should provide a high degree of visible permeability to residential development and allow for pedestrian and bicycle access, while at the same time limiting auto access along the arterial or state highway.
Where rear yards are allowed along arterials or state highways, buffering shall be provided as required by Section 18.08.03.05, Street Bufferyards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.03.01 Outdoor Recreation Areas

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.01 Purpose and Application of Division; General Requirements for Pattern Books

Purpose.

The purpose of the Complete Neighborhood is to implement the goals set out in Create Loveland, the Comprehensive Plan, which include:
1. promoting a mix of land uses that includes high-density residential, commercial, employment, and civic uses;
2. promoting high quality architecture;
3. maximizing transit investment and transit readiness;
4. encouraging places for neighborhood activity; and
5. creating a highly connected multimodal transportation network.
The purpose of this Division is to promote (but not to require) the development of high quality Complete Neighborhoods in the City’s residential, mixed-use activity center, and employment zones. The standards of this Division apply if an applicant chooses to develop a subject property as a Complete Neighborhood.

Zones in Which Complete Neighborhoods May Be Developed. An application for a Complete Neighborhood may be submitted only for development within the ER, R1, R1e, R2, R3, R3e, MAC, and E Zones.

Required Documents. An application for a complete neighborhood shall include the documentation set forth in Section 18.17.06.02, Minimum Pattern Book Requirements.

A palette of housing types, architectural themes and styles, and finish materials (as such, it addresses the design elements, not the density or intensity of development);
Generalized street cross-sections, streetscape design, and landscaping parameters; and
May propose standards different than in the UDC, including housing types.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.02 Common Amenities

Generally. This section is used to determine the total area within a complete neighborhood that must be used for the provision of common amenities.

Common Amenity Ratio.

The minimum common amenity ratio shall be as provided in Table 18.06.04.02, Minimum Common Amenity Ratio, below.

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

Table 18.06.04.02 Minimum Common Amenity Ratio
Zoning District	Minimum Common Amenity Ratio (percentage of area of subject property)
Estate Residential (ER)	10
Established Low Density Residential (R1e)	14
Developing Low Density Residential (R1)	15
Developing Two-Family Residential (R2)	15
Establish High Density Residential (R3e)	18
Developing High Density Residential (R3)	20
Mixed-Use Activity Center (MAC)	20
Employment Center (E)	20

1. The calculation of minimum common amenity area in Table 18.06.04.02, Minimum Common Amenity Ratio, shall be limited to land intended for active use by residents of the community or other persons. Common amenity areas may contain impervious surfaces and buildings for uses such as plazas, play courts, swimming pools and indoor recreation facilities. Common amenity areas may also include walkways or multi-purpose paths that provide access along the edges or through natural areas or flood fringe areas. Common amenity areas shall not include features such as stormwater detention ponds, drainage channels, or floodways.
2. In MUC and E zones, the calculation of minimum common amenity ratio shall only apply to areas designated for residential use.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.03 Housing and Use Mix in Complete Neighborhoods

Table 18.06.04.03 Minimum Housing Mix in Complete Neighborhoods
Total Number of Dwelling Units¹	Minimum Number of Housing Types by Zone (see Division 18.04.02, Housing Palette)
Total Number of Dwelling Units¹	ER, R1e, and R1	R2 and R3e	R3, MAC, and E
TABLE NOTES: ¹To meet the minimum requirement for diversity, a complete neighborhood that includes only single-family detached housing types shall include not less than 20 percent of any one housing type. This standard does not apply to additional housing types beyond the minimum number of required housing types. ²Complete neighborhoods that include more than 100 units shall include at least 20 percent of units in housing types that are not single-family detached.
up to 50¹	2	2	2
51 to 100¹	2	3	3
101 to 150²	3	4	3
Greater than 150²	4	4	3

C.
Maximum Land Area for Nonresidential Uses. Complete neighborhoods may include non-residential uses as provided in Division 18.02.03, Land Use by Zone. The total land area designated for nonresidential uses (except vertically mixed-use buildings with residential uses on upper floors, parks, outdoor recreation, schools, and places of assembly) shall not exceed 20 percent of the land area of the complete neighborhood.
D.
Spatial Mix of Housing Types. Complete Neighborhoods shall be designed as integrated places in which housing types are mixed in a manner that does not create areas containing a single type. Such designs may include lessening of density from a point of high density near a neighborhood activity center to areas of lower density, mixing of housing types on a single block, and other comparable techniques to create an integrated mix of housing types. See Figure 18.06.04.03, Spatial Mix of Housing Types.

Figure 18.06.04.03

Spatial Mix of Housing Types

Ord. 6636 §34, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.04.04 Neighborhood Design

Generally. Complete Neighborhoods shall be designed as provided in this Section.

Blocks.

1.
Arrangement. Blocks shall be arranged in a grid‐like pattern to ensure connectivity and alternate travel routes within the complete neighborhood; cul-de-sacs shall be limited to locations where they are demonstrated to be necessary due to site constraints, or where their use improves non-vehicular connectivity. A strict grid pattern is not required.
2.
Maximum Block Length.
1. a.
  Block lengths shall not exceed:
  1. 1.
    Neighborhood Activity Center: 600 ft.
  2. 2.
    Blocks that include cottage clusters, duplexes, townhomes, and urban cottage, urban single-family, and large urban single-family detached lots: 700 ft.
  3. 3.
    Blocks that include single-family not listed in subsection C.2.a.2.: 800 ft.
2. b.
  Blocks that include parks, outdoor recreation, schools, or places of assembly shall not be limited by the standards of this subsection C.2.
3. c.
  The Director may authorize modifications from the maximum block length requirements if it is demonstrated that the modified blocks offer comparable connectivity within the neighborhood, and between the neighborhood and nearby transit, parks, outdoor recreation facilities, schools, and places of assembly. The Director may require pedestrian and bicycle access mid-block for block lengths greater than 800 ft.

Off-Street Circulation.

1.
A network of sidewalks, off‐street trails, or multi‐use paths shall be integrated into the design of the Complete Neighborhood to enhance access to and through parks, outdoor recreation areas, schools, places of assembly, and neighborhood activity centers and to connect to existing or planned sidewalk, trail, or multi-use path systems in the City.
2.
The network of sidewalks, off‐street trails, or multi‐use paths shall be consistent with the objectives of Complete Streets.
3.
In residential areas, sidewalks shall be detached and not less than six feet in width.
4.
In Complete Neighborhoods that include cul-de-sacs, the Director may require that the pedestrian circulation system include connections between cul-de-sac ends and streets or other cul-de-sac ends within 250 feet.

Common Open Space and Recreation.

1.
Open Space.
1. a.
  Generally, open spaces are integrated into the development design to create meaningful areas of useable open space within a reasonable distance of the maximum number of residential properties, as well as to provide visibility, and where practicable, views to the mountains or other landmarks from public rights‐of‐way. Site design shall minimize or eliminate small, odd, “left‐over” open space areas, except where necessary for the stormwater system. The Director may require extra landscaping to enhance the aesthetic or ecological value of such spaces where they cannot be avoided.
2. b.
  Where possible, open space shall be designed to provide greenways along drainage corridors and streams. The landscaping along corridors or streams shall be designed to enhance water quality of surface and subsurface water flows. Where feasible, trails shall be provided along greenways to provide access for residents of the proposed development. Greenways, trails, and landscaping shall be located outside of the rights-of-way of irrigation ditches, unless the ditch company provides an easement for such greenways, trails, or landscaping.
3. c.
  Common open spaces shall be designed to provide areas of visual focus, recreation, or public assembly within the Complete Neighborhood. Landscaping and furniture for pedestrians is included in these areas to enhance functionality.
4. d.
  Open spaces shall be protected by appropriate easements, dedications, or plat notations.
2.
Accessibility of Recreation Areas. In the R1e, R2, R3e, R3, MAC, and E zones, parks and outdoor recreation opportunities shall be provided such that 90 percent of the dwelling units in the Complete Neighborhood are located within a one‐quarter mile walk of an outdoor recreation area. For the purpose of this standard, a plaza with features that provide recreational opportunities (e.g., interactive fountain or sculpture, tot lot, etc.) shall be included in the definition of outdoor recreation area.

Ord. 6636 §35, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.04.05 Neighborhood Activity Centers

Designation of Streets. All streets in neighborhood activity centers shall be designated as either primary streets or secondary streets.

Primary Streets. The primary streets shall provide the principal pedestrian circulation system.
Secondary Streets. Secondary streets shall provide for circulation of service vehicles and access to alleys and parking areas.

Sidewalks.

Minimum Width. Sidewalk widths shall be not less than:
1. 12 feet along primary streets; and
2. Eight feet along secondary streets.
Pedestrian Amenities. Sidewalks in neighborhood activity centers shall include amenities such as street furniture, trash receptacles, water features, sculptures, or planters at intervals of not less than 75 feet.
Pedestrian-Scale Lighting. Pedestrian-scale lighting shall be provided along sidewalks.

Off-Street Parking.

Off-street parking shall be located in surface parking lots or parking structures that are situated behind the building that they are intended to serve, or in shared surface parking lots or parking structures.
Access to surface parking lots or parking structures shall be provided from:
1. Alleys;
2. Secondary streets; or
3. Mid-block driveways on primary streets, provided that the surface parking lot or parking structure is located behind buildings.

Building Design.

Architectural Theme. An architectural theme shall be developed for the neighborhood activity center, and conceptual elevations that demonstrate the theme’s key elements shall be included in the Pattern Book. A general palette of colors and materials to implement the theme shall also be included.
Visual Interest. Buildings (or groups of attached buildings) that are more than 200 feet wide shall include at least three of the following elements:
1. Shade structures such as awnings, porticos, or arcades.
2. Standard architectural details of windows, doors, and decoration, with their use specified on the pattern book elevations.
3. Varying setbacks (or build‐to lines) that provide interest using one or more of the following:
  1. Areas for seating or outdoor eating on the sidewalk or a small plaza.
  2. Differing setbacks for portions of the building that are detailed to make them visually interesting.
  3. Upper level stepbacks to provide corner window opportunities.
4. Varying heights.
360‐Degree Architecture. The architectural features, materials, and articulation of the front facade shall be continued on all sides that are visible from a primary street, secondary street, sidewalk or trail, or street that bounds the complete neighborhood.
Massing. Buildings shall be designed to appear as a group of attached buildings with horizontal elements in regular increments of not more than 50 feet.
Blank Walls. All exterior building elevations that face a primary street, secondary street, sidewalk or trail, or street that bounds the complete neighborhood shall be designed so that there are no areas of blank wall that are more than 16 feet in horizontal or vertical direction. This requirement can be met by window openings, articulation of the building, porches or balconies, material and color variations, decorative cornices, or wall signs.
Transparency.
1. Building elevations that face streets shall be transparent, including window or door openings that allow views into and out of the interior of the building, as provided in Table 18.06.04.05, Required Transparency

Table 18.06.04.05 Required Transparency
Street Frontage	Ground Floor Transparency¹	Upper Floor Transparency
Primary Street	Not less than 50 percent	Not less than 15 percent or more than 50 percent
Secondary Street	Not less than 30 percent	Not less than 10 percent or more than 50 percent
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Ground floor transparency refers to the area between a height of 30 inches and nine feet above adjacent grade.

1. 1. The Director may approve reductions in transparency for specialized buildings (e.g., theaters), if it is demonstrated that the transparency requirements of this Section would materially diminish the function of the building.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.06 Relationship Between Complete Neighborhood and Adjoining Property

Any single-family housing type that has a lot width that ranges from 10 percent narrower than the adjoining lots to two times the width of adjoining lots shall be determined to be compatible; and
Any residential use (including multifamily) that is located across an arterial or collector street from existing lots that are developed or approved for single-family or duplex residential use shall be determined to be compatible with the existing single-family lots.

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Table 18.06.04.06 Complete Neighborhood Alternative Edge Buffers
Ratio of Edge Lot Width to Adjoining Lot Width	Required Bufferyard Type¹
up to 50 percent	D
more than 50 percent but less than 90 percent	C
greater than 200 percent	B
TABLE NOTES: ¹ See Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.07 Modification of Setback Standards

Modification of Front Setbacks. Front setbacks may be reduced, or replaced with "build-to" lines, if the pattern book demonstrates that:

Building frontages are designed to provide a transitional space between the public realm and the private realm (e.g., front porches with steps, etc.);
Vehicular access is provided from an alley or parking court;
The modified setback does not allow an encroachment upon an easement or a required view triangle at a street intersection; and
A combination of street trees, yard landscaping, open space, street furniture, or other pedestrian oriented amenities compensates for the loss of the front yard.

Modification of Side Setbacks. Side setbacks (interior or street) may be modified if the pattern book demonstrates that:

The buildings will comply with applicable building and fire codes;
There is sufficient spacing between buildings to provide for maintenance and emergency access;
The modified setback does not allow an encroachment upon an easement or a required view triangle at a street intersection; and
With respect to street side yards only, a combination of street trees, yard landscaping, open space, street furniture, or other pedestrian oriented amenities compensates for the loss of the street side yard.

Modification of Rear Setbacks. Rear setbacks may be modified if the pattern book demonstrates that:

The design provides for comparable useable outdoor living space on the lot (e.g., through a larger front yard or a courtyard or patio on the side of the dwelling unit);
The design will not create an unsafe condition for the passage of vehicles or pedestrians in an adjoining alley (if present);
The design will not encroach upon an easement or a required view triangle at a street intersection; and
The design will not interfere with the use and enjoyment of rear or side yards of adjoining lots.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.08 Front Yard Commons and Parking Court Arrangements

Standards for Front Yard Commons. Single-family, duplex, lot-line home, and townhome lots may front on a common green and take vehicular access from alleys if:

The alleys do not serve more than 16 dwelling units;
The common green is at least the greater of:
1. 30 feet wide; or
2. A width that is 1.5 times the height of the tallest building that fronts on the common green; and
No vehicular access to a dwelling unit is more than 300 feet from the street, measured along the alley centerline to the edge of the street right-of-way.

Standards for Parking Courts. Single-family, duplex, and townhome Lots may take vehicular access from a parking court if:

The parking court serves not more than 10 dwelling units; and
The parking court extends not more than 125 feet from the street, measured along the parking court centerline to the edge of the street right-of-way.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.04.09 Wireless Communications Plan

(Ord. 6326 §5, 08/20/2019)

Effective on: 9/3/2019

18.06.05.01 Housing Clusters

Common Green.

1.
Clustered housing types shall be organized around one or two common greens, with no dimension that is less than the larger of:
1. a.
  1.5 times the height of the tallest building on the common green; or
2. b.
  30 feet, for cottages and cottage duplexes.
2.
The common green shall be developed and maintained to provide for passive and/or active recreational activities for the residents of the housing cluster.
3.
The common green (or greens) shall be centrally located and easily accessible to all dwelling units within the cluster.
4.
The common green shall be surrounded by cluster housing types on at least two sides, which do not have to be opposite sides.
5.
Stormwater management facilities are allowed within the common greens, if they do not adversely impact access to or use of the common greens for all-season pedestrian access to the dwelling units, and for anticipated active and passive recreation activities.

Front Porches.

1.
Cottages and Cluster Duplexes. Each cottage or cluster duplex dwelling unit shall have a front porch that is not less than six feet in any dimension.

Private Entry Yards.

1.
Each dwelling unit may have a private entry yard (in front of the building elevation that contains the primary entrance to the dwelling unit) that is:
1. a.
  Not more than 10 feet deep, and
2. b.
  Enclosed with a fence that is not more than 36 inches in height in front of the front building plane and not more than 60 inches in height behind the front building plane.
2.
Private entry yards may border the common green, but are not included in the dimensions of the common green.

Relationship to Street and Common Green. Housing clusters shall relate to both the street and to the common green, in that:

1.
Each building that is constructed along the principal street side of the subject property shall include architectural features that provide visual continuity with adjoining properties and visual interest from the street, such as a primary or secondary entrance or porch that is oriented to the street.
2.
Not less than 50 percent of the dwelling units shall front on the common green.

Pedestrian Network.

1.
Pedestrian connections shall link all buildings to the street, common green, and parking areas.
2.
Pedestrian connections from parking areas to common buildings and dwelling units shall cross the common green.
3.
If housing clusters share a common building, the pedestrian network shall connect the housing clusters.

Individual Storage Buildings. One individual storage building is allowed for each dwelling unit, provided that:

1.
The storage building is not more than 10 feet in height;
2.
The storage building is not more than 80 sf. in floor area;
3.
The storage building is located behind the dwelling unit, and set back:
1. a.
  30 feet from any street; and
2. b.
  5 feet from any boundary of the housing cluster.
4.
The storage building is screened from the street and the common green.

Parking Design.

1.
Generally.
1. a.
  Required parking shall be provided in shared surface parking lots, covered parking spaces in shared parking lots, shared detached garage buildings, or in the rear yard accessed from an alley.
2. b.
  No parking space or drive aisle shall be located between a front building elevation and a common green.
3. c.
  For alley accessed parking, parking spaces shall be located between the alley and rear building planes, and shall not extend in side or front yards.
2.
Surface Parking and Covered Parking Spaces.
1. a.
  Surface parking and covered parking spaces shall be set back from streets as provided in Section 18.04.02.08, Clustered Housing Types.
2. b.
  Surface parking and covered parking spaces shall be screened from the street and the common green and from individual units with a parking lot bufferyard.
3. c.
  Surface parking shall be distributed on the site to minimize visual impacts and optimize access to individual units.
3.
Shared Detached Garage Buildings.
1. a.
  Shared detached garage buildings may not exceed four overhead doors per building, and a total floor area of 1,200 square feet.
2. b.
  Shared detached garage buildings shall be reserved for the parking of vehicles owned by the residents of the development.

Ord. 6636 §36, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.06.01 Minimum Area of Subject Property; Lot and Building Standards

Minimum Area of Subject Property.

1.
Manufactured Home Subdivisions. No subject property proposed for use as a manufactured home subdivision shall be less than 10 acres.
2.
Manufactured Home Parks. No subject property proposed for use as a manufactured home park shall be less than five acres.

Lot and Building Standards.

1.
Lots or spaces within the manufactured home park or subdivision shall comply with the requirements of Section 18.04.02.07, Manufactured Homes and Cottages in Manufactured Home Parks and Manufactured Home Subdivisions.
2.
Up to 10 percent of the spaces within a manufactured home park may be occupied by recreational vehicles. Such spaces shall meet the standards for a single-wide manufactured home, as set out in Section 18.04.02.07, Manufactured Homes and Cottages in Manufactured Home Parks and Manufactured Home Subdivisions.

Ord. 6636 §37, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.06.06.02 Required Improvements and Facilities

Utilities.

Connections to City water and sewer shall be available for each manufactured home lot or space.
All utility lines shall be placed underground.

Interior Streets. All interior streets (whether public or private) shall be:

Surfaced with asphalt or concrete to a width of at least 34 feet.
Illuminated by covered street lamps.

Sidewalks. Sidewalks shall be provided as required by Division 18.07.03, Sidewalks, Trails, and Multi-Use Pathways.

Recreational Areas. A recreational area at least equal to one space in area for every ten manufactured home lots or spaces.

Refuse Disposal. Refuse disposal shall be available in covered receptacles.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.01 Purpose and Application of Division

Application.

The standards of this Division apply to sketch site plans and site plans for multifamily development.
Building standards are set out in Division 18.04.05, Building Design Standards.
Vertically mixed-use buildings with a residential component are subject to the design standards set out in Division 18.06.04, Standards for Complete Neighborhoods, Division 18.06.09, Standards for the Enhanced Corridor Overlay Zone, Division 18.06.10, Standards for Mixed-Use Activity Center Zone, Division 18.06.11, Standards for Employment Zone, or Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards, as applicable, and not this Division.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.02 Downtown Multifamily

Downtown multifamily shall be designed to meet the requirements of Division 18.04.06, Downtown Design Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.03 General Multifamily

Generally. Site and building plans for general multifamily uses shall conform to the requirements of this Section.

Multiple-Building Multifamily Development.
1. In developments that include more than one multifamily building, the buildings shall be oriented in one of the following ways:
  1. To the street from which the subject property takes access, with prominent, architecturally defined entrances, with a defined connection between each entrance and the public sidewalk; or
  2. To an interior courtyard that is at least partially visible from the street and at least 1.5 times as wide as the adjoining buildings are tall, with a prominent pedestrian entry to the courtyard and a walkway connecting directly between each building entrance and the public sidewalk through the pedestrian entry; or
  3. To a cohesive, connected system of open space and pedestrian pathways, with a prominent pedestrian entry to the site and a walkway connecting directly between each building entrance and the public sidewalk through the pedestrian entry to the subject property.
Single-Building Multifamily Development. If the multifamily residential development is in the form of a single building, the building shall be oriented to the street from which the site takes access. The building shall have a prominent, architecturally defined entrance, with a defined connection to the public sidewalk.

Pedestrian Circulation and Connectivity.

The subject property shall have a defined pedestrian circulation system that provides connections among the dwelling units, common mailboxes, amenities, and the public sidewalk.
1. Sidewalks and multi-use pathways that comprise the pedestrian circulation system shall be at least five feet wide, and, except at crossing points, separated from parking and vehicular circulation areas.
2. Sidewalks and multi-use pathways shall be designed and organized to be highly visible from buildings and parking areas.
Connections between the public sidewalk and the pedestrian circulation system on the subject property shall be provided at intervals of not more than 300 feet.

On-Site Amenities. General multifamily developments that include more than 20 dwelling units shall provide on-site amenities as set forth in this subsection.

Total Area of On-Site Amenities. The total area provided for on-site amenities shall be as set forth in Table 18.06.07.03, Minimum On-Site Amenities.

Table 18.06.07.03 Minimum On-Site Amenities
Zone	Minimum Contiguous Area¹	Minimum Area per D.U.
R2	5,000 sf.	240 sf.
R3e	5,000 sf.
R3	3,000 sf.
B
MAC
PUD
TABLE NOTES: ¹Applies to a single outdoor area that is used for one or more on-site amenities.

1. Types of On-Site Amenities. On-site amenities shall provide facilities for outdoor or indoor recreation and leisure. The types of on-site amenities are as follows:
  1. Outdoor Passive amenities include paths; picnic areas; play fields and; dog parks (if pets are allowed), and other facilities with a comparable amenity value.
  2. Outdoor Active Level One amenities include play courts and tot lots with appropriate equipment, lighting, and seating for adults, and other facilities with a comparable amenity value.
  3. Outdoor Active Level Two amenities include swimming pools.
  4. Indoor amenities include buildings containing swimming pools, fitness facilities, clubhouses (excluding leasing office space and maintenance rooms), common kitchens, movie theaters, billiard rooms, and other facilities with comparable amenity value.
  5. Balconies that are not less than 36 square feet in size and not less than six feet in any dimension.
2. Calculation of Amenity Area. The different types of on-site amenities listed in subsection D.2. are counted differently towards the on-site amenity requirement. To calculate compliance with the requirement, multiply the area of each type of amenity times the ratio set out for that type of amenity in Table 18.06.07.03, Ratios for On-Site Amenities.

Table 18.06.07.03 Ratios for On-Site Amenities
Type of Amenities	Ratio
Outdoor
Passive	0.5
Outdoor Level One	1.0
Outdoor Level Two	2.0
Balconies	0.5
Indoor
Indoor	2.5

1. Director’s Authorization.
  1. The Director is authorized to make determinations as to whether an amenity that is not listed in subsection D2, above has comparable amenity value to a listed amenity.
  2. The Director is also authorized to grant a 20 percent reduction in the area of required on-site amenities if the Director finds either:
    1. Off-site recreation amenities (e.g., public parks and recreation amenities in a PUD or complete neighborhood) are available and have capacity to serve the proposed development in that:
      1. There is a safe pedestrian route of access from the proposed development to the off-site recreation amenity;
      2. The walking distance between the subject property and the off-site amenity is 600 feet or less; and
      3. The off-site amenity is of a type that is likely to be used by residents of the proposed development; or
    2. The subject property is approved as a qualifying affordable housing development and the reduction is necessary and appropriate to ensure the desired level of affordability.
  3. If the Director makes a decision regarding comparable amenity value or grants a reduction in the minimum on-site amenity area, then the Director shall document, in the project file, the good cause rationale for making the decision.

Parking Design.
1. Surface Parking and Covered Parking Spaces.
  1. Parking modules in which the access aisles roughly parallel the adjoining street shall be set back not less than 30 feet from street rights-of-way, and:
    1. Shall be screened from view from the street by:
      1. A multifamily building, or a combination of an enclosed parking building and a type A bufferyard, located between the building and the street (see Figure 18.06.07.03, Illustrative Parking and Building Configuration); or
      2. A type C bufferyard.
    2. Shall be screened from view from adjacent property by:
      1. A multifamily building, or a combination of an enclosed parking building and a type B bufferyard, located between the building and the street; or
      2. A combination of a detached enclosed parking facility and a type B bufferyard located between the building and the property line; or
      3. A type C bufferyard.

Figure 18.06.07.03
Illustrative Parking and Building Configuration

1. 1. Surface parking areas in which the access aisle is roughly perpendicular to the adjoining street shall:
    1. Be spaced so that the boundaries of parking modules that are roughly parallel to each other are at least 50 feet apart; and
    2. Be buffered from the adjoining street with a type B bufferyard.
  2. Covered parking spaces are allowed.
1. Attached Individual Garages and Detached Enclosed Parking Facilities. Overhead doors shall not be located on building elevations that face adjacent property or public streets unless the building elevation is at least 60 feet from the property line, and intervening buildings or landscaping mitigate the appearance of the overhead door.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.07.04 Infill Multifamily

Generally. The standards of this Section apply to infill multifamily development.

Relationship Between Building and Street Frontage.

Each building that is constructed along the principal street side of the subject property shall include architectural features that provide visual continuity with adjoining properties and visual interest from the street, such as a primary or secondary entrance and windows that are oriented to the street.
One or more prominent, architecturally defined entrances shall be provided to the building or to a courtyard or paseo. These entrances shall include a defined connection to the public sidewalk. This standard does not preclude buildings that also have dwelling units that are accessed from the side or rear of the building.

Outdoor Living Space.

Not less than 75 square feet of outdoor living space shall be provided for each dwelling unit.
Outdoor living space make take the form of a common amenity such as a courtyard or paseo, or a semi-private or private outdoor space such as a porch or balcony.
Outdoor living spaces that are configured as common amenities shall be accessible to the dwelling units, connected to the dwelling units and the street by pedestrian walkways, and situated as a central organizing feature of the subject property.
If outdoor living spaces are provided between infill multifamily buildings (e.g., courtyards or paseos), no dimension of the space shall be less than 1.5 times the height of the tallest building that frames the space.

Parking Design.

Surface Parking and Covered Parking Spaces.
1. Surface and covered parking spaces parking shall be set back three feet from side and rear property lines.
2. Surface parking spaces that face adjoining residential property shall be screened from said property with a privacy fence, garden wall, or opaque evergreen hedge that is at least five feet tall.
3. No parking space shall have direct access to a public street.
4. If the subject property has alley access, parking or vehicular access shall not be located in the front yard unless the Director finds that the alley cannot be safely used to provide access.
5. If the subject property does not have alley access (or if the Director determines that alley access cannot be safely provided), not more than 30 percent of the front yard may be covered with surface parking or access drives.
Garage Parking. Overhead doors shall not be located on building elevations that face adjacent property or streets, unless intervening buildings, fences, garden walls, or landscaping substantially mitigate the appearance of the overhead doors.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.01 Operational Standards

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.02 Building Design

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.03 Parking, Landscaping, and Lighting

Off-Street Parking.

Off-street parking for nonresidential uses shall be provided behind the front building line of the principal building, and shall have a minimum setback of three feet from side yard property lines. Where parking in this configuration is not possible, the Director may approve alternative parking, provided that not more than 30 percent of the area between the front setback line and the street is paved.
Parking bufferyards are required as provided in Section 18.08.03.06, Parking Bufferyards, except that the bufferyard shall not be installed between the front building line of the adjacent property and the public right-of-way, and trees are not required between the principal building and the side property line if the installation of trees would obstruct access to the parking lot.
The maximum width of a drive aisle connecting to North Cleveland Avenue shall be 12 feet for that portion of the aisle that is in front of the front building elevation of the principal building.

Landscaping.

Corridor bufferyards are not required. All other landscaping standards apply except as provided in subsection A., above.
Street trees shall be provided along North Cleveland Avenue at an approximate spacing of 35 feet on center.
Existing healthy, mature trees shall be preserved and incorporated into the site design for new off-street parking areas and building additions.
Additional landscaping and screening may be required by limited or adaptable use review in order to maintain the residential character of the overlay zone and to preserve privacy between residential and nonresidential uses.

Lighting. Exterior lighting on the subject property shall meet the provisions for residential parking areas, as set out in Section 18.09.02.03, Intensity and Distribution of Light.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.08.04 Accessory Dwelling Units

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.09.01 Bulk Standards

Maximum Building Height. The maximum building height provisions of this subsection apply to the subject property, and supersede any conflicting building height regulations in the underlying zone.

Maximum Height: 90 ft.
Transition to Residentially-Zoned Property: no part of a building shall cross an angled building height plane that commences 10 feet above all property lines that border Residentially-Zoned Property, and proceeds into the Subject Property at an upwards angle of 45 degrees. See Figure 18.06.09.01.A., Illustrative Building Height Plane.

Figure 18.06.09.01.A.
Illustrative Building Height Plane

Perimeter Setbacks and Build-To Lines. The perimeter setbacks and build-to lines set out in this subsection apply along the boundaries of the subject property, and supersede any conflicting setbacks or build-to lines in the underlying zone. Where build-to lines would require construction within utility or ditch easements or other areas where development is impracticable due to topography or comparable issues, the Director may authorize modification of the build-to line as appropriate achieve as closely as practicable the aesthetic and functional objectives of the ECOZ.
1. Arterial frontage build-to line: 0 ft., or as necessary to provide an 11-foot wide parkway and 10-foot wide sidewalk between the building and the ultimate curb of the abutting arterial street, and as necessary to provide “transition areas” as defined in Section 18.06.09.02, Site Design Standards, as follows:
  1. Front property line is more than 160 feet long: Transition areas shall be provided along not less than 20 percent of the building frontage.
  2. Front property line is up to 160 feet long: Transition areas may be provided at the applicant’s option.
2. Other street frontage setbacks:
  1. Streets that intersect the arterial frontage street: 0 ft., or as necessary to provide an 8-foot wide parkway and 6-foot wide sidewalk between the building and the ultimate curb location of the abutting street.
  2. Streets that do not intersect the arterial frontage street: 10 ft.
3. Alley setbacks:
  1. To garages: 3 ft., or as provided in Section 18.04.04.03, Setbacks Along Alleys, Sidewalks, Trail or Access Easements, Ditches, and Waterbodies.
  2. To buildings: 3 ft., or as required to maintain safe travel along the alley.
4. Interior side setback:
  1. Subject Property borders Residentially-Zoned Property: 15 feet
  2. Subject Property does not border Residentially-Zoned Property: 0 feet
5. Rear setback:
  1. Subject Property borders Residentially-Zoned Property: 15 feet
  2. Subject Property does not border Residentially-Zoned Property: 5 ft.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.09.02 Site Design Standards

Generally. Upon an applicant’s election to apply the ECOZ standards, and thereafter, the standards of this Section are applied.

Transition areas are required along arterial frontages as provided in Section 18.06.09.01, Bulk Standards.
Transition areas shall have horizontal dimensions of not less than 10 feet by 10 feet, except that access between or through buildings shall be not less than 20 feet in width, nor greater than 60 feet in width (measured parallel to the arterial street) at ground level.

Figure 18.06.09.02.A.
Illustrative Transition Area (Plan View and Cross Section)

Pedestrian Circulation.
1. For every 200 linear feet of front property line or fraction thereof, at least one pedestrian access to the subject property shall be provided from the public sidewalk. The access shall connect to a parking area, on-site pedestrian circulation system, building, or transition area.
2. Where existing public sidewalks, trails, or pedestrian access easements (collectively, “Access Points”) on adjacent property terminate at the boundary of the subject property, the pedestrian circulation system shall connect to the access points.
3. The subject property shall include an internal pedestrian circulation system that connects the sidewalk to buildings to parking areas to access points (where required by subsection C.2.). Such system shall be designed for efficient pedestrian movement and minimization of vehicular-pedestrian conflicts.
Vehicular Circulation.
1. If access to the subject property is possible along an existing street alignment, then access shall be provided along the existing street alignment.
2. If the extension of an existing street alignment through the subject property would connect streets on opposite sides of the subject property, then the streets shall be connected across the subject property if such connection will complete a grid and improve mobility without materially increasing cut through traffic in a residential neighborhood.
3. If the construction of an alley along the rear property line would connect to a public street and improve vehicular mobility and property access to the benefit both the subject property and the bordering property owners, then an alley shall be constructed along the rear property line.
4. All accesses shall comply with the City of Loveland Street Standards.
Parking Configuration. Parking modules shall be set back from front property lines by the greatest of:
1. The distance that is required by the City of Loveland Street Standards, Figure 19-6, Minimum Off-Street Parking Setback Distance.
2. 25 feet from the front property line to the boundary of any parking space.
3. 50 feet from the front property line to the boundary of any parking aisles that runs parallel or roughly parallel to the front property.
Utilities and Solid Waste Collection. Above-ground utility service infrastructure that serves the subject property (e.g., meters, valves, etc.) shall be completely screened from view from public rights-of-way by building walls, wing walls, or screen walls. Dumpster enclosures shall be located behind buildings or set back not less than 60 feet from arterial rights-of-way.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.09.03 Building Design Standards

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.01 Application of Division

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.02 Balance of Land Uses

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.03 Architectural Standards

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.04 Pedestrian Circulation

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.05 Surface Parking Lots

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.10.06 Flexible Development Standards

Front Setback Reduction.

Where front setbacks are reduced, a tree lawn not less than four feet in width shall be provided between the outer edge of the curb and the sidewalk. Canopy trees planted not less than 30 feet on-center shall be provided in the tree lawn. Landscaped bulb-outs and trees planted in tree grates in the sidewalk, with on-street parking, may be provided instead of a tree lawn.
Residential buildings with reduced setbacks shall include features such as covered porches or front stoops and walkways between buildings and the public sidewalk. Also, garages shall placed to the rear of the lot behind the primary structure, with side driveway or alley access.
Setbacks to individual garages shall not be reduced to less than 20 feet.
In evaluating proposals with reduced setbacks, consideration shall be given to existing setbacks in adjacent developed areas to avoid incompatible and/or inconsistent design conditions.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.01 Application of Division

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.02 Balance of Land Uses

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.03 Campus-Like Character

Generally. The E Zone if intended to have a “campus-like” character with strong unifying design elements meeting the standards of this Section.

Unified Open Space.

Generally. Projects shall include a unifying internal system of pedestrian-oriented paths, open spaces, and walkways that function to organize and connect buildings and public gathering spaces, and to provide connections to common origins and destinations (e.g., transit stops, restaurants, child care facilities, and convenience shopping centers). Open space and natural features shall serve as buffers and transitions to adjacent areas.
Minimum Open Space. At least 20 percent of the gross site area within the contiguous E Zone shall be used for common open space features, such as common area landscaped buffers, parks or plaza spaces, entrance treatments, natural areas, or wetlands, but excluding any open space or landscaped areas within required building setbacks or parking lots. Areas dedicated to storm water drainage may also be counted toward meeting the open space requirement, provided that they are designed to be recreation space or an attractive site feature incorporating a natural shape or informal native landscaping.

Other Unifying Features.

Entry Points. Major project entry points shall include well-designed signage and entry features such as sculpture, plazas, special landscape clusters, etc.
Parking. The visibility of surface parking lots or parking structures shall be minimized by placement to the side or rear of buildings or using landscape screening.
Shared Facilities. Shared vehicular and pedestrian access, shared parking, common open space, and related amenities shall be integrated into the project’s design. The overall design and layout shall be compatible with the existing and developing character of the neighboring area.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.04 Retail and Office Uses

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.05 Unified Design Agreement

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.06.11.06 Flexible Development Standards

Front Setback Reduction.

Where front setbacks are reduced, a tree lawn not less than four feet in width shall be provided between the outer edge of the curb and the sidewalk. Canopy trees planted not less than 30 feet on-center shall be provided in the tree lawn. Landscaped bulb-outs and trees planted in tree grates in the sidewalk, with on-street parking, may be provided instead of a tree lawn.
Residential buildings with reduced setbacks shall include features such as covered porches or front stoops and walkways between buildings and the public sidewalk. Also, garages shall placed to the rear of the lot behind the primary structure, with side driveway or alley access.
Setbacks to individual garages shall not be reduced to less than 20 feet.
In evaluating proposals with reduced setbacks, consideration shall be given to existing setbacks in adjacent developed areas to avoid incompatible and/or inconsistent design conditions.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.01.02 Application of Chapter

The Divisions within this Chapter are applied to all development as follows:

Division 18.07.02, Streets and Alleys, adopts engineering standards for streets and alleys, establishes design standards for the layout of streets and alleys, and adopts naming conventions for streets.
Division 18.07.03, Sidewalks, Trails, and Multi-Use Pathways, sets out the standards for on-site pedestrian and bicycle circulation and connections to off-site pedestrian and bicycle circulation systems.
Division 18.07.04, Utilities, adopts engineering standards for utilities and establishes standards for utility easements.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.02.01 Street Development Standards – Adopted

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.02.02 Street Layout and Design

Design Requirements.

Streets shall have a logical relationship to topography and to the location of existing or platted streets in adjacent properties.
Local residential streets shall be designed with detached sidewalks, except as modified in Section 18.17.15.04 Affordable Housing Flexibility or Section 18.07.03.02.A.2 Sidewalks and Trails.
Certain proposed streets, as determined by the City Engineer, shall be extended to the boundary of the subject property to provide for safe and efficient traffic circulation within the vicinity. To this end, the City Engineer may require stub-outs and temporary turn-arounds to provide for future connections. Half-streets are not allowed.
Streets, utility rights-of-way, and public open spaces shall conform to the City-approved plans for the extension or provision of such public facilities.
Streets, utility rights-of-way, and public open spaces shall comply with the provisions of C.R.S. § 43-2-101, et seq.

Ord. 6471 §2, 06/15/2021

Effective on: 8/1/2021

18.07.02.03 Alleys

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.02.04 Street Naming Conventions

Standards for Street Names. Street names shall be in compliance with Chapter 12.08, Loveland Municipal Code.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.03.01 Pedestrian Accesses

Connections.

Sidewalks or pedestrian paths shall be constructed and located in order to:
1. Provide a system of pedestrian movement to points both on-site and off-site;
2. Provide a logical link between the origins and destinations of pedestrian traffic;
3. Provide a convenient, safe, and visible pedestrian route between parking areas and building entrances (whenever a pedestrian path or a bike path traverses a parking lot, a safe and efficient pedestrian system shall be clearly designated); and
4. Break up long blocks and connect cul-de-sacs to other pedestrian paths to promote a pedestrian-friendly environment.
Generally, a pedestrian or multi-use path shall connect the street adjoining the subject property to each building on the subject property. The Director may waive this requirement where the nature of the use would create a high potential for a safety hazard.
When a pedestrian or multi-use path traverses a parking lot, a surface material change, lighting, painted surface, or similar means of traffic control should be provided to ensure safe pedestrian and bicycle movement.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.03.02 Sidewalks and Trails

All new sidewalks shall be constructed as a detached walks, separated from the street by a tree lawn in accordance with Section 18.08.04.01, Street Trees.
Where a detached sidewalk is impractical or inconsistent with the pattern of existing sidewalks, an alternative alignment may be approved by the Director and the City Engineer.

Sidewalks on Private Streets. Sidewalks shall be provided along private streets that serve a residential development and shall meet the following requirements:

All new sidewalks shall be constructed as a detached walks, separated from the street by a tree lawn in accordance with Section 18.08.401, Street Trees.
A sidewalk only on one side of the private street may be approved by the Director if alternative off-street pathways are provided that connect residents to amenity areas.
Where a detached sidewalk is impractical or inconsistent with the pattern of existing sidewalks, an alternative alignment may be approved by the Director and the City Engineer.

Required Trails. Trails shall be provided as follows:

If a trail stub-out from adjacent property connects to the subject property, the trail shall be connected to or across the subject property.
If a trail stub-out is planned or approved on adjacent property, the subject property shall provide a stub-out to connect to the trail when it is constructed.
If a trail is planned across the subject property and adjacent property, the trail segment within the subject property shall be constructed, and shall stub-out to adjacent property.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.01 Underground Utilities Required

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.02 Utility Easements

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.03 Electric Development Standards – Adopted

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.04 Water and Wastewater Development Standards – Adopted

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.07.04.05 Storm Drainage Development Standards – Adopted

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

The purposes of the landscaping standards that are set out in this Chapter are to:

Preserve, protect, and enhance the character of the City by:
1. Ensuring that development in the City has a balance of buildings, paved areas, and landscaping that is consistent with the intended character of the zone in which the development is located;
2. Buffering uses that tend to diminish the appearance of the community; and
3. Creating well-landscaped, high-quality views along streets.
Encourage non-vehicular modes of travel by:
1. Creating deciduous tree-lined streets that offer shelter in summer months and solar access in winter months; and
2. Enhancing the experience of the pedestrian.
Preserve, protect, and enhance the environmental quality of the City by:
1. Using landscape materials to clean the air, slow runoff, and prevent soil erosion by wind and water;
2. Reducing the "heat island" effect that is created by large areas of exposed pavement;
3. Promoting landscape designs that conserve energy and water resources;
4. Preserving or replacing native grasses, valuable mature trees, and other desirable vegetative cover.
Protect and enhance property values and land use compatibility by:
1. Buffering street frontages and zone boundaries;
2. Buffering certain land uses from each other; and
3. Landscaping parking lots and open space areas.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.01.02 Application of Chapter

Calculations. Division 18.08.02, Calculation of Landscape Requirements sets out the standards for calculating the landscape requirements of this Chapter.

Other Landscape Areas. Division 18.08.04, Standards for Landscape Areas, sets out standards for street trees, plazas, parking lots, and certain other interior portions of a subject property.

Sight Triangles. The standards of this Chapter shall be implemented in a manner that complies with Section 18.05.02.02, Sight Triangles.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.01 Approved and Prohibited Plant Lists

Approved Plant List.

The Director shall maintain a list of approved plants in the following categories:
1. Street Trees (deciduous trees with a mature height that is generally more than 35 feet, planted between the street side curb and the sidewalk, typically in the public right-of-way);
2. Large Trees (deciduous trees with a mature height that is generally more than 35 feet);
3. Small Trees (deciduous trees with a mature height that is generally 35 feet or less);
4. Evergreen Trees (conifers or other evergreens with a mature height of more than 20 feet); and
5. Shrubs (perennials or evergreens with a mature height of at least three feet).
The Director may further classify the approved plant list according to:
1. Locations where approved plants are appropriate or not appropriate (e.g., street tree species may be identified, etc.); and
2. Level of water usage (e.g., identification of species which may be used to meet the requirements of Section 18.08.02.07, Water-Wise Landscaping Requirement, and Section 18.08.02.08, Irrigation Subject to Hydrozone Water Budget).
The Director may modify the approved plant list on his or her own initiative or in response to requests. Plants may be added to the list if the Director finds that they are appropriate for planting in the City (or in certain locations, see subsection B.2., above)), in consideration of:
1. Climate zone;
2. Growth habits;
3. Invasiveness;
4. Lifespan;
5. Habitat;
6. Hardiness (resistance to disease and harmful insects);
7. Leaf litter;
8. Structural strength; and
9. Watering needs / drought tolerance.
The Director may approve proposed plantings that are not on the approved plant list for use in a specific development, in order to determine their suitability for use in the City. Such plantings will be counted as “approved plants” for the purposes of the proposed development’s compliance with the standards of this Chapter.

Prohibited Plant List. The following plants are not allowed in the City, and shall be removed during development or redevelopment if they are present on the subject property:

Plants that are identified as noxious, invasive, or prohibited in Loveland by the United States or the State of Colorado; and
Plants that are identified on the City’s list of prohibited plants, which is maintained by the Director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.02 Substitution of Plant Types

Use of Equivalent Plant Types. The Director may allow the substitution of required plants for other plant types, if the Director finds that:

The substitution will improve the buffering qualities of the bufferyard, given the nature of the use to be buffered;
The substitution is justified by the habits (forms) of the proposed plantings, in that it will provide for adequate space for the trees to grow to maturity, and will not compromise the buffering effect of the bufferyard; and
Unique conditions of the site (e.g., soil conditions, overhead power lines, solar orientation) justify the substitution.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits

Generally. Existing trees that are protected on a subject property, excluding existing, individual residential lots, count towards the planting requirements of this Chapter, provided that:

They are either:
1. On the approved plant list; or
2. Established for at least five years and not on the prohibited plant list; and
They are not:
1. Overmature;
2. Diseased;
3. Poor in form;
4. Leaning heavily over buildings;
5. Too close to building foundations;
6. Damaging sidewalks and driveways; or
7. Impacting utilities.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

DBH of Tree to be Preserved		Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
Table 18.08.02.03 Tree Preservation Credits
Min. Diameter	Up to, But Not Including	Large Tree Credit	Landscape Area Where Credit May Be Applied
none	10 inches	1	Location of preserved tree.
10 inches	15 inches	2	Location of preserved tree.
15 inches	20 inches	3	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or bufferyard.
20 inches	no limit	5	Location of preserved tree, or any other location except a street tree or type C or D bufferyard.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.04 Identification of Landscape Areas

Generally. This Section sets out several different areas of a subject property in which specific quantities or techniques of landscaping may be required.

Identification of Landscape Areas in All Development Types.

Bufferyards. Bufferyards are areas of a subject property that must be used for buffering the subject property from adjoining lots, parcels, or public rights-of-way. Bufferyards are generally situated along (or close to) property lines, outside of the public right-of-way.
Street Tree Lawns. Street tree lawns are areas of a subject property or adjoining right-of-way that are used for the planting of street trees. This landscape area may or may not be a part of the subject property.
Parking Lot Landscape Areas. Parking lot landscape areas are those areas within surface parking lots that must be landscaped. Parking areas are delineated to include access aisles and off-street parking spaces, and any corners that are necessary to give the parking area a relatively regular shape, except:
1. Corners and other landscape areas that bound access points (the areas used for ingress / egress stacking at connections to streets).
2. Parking in service areas that are hidden by screen walls; and
3. Individual driveways that provide access to single-family detached, duplex, townhome, or multiplex development.
Foundation Plantings. Planting beds adjacent to buildings are not required, but are encouraged to add a natural element to building elevations. Such planting beds shall be given credit toward meeting open space standards in the UDC. Plant material in planting beds shall be low water usage plants, with drip irrigation.
Protected Open Spaces. Protected open spaces are the areas of a subject property that meet the definition of open space and which are subject to an easement or dedication that restricts future development to open space uses.

Landscape Areas in Single-Family Detached, Duplex, Townhome, and Multiplex Development.

Private Lots. Private lot landscape areas are the yards on lots that are intended for individual ownership, or, in the case of common maintenance communities or condominiums, areas around dwelling units that would be located within private lots if the subdivision were platted for fee-simple ownership.
Common Landscape Areas. Common landscape areas are those areas of land within a subject property that are either owned by a property owners' association or dedicated to the City or another governmental or non-profit entity for the purpose of maintaining the areas in their natural or landscaped condition. Bufferyards, street tree lawns along new streets, open stormwater detention or retention facilities, recreation areas, and protected open spaces may be components of the common landscape area.

Landscape Areas in Multifamily, Mixed-Use, and Nonresidential Development.

General Landscape Area. General landscape areas are those areas of a subject property that are required to be landscaped or designated as open space. They may be privately owned, owned by a property owners' association, or dedicated to the City or another governmental or non-profit entity for the purpose of maintaining the areas in their natural or landscaped condition. Bufferyards, street tree lawns along new streets, protected open spaces, open stormwater retention and detention facilities, foundation landscape areas, recreation areas, and parking lot landscape areas are components of the general landscape area.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.05 Size and Quality of Landscape Plants

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Table 18.08.02.05 Minimum Size of Landscape Materials
Type of Plant Material	Minimum Caliper, Height, or Container Size
Large Trees and Street Trees	2 in. Caliper
Small Trees	1.5 in. Caliper
Evergreen Trees	6 ft. Height
Shrub	5 gallon container minimum, except that ornamental grasses may be 2 quart containers; If used in bufferyards, estimated growth to 3 ft. in height within 3 years

Specification of Landscape Materials.
1. All new plant material shall meet specifications of the American Standard for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1) and 8 CCR § 1203-5, Rules Pertaining to the Administration and Enforcement of the Colorado Nursery Act.
2. Plant materials shall be true to name and type, and first class representatives of their species or varieties.
3. Trees shall be balled and burlapped, with the burlap wrapped in a metal wire basket. Container and bare root tree plantings are not permitted without the written permission of the Director upon good cause shown.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.06 Required Biodiversity

Generally. Diversity of the genus and species of trees and shrubs is required in order to prevent monocultures which could result in large-scale losses in the event of disease or blight.

Standards.

Within each category of required landscape plants (i.e., large trees, small trees, evergreens, and shrubs), not more than 30 percent shall be of any one genus.
Each street frontage where at least six street trees are required shall include at least three genera of street trees. For the purpose of this paragraph only, street trees shall include all trees that are planted within 10 feet of the public street right-of-way.
No more than six trees of one genus may be located within an individual cluster of trees on the subject property, with such clusters separated from each other such that the driplines of trees in different clusters are at least 100 feet apart.
Exceptions may be made with written permission of the Director upon good cause shown.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.07 Water-Wise Landscaping Requirement

Generally. The requirements of this Section are applied to all landscaped areas within a subject property.

Plant Selection and Grouping Requirements.

Plants shall be selected based on their suitability for the site. Where possible, native species shall be installed, protected, or preserved.
Not more than 50 percent of the trees and shrubs that are installed to meet the requirements of this Chapter shall be classified as high water use. Plants or trees that produce food for human consumption are not counted in this calculation.
Low water use plants (including grasses) are allowed in any location, but are required:
1. On slopes that are steeper than 25 percent; and
2. In areas that the Director determines are not appropriate for permanent irrigation (unless such areas are characterized by hydric soils).

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.08 Irrigation Subject to Hydrozone Water Budget

Applications.

Hydrozone landscape plans shall be designed for and secure a dedicated irrigation meter (under provisions established by the City’s Water Division) that provides irrigation water to landscape areas governed by the program.
Hydrozone landscape plans shall be provided as a component of standard landscape plan submittals.

Plan and Hydrozone Standards. A complete and appropriately detailed landscape plan and irrigation plan shall demonstrate compliance with the standards of this Chapter and this Section.

Landscape and irrigation plans must satisfy standards specified by this Division, including soil amendment requirements and landscape / irrigation design requirements. Landscape plans shall clearly demonstrate compliance with program requirements, including the identification of hydrozones, specification of plant lists with Evapo-Transpiration (“ET”) or Kc-values and indication of plant spacing.
Planting areas must be organized into distinct hydrozones according to their microclimatic needs and water requirements. Plants with similar water usage shall be grouped into distinct hydrozones. High water use hydrozones shall be separated from low and very low water use hydrozones by moderate water use hydrozones whenever possible.
A water budget that is based on submitted landscape and irrigation plans must demonstrate the requirements of Chapter 19.06.050.F.1, Loveland Municipal Code.
Irrigation system design shall be based on a maximum irrigation period (window) of not more than 16 hours of operation per day, excluding subsurface irrigation of trees, shrubs, and other plantings.
Irrigation systems shall be provided with automatic rainfall shut-offs to limit the unnecessary application of irrigation water.
ET irrigation system controllers (or similar controllers) may be utilized to ensure that irrigation water is provided efficiently based on the moisture needs of landscape plantings.
Landscape and irrigation system design and operation shall comply with requirements specified in Chapter 19.06, Loveland Municipal Code.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.02.09 Fire-Wise Landscaping Requirement

Ord. 6636 §38, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.08.03.01 Purpose and General Design Parameters for Bufferyards

Opacity and Width Standards.

Classes of Bufferyards. This Chapter describes five classes of bufferyards: A, B, C, D, and E. The relative opacity of the bufferyards (see subsection B.2., below) increases in alphabetical order. This Chapter also describes three special purpose bufferyards:
1. Zone Boundary Bufferyard;
2. Street Bufferyard; and
3. Parking Bufferyard.
Opacity Standards. The opacity of the bufferyard is a measure of the rough proportion of the view that is blocked by the bufferyard (at maturity) from grade to 35 feet above grade. Opacity is related to planting density, plant forms, bufferyard widths, and the presence of structures (e.g., fences and walls) or topographical features (e.g., natural slopes or constructed berms).
Width Standards. Comparable opacities can be achieved with bufferyards of different widths. However, in certain circumstances (e.g., where noise, dust, runoff, or other non-visual impacts are to be mitigated by the bufferyard), the width of the bufferyard may be as important or more important than its opacity. Where bufferyard widths are specified by limited, adaptable, or conditional use standards, alternatives with narrower widths are not allowed.

Bufferyard Design. Section 18.08.03.02, Bufferyard Specifications, sets out standard bufferyard widths and planting requirements for each class of bufferyard.

Bufferyard Requirements.

Bufferyards may be required for certain land uses in certain zones or locations, based on applicable limited, adaptable, or conditional use standards. See Division 18.02.04, Use Standards.
Bufferyards are required along zone boundaries as set out in Section 18.08.03.04, Zone Boundary Bufferyards.
Bufferyards are required along certain streets, as set out in Section 18.08.03.05, Street Bufferyards.

Nonconforming Bufferyards. Nonconforming bufferyards shall comply with Section 18.11.05.01, Uses Proposed on Sites with Physical Nonconformities.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

Table 18.08.03.02 Bufferyard Specifications
Requirements	Bufferyard Class
Requirements	A	B	C	D	E
Standard Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	10	15	15	25	30
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Small Trees per 100 lf.	2	1	2	3	4
Evergreens per 100 lf.	1	2	3	4	5
Shrubs per 100 lf.	10	20	20	20	20
Constrained Bufferyards
Minimum Width (ft.)	8	10	10	15	15
Large Trees per 100 lf.	1	2	3	3	3
Small Trees per 100 lf.	1	0	0	0	3
Evergreens per 100 lf.	0	1	2	3	6
Shrubs per 100 lf.¹	10	15	20	25	25
Wall, Opaque Fence, or Berm Height²	3 ft.	3 ft.	5 ft.	6 ft.	8 ft.
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Shrubs must be planted on the outside of any wall or fence ² For the purposes of compliance with this Section, wall or fence height is measured from the elevation of the property line against which the bufferyard is installed. A berm may be used to increase the elevation and thereby reduce the height of the wall or fence. Berms shall be planted with slopes no greater than 4 feet of run per foot of rise.

B.
Location of Plantings in Relation to Walls and Fences.
1. 1.
  Walls or Fences that are Installed along Streets. Walls or fences that are installed along streets shall be installed along the inside boundary of the bufferyard, with landscaping installed between the wall or fence and the property line. Walls and fences shall not be located less than 15 feet from the property line. The Director may authorize an alternative location or meandering wall if all required plantings are planted on the street side of the wall and the wall or fence height is not greater than three feet, or a constrained bufferyard is approved by the Director in compliance with Section 18.08.03.03, Use of Constrained Bufferyards.
2. 2.
  Walls or Fences that are Installed along Other Interior Property Lines. Along interior property lines that are not specified in subsection B.1., above, walls and fences may be installed at the property line, provided that:
  1. a.
    The decorative sides of walls or fences face out, with structural members facing the interior of the subject property; and
  2. b.
    Shrubs required as part of a bufferyard are exchanged for materials with a mature height of more than 125 percent of the wall height, unless:
    1.
    Such landscaping would conflict with existing overhead utilities; or
    2.
    The inside of the wall is highly visible from an arterial or collector street.
C.
Existing Walls. Existing walls may be counted towards the bufferyard requirements if they are of sound construction and in good repair. However, if more than one wall is installed in adjoining bufferyards, only the tallest of the walls is counted towards the overall opacity of the combined bufferyard. Fences and walls in adjoining bufferyards shall not be located closer than 10 feet to each other.
D.
Noise Barriers. Where a bufferyard specification requires a noise barrier, the bufferyard shall include a barrier that reflects or absorbs noise generated from the subject property to the extent necessary to attenuate noise on adjoining property to comply with the noise standards set forth in Division 18.09.05, Noise and Ground Vibration.
E.
Use of Equivalent Plant Materials. The number of large trees, small trees, evergreens, and shrubs may be modified in a particular bufferyard as set out in Section 18.08.02.02, Substitution of Plant Types.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.03 Use of Constrained Bufferyards

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

Table 18.08.03.04 Zone Boundary Bufferyards
Subject Property Zone	Adjoining Property Zone
	Residential					Mixed-Use				Industrial	Parks and Resource
	ER	R1/R1e	R2	R3e	R3	DT	B	MAC	E	I	PP	DR
ER		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R1/R1e	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R2	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3e	C	B	A		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
R3	C	B	A	-		-	-	-	-	-	-	-
DT	-	-	-	-	-		-	-	-	-	-	-
B	C	C	B	B	B	-		-	-	-	B	B
MAC	C	C	B	B	B	-	-		-	-	-	B
E	C	C	B	B	B	-	-	-		-	-	B
I	D	D	D	D	D	C	C	C	C		C	B
PP	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-		-
DR	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-

B.
Bufferyards Adjacent to Other Zones. The classification of bufferyards adjacent to a Planned Unit Development or property not within the City's jurisdiction shall be established by the Director based on the land uses in the PUD.
C.
Waiver of Zone Boundary Bufferyards. Where a zone boundary separates land uses that are allowable in both zones, the Director may waive zone boundary bufferyards. Use-specific bufferyards, if applicable, still apply.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.05 Street Bufferyards

In the DT Zone as set out in Section 18.08.04.02, Street Trees and Plazas in DT Zone.
As set forth in the U.S. 34 Corridor Plan (see Appendix F: U.S. 34 Corridor Plan) for those sections of U.S. Highway 34 within the study area of the plan;
As set forth in the Site Development Standards and Guidelines for the I-25 Corridor (see Appendix G: Site Development Standards and Guidelines for the I-25 Corridor).

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.06 Parking Bufferyards

Exception. In the DT Zone, buffering shall be provided as set out in Section 18.08.04.02, Street Trees and Plazas in DT Zone, and not this Section.

Parking bufferyards shall be not less than three feet in width, not including any vehicular overhang areas, with areas of larger width where necessary to accommodate required trees.
Parking bufferyards shall include a fence or wall that is at least five feet in height, and two large trees per 100 linear feet of bufferyard.

Standards for Parking Bufferyards Along All Other Property Lines.

Parking bufferyards shall be not less than five feet in width, not including any vehicular overhang areas.
Along streets, parking bufferyards shall be installed between the parking lot and the sidewalk and are allowed to overlap (be included in) the width of the street bufferyard. Plant materials that are installed in tree lawns on the other side of a detached sidewalk are not counted towards parking bufferyards.
Parking bufferyards shall include shrubs and any combination of berms, walls, fences, evergreens, planters, or other approved visual obstructions, provided the bufferyard includes a mix of coniferous plantings necessary to comply with subsection D.4., below, and the shrubs are installed along not less than 75 percent of the width of the parking bufferyard.
Parking bufferyards shall provide a visual obstruction up to a height of:
1. Three feet above the surface of the parking lot within three years after installation in all other locations (see Figure 18.08.03.06, Illustrative Parking Bufferyard.

Figure18.08.03.06
Illustrative Parking Bufferyard

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.03.07 Variations from Bufferyard Standards

Generally. The Director may authorize variations from the bufferyard standards as may be justified by the context of the subject property, as provided in this Section.

Timing of Installation.

The Director may allow for the installation of a bufferyard along property lines that are shared with vacant property that is not the subject of an approved or pending application for development approval to be delayed, provided that:
1. Sufficient land is reserved for the bufferyard that is required by this UDC;
2. A development agreement provides for the installation of the bufferyard upon issuance of building permits for the adjoining property.
When a delay is authorized pursuant to this subsection, the bufferyard that is ultimately installed on the subject property shall not be required to exceed the dimensions or planting requirements of the bufferyard that was required at the time the delay was authorized. If the vacant property is zoned or developed in such a manner that a bufferyard is not required by this UDC, then the requirements of the development agreement referred to in subsection B.1. shall be released.

Averaging of Bufferyard Width. The Director may authorize reductions in the width of a bufferyard at specified locations, provided that:

The average width of the bufferyard is equal to the required width; and
The effectiveness of the bufferyard is not materially compromised.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.04.01 Street Trees

Tree Lawns and Sidewalk Cutouts. Street trees shall be installed in tree-lawns and / or sidewalk cutouts.

1.
Spacing. Street trees shall be planted on 35-foot centers, with variations allowed to avoid public utilities, sight triangles, and curb cuts.
2.
Alternative Character. The linear spacing of street trees may be altered based on the character of the streetscape. The Director may approve a clustered spacing of street trees for developments with meandering sidewalks or in corridor overlay zones and PUDs that stipulate an informal street character.
3.
Tree Lawns. The following requirements apply to tree lawns:
1. a.
  Street trees shall be installed in tree lawns, unless otherwise approved by the Director.
2. b.
  The groundcover in tree lawns shall be a minimum of 75 percent turfgrass, or other surface treatments as follows:
  1. 1.
    In locations where on-street parking is allowed adjacent to the tree lawn:
    a.
    The Director may approve 75 percent vegetative groundcover, other than turfgrass, (see Appendix A: Approved Plant List) if such groundcover will not impede pedestrian access to the sidewalk, and is of a type or in a location such that it will not be damaged by pedestrian traffic; or
    b.
    The Director may approve rock or organic mulch in combination with live plant material, provided the rock and / or mulch is installed over a weed barrier, the depth of the rock and mulch below the street curb and sidewalk is sufficient to contain the material, and the rock size and / or form of mulch will not impede pedestrian access to the sidewalk.
  2. 2.
    In tree lawns adjacent to streets where on-street parking is prohibited, the Director may approve 75 percent plant material (see Appendix A: Approved Plant List) consisting of a combination of low water usage, low-growing shrubs and groundcover other than turfgrass.
  3. 3.
    In approving any of the alternative surface treatments set out in subsection B.3.b.i. through B.3.b.iii., inclusive, above, the Director shall first determine that such treatment provides visual continuity with, and is functionally appropriate within, the surrounding context.
3. c.
  Generally, street trees shall be centered within the width of tree lawns that are eight feet wide or less; however, street trees may be planted closer to lot lines if such locations would provide:
  1. 1.
    Equal or greater area for healthy root growth; and
  2. 2.
    A preferable arrangement with regard to spacing from underground or overhead utilities.
4.
Sidewalk Cutouts. In the alternative to tree lawns, sidewalk cutouts are allowed in the DT zone, the E zone, the MAC zone, and neighborhood activity centers within complete neighborhoods. Sidewalk cutouts shall be of sufficient size to support healthy tree growth.
5.
Root Barrier. A root barrier is required along all concrete sidewalks, curbs, and driveways.
6.
Technical Installation Specifications. The City Engineer is authorized to develop technical specifications for the installation of street trees.

Setbacks.

1.
The trunks of street trees shall be set back from sidewalks, buildings, and structures as follows:
1. a.
  Driveways and alleys: 15 feet.
2. b.
  Buildings, utilities, and other structures (except fences): 10 feet
2.
Street trees shall be planted so that:
1. a.
  Their eventual growth can be reasonably controlled so as to avert interference with or obstruction of any improvements installed for public benefit; and
2. b.
  Nearby overhead and underground utilities such as water, wastewater, gas, communications, and electrical, will not be disrupted or materially affected by branches or roots.
3.
No street trees that are more than 25 feet in height at maturity shall be planted under or within 10 feet of any overhead power line, except street light or service lines.

Ord. 6636 §39, 09/05/2023

Effective on: 9/19/2023

18.08.04.02 Street Trees and Plazas in DT Zone and in Neighborhood Activity Centers in Complete Neighborhoods

Applicability.

Street trees and tree lawn landscaping improvements (subsection C., below) shall be required in the DT zone and in neighborhood activity centers within complete neighborhoods when:
1. There is new construction of primary structures;
2. Renovations of a value of greater than 25 percent of the assessed valuation of the building are undertaken;
3. The footprint of an existing building is expanded by more than 25 percent; or
4. The building changes from a residential use to a non-residential use.
The standards of subsection D., below, shall apply to plazas in the DT zone and in neighborhood activity centers within complete neighborhoods.
The requirements of this Section shall not apply when building improvements or modifications do not increase the gross floor area (e.g., facade renovations, the construction of external stairwells or porches, or the installation of awnings).

Street Trees.

Location.
1. Street trees shall be located between the curb and the main pedestrian pathway, unless otherwise approved by the Director to respond to available right-of-way, sight triangles, or utility conflicts.
2. Street trees shall be provided along all street frontages of a lot.
Spacing. Street trees shall be planted on 35-foot centers, with variations allowed to avoid public utilities, sight triangles, and curb cuts.
Width and Sidewalk Clearance.
1. The location used for the installation of street trees shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width in situations associated with new construction of sidewalks. The Director may reduce this width based on site constraints. The installation of trees should utilize design practices such as interconnecting tree soil from planting bed to planting bed.
2. A minimum sidewalk horizontal clearance of six feet shall be maintained.
Species. Street trees shall be of a family, genus, and species approved by the Director for such use.
Tree Lawns. In instances where a tree lawn is provided, the ground cover in the tree lawn shall be low growing and durable so as not to prevent or interfere with people using curbside parking and exiting from vehicles onto the tree lawn. The use of rock or stone (except stepping stones or pavers) in the tree lawn is not allowed.
Maintenance of Existing Trees. Existing mature street trees shall be maintained. Diseased or dying trees shall be removed by the property owner and replaced with new trees in accordance with these provisions by the end of the following planting season.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.04.03 Parking Lots

Generally. Areas within parking lots shall be landscaped to mitigate expansive hard surfaced areas, to slow stormwater runoff, to improve parking lot appearance, and to reduce heat build-up.

1.
This section applies to any surface parking lot that contains more than:
1. a.
  75 parking spaces in the DT zone;
2. b.
  30 parking spaces in the neighborhood activity center of a complete neighborhood; or
3. c.
  15 parking spaces in all other zones or areas.
2.
The landscaping required by this Section shall be installed in parking lot islands and in corners of parking lots that cannot be used for parking spaces due to geometric constraints. Such corners shall be delineated by the extension of the back line of the parking spaces that form the corner.

Planting Area Requirements.

1.
At least one large tree and five shrubs shall be planted in the interior of the parking lot for every 15 parking spaces. Fractions shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.
2.
Where parking lot islands are required, they shall be the same dimensions as the parking stall. Double rows of parking shall provide parking lot islands that are the same dimension as the double row.
3.
A minimum of one large tree shall be provided in each parking lot island. If the island extends the width of a double row, then two large trees shall be provided.
4.
Parking lot islands and landscaped areas shall be at least six inches above the surface of the parking lot and protected with concrete curbing, except where designed specifically for the absorption of stormwater. Such islands and landscape areas shall be property drained and irrigated in accordance with this UDC.
5.
At least 75 percent of landscaped areas within a parking lot shall be covered with living materials within three years of installation.
6.
Parking lot islands shall be designed to allow plant materials to survive and flourish given harsh conditions and the need to store snow during the winter.

Parking Lot Island Arrangement.

1.
A parking lot island shall be installed at each corner of the parking lot that cannot be used for parking spaces due to geometric constraints. Such corners shall be delineated by the extension of the back line of the parking spaces that form the corner.
2.
Parking lot islands shall be installed on the ends of parking rows and entry drives to separate parking from drive aisles.
3.
A parking lot island shall be provided between every 15 contiguous parking spaces, unless a clustered design is approved per subsection C.4, below.
4.
Clustering of landscaping in larger, consolidated parking lot islands can be provided in lieu of individual parking lot islands as set forth in subsection C.3 above. Landscaping arranged in a cluster design shall be placed in centralized locations or along areas of pedestrian activity. The number of interior parking lot trees required in subsection B.1, above, shall be met regardless of the parking lot island design.

Large Surface Parking Lots.

1.
For the purposes of this subsection, a large surface parking lot is a stand-alone surface parking lot that contains more than 200 parking spaces.
2.
Large surface parking lots shall be divided into smaller modules by using landscaping separators that comply with the following standards:
1. a.
  Each module shall contain a maximum of three drive aisles or 200 parking spaces, whichever results in a smaller module.
2. b.
  Landscape separators shall be parallel to the parking rows.
3. c.
  The first landscape separator in a large surface parking lot shall contain a pedestrian walkway. The walkway shall be located in front of an entrance into the building unless an alternate location meeting the intent of this subsection is approved by the Director.
4. d.
  Additional landscape separators with a pedestrian walkway shall be provided in a parking area at a rate of one separator with a walkway for every two separators without a walkway.
5. e.
  The pedestrian walkway shall connect to the perimeter sidewalks. Where the pedestrian walkway crosses a drive-aisle, the pedestrian crossing shall emphasize and place priority on pedestrian access and safety. The material and layout of the pedestrian crossing shall be continuous as it crosses the drive-aisle and shall be distinguished through the use of raised or striped crosswalks or special pavement treatments such as scored concrete, colored concrete, pavers, brick or other similar materials.
6. f.
  Landscape separators with a pedestrian walkway shall be a minimum of 22 feet in width. Landscape separators without a pedestrian walkway shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width.
7. g.
  Pedestrian walkways within a landscape separator shall be a minimum of seven feet wide.
8. h.
  Trees required in parking lot islands attached to the landscape separator can be installed within the separator. In such case, the parking lot islands shall be landscaped with shrubs complying with subsection B.5, above.
9. i.
  Landscaped separators shall be designed according to the illustration below unless an alternate design meeting the intent of this section is approved by the Director.
10. j.
  Landscape separators shall have at least one large tree for every 35 linear feet along the length of the separator.
11. k.
  The groundcover for landscape separators shall be irrigated grass or mulch and shall comply with subsection B.5, above.
12. l.
  Plantings with a mature height of six inches or more shall not be planted within two feet from the back of the curb to avoid conflicts with vehicle overhang.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.05.01 Tree Survey or Inventory Required

Tree Survey. The tree survey shall address the location, species, size, and condition of all significant trees.

Partial Tree Survey. The City may accept a partial tree survey in lieu of a full tree survey if the Director finds that significant trees only exist on a portion of the site.

Tree Inventory Alternative. The City may accept a tree inventory in lieu of a tree survey if significant trees are located in areas of designated open space.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.05.02 Tree Preservation

Generally. To the maximum extent feasible, existing significant trees and vegetation shall be preserved.

The tree is infected with an epidemic insect or disease where the recommended control is not applicable and removal is the recommended practice to prevent transmission.
The tree poses an extreme public nuisance because of its species, size, location, or condition. The nuisance could be caused by fruit or seed drop, harboring of insects, or excessive twig or limb breakage.
The tree poses a severe safety hazard that cannot be corrected by pruning, transplanting, or other treatments.
The tree severely interferes with the growth and development of a more desirable tree.
The aesthetic values of the tree are so low or negative that the site is visually enhanced by the tree’s removal.
The tree is located within a sight distance triangle and materially interferes with lines of sight.
The tree is a prohibited species as verified by City inspection.
The tree is located within a utility corridor or easement, ditch easement, or ditch property, and interferes with the operation or maintenance of the utility or ditch.
The tree is removed pursuant to a plan approved by the Director to enhance visibility of the subject property while maintaining a portion of mature canopy at all times.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.05.03 Tree Protection

Generally. All preserved trees shall be protected from mechanical injury during construction or demolition by construction fencing or similar technique.

Restrictions within Dripline or Critical Root Zone of Trees.

No cutting or filling, nor storage of building materials or debris, nor disposal of wastes, shall take place within the larger of the dripline or critical root zone of any protected tree.
No impervious paving shall be placed within the critical root zone of any protected tree.
The larger of the dripline or critical root zone of all protected trees shall be barricaded prior to grading activities, and shall remain in place during construction to prevent damage to the trees and their roots by construction equipment.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.01 Trees, Ground Covers, and Mulch

Trees. Trees shall be planted in locations that allow for their full mature growth, and that will avoid obstruction of the visibility of traffic control devices.

Mulch. All planting areas for trees and shrubs (except tree grates) shall be mulched to a depth of at least four inches.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.02 Irrigation

Irrigation System Requirements. Irrigation based on the size of the irrigated area and the landscape type are as follows:

Whenever there are 2,000 sf. or more of planting areas on a subject property, whether or not the planting areas are contiguous, the subject property shall have an underground, permanent irrigation system capable of meeting the typical watering requirements of all the plant materials on the subject property.
Whenever there are less than 2,000 sf. of planting areas on a subject property, there shall be at least one reliable water source available during the growing season. The hose bib or other water source shall be within not more than 50 feet from the border of the planting areas.
If there are areas of the subject property that require watering only to establish plantings (e.g., areas planted with native seed mixes), a temporary irrigation system for the establishment period is permitted.

Irrigation System Design.

Irrigation systems shall be designed to avoid overspray onto non-planted and impervious surfaces.
Sprinkler systems shall be designed to minimize overspray.
Subsurface and/or drip irrigation systems should be used for shrubbed areas.

Irrigation System Maintenance. All irrigation systems shall be maintained in good working order.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.03 Soil Amendments

Requirements.

Soil amendments that are appropriate for the intended plant materials, design of the site, and soil conditions shall be selected and installed.
For groundcovers, soil shall be tilled and amendments incorporated to a minimum depth of six inches. The following schedule specifies the minimum soil amendment requirements per 1,000 square feet of landscape area:
1. Bluegrass and High-Water Plantings: 3 cubic yards
2. Shrubs, Perennials and Moderate to Low-Water Plantings: 2 cubic yards
3. Xeric and Very Low-Water Plantings: 1 cubic yard or comparable treatment
4. Dryland and native grassland re-establishment areas: no required treatment

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.04 Visibility of Fire Hydrants

The visibility of fire hydrants shall not be obstructed by landscaping. No plants which will mature to a height of six inches or more should be planted within three feet of a fire hydrant.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.05 Landscape Maintenance

Generally. All living plants required by this UDC or shown on an approved landscape plan shall be maintained in a live and healthy state.

Plant Replacement.

Generally, dead or unhealthy plants shall be immediately replaced with the size and type of plants required on the site development plan and by this Chapter.
However, replacement of plants may be delayed up to nine months whenever the City determines that:
1. Extenuating circumstances, beyond the owner’s control, prevent the immediate replacement of the dead or unhealthy plants, and
2. The owner agrees to replace the dead or unhealthy plants within a time established by the City.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.06 Invasive Species, Disease, and Pests

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.08.06.07 Required Warranty

Required Warranty.

Term. The owner shall guarantee all plant material to be in healthy condition (free of dead or dying branch tips; bearing foliage of normal density, size, and color; and closely matching adjacent specimens of the same species) for a term of two years. The warranty term commences on the date of acceptance of installed plant materials. When work is accepted in parts, the warranty terms extend from each acceptance to the terminal date of the guarantee of the last acceptance.
Guarantee. During the required warranty term, the owner shall replace, without cost to the City, all plants determined by the City to be dead or in a condition that does not meet the standards of this Chapter. Replacements shall be made within a specified planting period, as soon as weather conditions allow. Replacements shall meet the minimum specifications of the materials replaced.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.01.01 Purpose of Chapter

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.01.02 Application of Chapter

Generally. The Divisions within this Chapter are applied as follows:

Division 18.09.02, Lighting, establishes standards for exterior illumination.
Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations, establishes standards for development within the Floodplain Overlay Zone, in order to reduce and mitigate flood hazards.
Division 18.09.04, Grading, Drainage, and Snow Storage, adopts storm drainage standards and criteria by cross-reference, establishes design principles for grading and drainage system design, and requires adequate snow storage areas.
Division 18.09.05, Noise and Ground Vibration, establishes minimum standards for noise barriers, which apply to such barriers when they are required by this UDC; and establishes standards for the maximum amount of ground vibration that is allowed in each zone.
Division 18.09.06, Irrigation Canals and Ditches; Environmentally-Sensitive Areas, establishes standards for development near irrigation canals, irrigation ditches, and environmentally-sensitive areas.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.01 Lighting Plan Required

Contents of Lighting Plan. The lighting plan shall include the following information:

Photometric calculations that are determined using a light loss factor of 1.0;
Photometric foot-candle lighting levels for all exterior areas, including sidewalks, plazas, parking areas, and driveways;
Photometric foot-candle lighting levels for all areas extending 20 feet outwards from the boundaries of the subject property; and
The locations of proposed exterior light fixtures, including, but not limited to ornamental pedestrian lights, wall-mounted lights, and parking lot lights.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.02 Restrictions on Glare and Nuisance Lighting

Cut-Off and Shielding Required.

Generally.
1. Exterior light fixtures, including roadway, street, parking lot, walkway and building-mounted fixtures, shall be full cut-off with flat lenses, and shielded (if needed) so that all of the light falls upon either the surface of the structure to be illuminated or the ground.
2. Illuminated signs shall not be visible from the building envelopes of single-family, duplex, townhome, manufactured home, or multiplex residential lots within residential zones.
3. Lamps within light fixtures on properties used for nonresidential purposes shall not be directly visible from adjoining properties in residential zones.
Exceptions.
1. The Director may approve the use of exterior lighting fixtures that are not full cut-off where a specific neighborhood character and / or architectural style warrants such use, and the intensity of glare and sky glow are minimized.
2. Unshielded, decorative lighting shall be permitted in the DT zone, provided that:
  1. The fixtures are not more than 12 feet above grade; and
  2. The light intensity will not cause annoyance or generate a nuisance or hazard.

Light Overspill.

Generally. In nonresidential and mixed-use zones, illumination levels in the area up to 20 feet beyond the boundaries of the subject property shall not be increased by more than one-tenth (0.1) foot-candle as a result of the lighting on the subject property.
Overspill from Nonresidential Uses or Zones into Residential Property. Exterior lighting of nonresidential uses shall be shielded or directed away from property used for residential purposes, so that light from a direct or indirect source of illumination is not disturbing, offensive, annoying, or a nuisance or safety hazard to occupants of the residential property.

Any light fixture not designed for street illumination that produces light that could be disturbing or disabling to the operator of a motor vehicle;
Any light that may be confused with or construed as a traffic control device; or
Any animated, flashing, or changing intensity lights, except for temporary holiday displays.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.03 Intensity and Distribution of Light

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Table 18.09.02.03 Light Levels at Initial Installation¹
Outdoor Facility	Minimum horizontal Illuminance	Maximum Uniformity Ratio (max. to min.)	Maximum average Illuminance	Minimum vertical Illuminance
Paths, plazas, walkways²	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Bicycle parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Commercial parking areas	0.5 foot-candle	10:1	2 foot-candles	0.2 foot-candle
Industrial, office parking areas	0.2 foot-candle	10:1	1 foot-candle	0.1 foot-candle
Residential parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
School parking areas	0.1 foot-candle	20:1	0.5 foot-candle	N/A
All other (except as provided in subsection B., below)	Lighting criteria contained in the IESNA Lighting Handbook (most current edition) shall be used to determine minimum horizontal distance, maximum uniformity ratio, maximum average luminance, and minimum vertical luminance.
TABLE NOTES: ¹Lighting criteria is adopted from the IESNA, 8^th Edition, and Lighting Handbook. ²Excludes recreational trails and paths that are not typically used at night.

Maximum Illuminance Level.
1. Generally. Maximum on-site illuminance levels shall not exceed 10 foot-candles.
2. Exceptions.
  1. Vehicle display lots and inventory/merchandise display lots shall not exceed a maximum on-site illuminance level of 20 foot-candles, and shall also comply with the following criteria:
    1. Maximum average of ten (10) foot-candles;
    2. 10:1 maximum to minimum uniformity;
    3. 5:1 average to minimum uniformity;
    4. Front row (row closest to perimeter roadways) of inventory display areas shall have a 5:1 maximum to minimum uniformity.
  2. Feature vehicle display pads, approved by the City, shall not exceed twenty (20) foot-candles as measured on the hood of the displayed vehicle.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.04 Light Poles

Height.

Small Lot and Residential Parcel Lighting. Light fixtures for properties 5 acres or less in size or residential properties shall have a maximum total height of 20 feet.
Large Lot, Campus, and Industrial Parcel Lighting. Light fixtures for parking areas on sites greater than 5 acres in size, parking in a campus setting, or parking for industrial land uses shall have a maximum total height of 37 feet provided that:
1. The use of taller poles and fixtures results in a design that otherwise complies with the standards of this Division;
2. The property incorporates pedestrian light fixtures adjacent to building entries and along designated pedestrian pathways within the parking area; and
3. The Director determines that the proposed poles and fixtures are more energy efficient and more appropriate for the subject property.
Pedestrian light fixtures shall not be installed more than 14 feet above adjacent grade. Ornamental embellishments on the light pole may extend up to two feet higher than the fixture.
Street Lighting. Street lighting shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 15 of the City of Loveland Street Standards.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.05 Flags

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.06 Lighting Inspection

An inspection of lighting levels to determine compliance with the lighting levels in the approved lighting plan may be required by the Director prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.02.07 Search Lights

Generally. Search lights must be associated with a special event, local event, or temporary use permit.

Airport Influence Area. Search lights within the Airport Influence Area as defined in Appendix E, Exhibit 3 Airport Influence Area Overlay Zone, shall be approved by the Airport Manager.

(Ord. 6753 §3, 02/08/2025)

Effective on: 2/18/2025

18.09.03.01 Purpose

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.02 Definitions

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.03 Floodplain Overlay Zones

Overlay Zone Boundaries.

The boundaries of the zones set out in subsection A., above, are as shown by the Flood Insurance Rate Map (“FIRM”) accompanying the Flood Insurance Study for Larimer County, Colorado and Incorporated areas, dated February 6, 2013, published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, which map constitutes an addition to the Official Zoning Map, adopted by Section 18.02.02.03, Official Zoning Map Adopted.
The designation of such overlay zone boundaries on the Official Zoning Map shall be in addition to the designations shown on the map, which designations are called “underlying zones” elsewhere in this chapter.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.04 Interpretation

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.05 Floodplain Development Permit Required

Application Requirements. All applications for floodplain development permits shall include, at a minimum:

Floodway, and floodplain boundary information based on currently recognized FEMA maps.
Base flood elevation.
The number of acres in the floodplain for the proposed development.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.06 Floodway Overlay Zone

Administrative Approvals.

Land Uses. The Director may permit the following uses in the floodway overlay zone, provided the special conditions of subsection B.2, below, are met:
1. Agricultural uses, including general farming, grazing of horses and livestock, forestry, sod farming, crop harvesting, raising of plants and flowers, and open-air nurseries;
2. Outdoor recreational uses, including, but not limited to, golf courses, golf driving ranges, swimming pools, parks and recreation areas, picnic grounds, horseback riding, and hiking trails; and
3. Wildlife and nature preserves, game farms, and fish hatcheries.
Administrative Approval Standards.
1. No use shall limit or restrict or create an obstruction of the flow capacity of the floodway or channel or a main stream or a tributary to a main stream;
2. No permitted use shall include structures, fill, or storage of materials or equipment within the FP-FW overlay zone;
3. Any proposed well, solid waste disposal area, or sewage disposal system shall be protected from inundation by floodwater;
4. No use shall increase flood heights during the base flood discharge; and
5. No new manufactured homes, manufactured home parks, or manufactured home subdivisions shall be permitted.

Conditional Use Approvals.

Land Uses. The following uses may be permitted by conditional use review (see Section 18.14.02.02, Decision-Making Tracks by Application Type), subject to the conditional use approval standards set out in subsection C.2., below, which shall be in addition to the conditional use approval standards set out in Section 18.02.04.13, General Standards for Conditional Uses:
1. Boat rentals, docks, and piers;
2. Open pit mining for removal of topsoil, sand, gravel, or other materials.
Conditional Use Approval Standards. The following special conditions shall apply for uses permitted by conditional use approval in the floodway district:
1. No structure, deposit, obstruction or other use shall be allowed which acting alone or in combination with existing or future uses adversely affects the flow capacity of the floodway or increases flood heights;
2. The storage processing of materials that are in time of flooding buoyant, flammable, poisonous, explosive, or could be injurious to human, plant, or animal life shall be prohibited; and
3. No storage of movable objects shall be permitted.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.07 Flood Fringe Overlay Zone

Administrative Approvals.

Land Uses. The Director may permit the following uses in the flood fringe overlay zone, provided the special conditions of subsection B.2, below, are met:
1. All uses permitted as-of-right in the underlying zone except outside storage.
Administrative Approval Standards.
1. All structures shall be placed on fill so that the lowest floor (including basement) of such structures is at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
2. Any new structure or addition to an existing structure on a property removed from the flood fringe district by the issuance of a FEMA Letter of Map Revision Based on Fill (“LOMR-F”) must still be constructed such that its lowest floor level is at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
3. Nonresidential structures may be permitted without being placed on fill, provided the floodproofing requirements of Loveland Municipal Code § 15.14.080 are met;
4. No use shall be commenced or structure built which may limit or restrict the flow capacity of the channel of a tributary or drainageway, or retard drainage of flood waters from the area in which a structure is built;
5. Fill or deposition of materials shall be permitted only to the extent required for placement of structures and their accessory uses;
6. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems; and
7. All new and replacement sanitary sewer systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharge from the systems into floodwaters, and on-site waste disposal systems shall be designed and located so as to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding.

Conditional Use Approvals.

Land Uses. The following uses may be permitted by conditional use review (see Section 18.14.02.02, Decision-Making Tracks by Application Type), subject to the conditional use approval standards set out in subsection C.2., below, which shall be in addition to the conditional use approval standards set out in Section 18.02.04.13, General Standards for Conditional Uses:
1. All uses that may be approved by adaptable use review or conditional use review in the underlying zone, except uses that involve outdoor storage.
Conditional Use Approval Standards. The following special conditions shall apply for uses permitted by conditional use approval in the flood fringe district:
1. Fill or deposition of materials shall not be permitted if such is found to reduce the storage or flow capacity of a waterway;
2. The lowest floor (including basement) of all new structures or substantial improvements to existing structures shall be placed at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
3. Any new structure or addition to an existing structure on a property removed from the flood fringe district by the issuance of a FEMA LOMR-F must still be constructed such that its lowest floor level is at or above the regulatory flood protection elevation;
4. Nonresidential structures may be permitted without being placed on fill, provided the floodproofing requirements of Loveland Municipal Code § 15.14.080 are met;
5. All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems;
6. All new and replacement sanitary sewer systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems into floodwaters, and on-site waste disposal systems shall be designed and located so as to avoid impairment to them or contamination from them during flooding; and
7. The storage or processing of materials that are in time of flooding buoyant, flammable, poisonous, explosive, or could be injurious to human, plant, or animal life shall be prohibited.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.08 Critical Facilities

Required Protections. For the purposes of this Division, protections shall include one of the following:

The structure shall be located outside of the special flood hazard area; or
The structure’s lowest floor level shall be elevated or flood-proofed to at least two feet above the regulatory flood datum.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.09 Additional Information Requirements

Plans drawn to scale and prepared by a professional engineer showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevation of the lot, parcel or tract of land;
Location and dimensions of all proposed structures;
The amount of fill to be used, if any;
A description and specifications of all flood-proofing measures;
The relationship of the use or structures to the location of the channel, floodway, and flood protection devices;
The flood protection elevation;
A typical valley cross-section showing the channel of streams, elevation of land areas adjoining each side of the channel, cross-sectional areas to be occupied by the proposed development, and high water information;
Surface view plans showing elevations or contours of the ground, pertinent structures, fill or storage elevations, size, location, and spatial arrangement of all proposed and existing structures on the site;
Location and elevations of streets, water supply, and sanitary facilities;
A profile showing the slope of the bottom of the channel or flow line of the stream; and
Specifications for building construction and materials, flood-proofing, filling dredging, grading, channel improvements, storage of materials, water supply, and sanitary facilities.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.10 General Review Standards and Criteria

The danger of life and property due to the increased flood heights or velocities caused by encroachments upstream or downstream within the floodplain;
The danger of materials being swept away onto other lands or downstream to the injury of others in the event of a flood;
The proposed water supply and sanitation systems and the ability of these systems to prevent disease, contamination and unsanitary conditions in the event of a flood;
The relationship of the proposed use to the flood management program for the area in question;
The safety of access to the property in times of flood;
The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of the rise and sediment transport of floodwaters at the proposed location and their effect on the proposed use; and
For recommendations or decisions by the Planning Commission or decisions by the City Council, the recommendations of the planning and engineering staff and the building official.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.11 Flood Protection Standards and Criteria

Drainage. All subdivision proposals shall have adequate drainage provided to reduce exposure to flood damage.

Prevention of Water Infiltration.

All new and replacement water supply systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwater into the system.
All new and replacement wastewater systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems into floodwaters.

Location of Utilities. All new subdivisions shall have public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems located and constructed to minimize flood damage.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.12 Nonconforming Buildings or Uses

Any nonconforming use of property may be expanded, provided that such expansion is approved by the public works director. Any appeal of the public works director’s final decision shall be made to the Planning Commission in accordance with Division 2.14.06, Administrative Appeals.
Any nonconforming structure may be repaired, altered or enlarged, provided the repair, enlargement or alteration does not exceed 50 percent of the nonconforming structure's market value as existing prior to such enlargement.
If a nonconforming use of property or nonconforming building is discontinued or vacated for a period of 12 consecutive months, it shall be deemed to be abandoned and any further use of the property or structure shall conform to this Division.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.03.13 Nonliability of the City

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.04.01 Storm Drainage Criteria and Storm Drainage Standards – Adopted

Storm Drainage Criteria Adopted.

The “City of Loveland Storm Drainage Criteria,” (hereinafter, the “Stormwater Criteria”), are adopted by reference. The Stormwater Criteria consist of:
1. The Denver, Colorado Urban Drainage & Flood Control District’s “Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manual,” Volume 1 (June 2001), Volume 2 (June 2001), and Volume 3, Best Management Practices (September 1999); and
2. The City of Loveland “Addendum to the Urban Storm Drainage Criteria Manuals Volumes 1, 2, and 3 (September 1, 2002).”
All stormwater facilities, whether public or private, shall be designed in accordance with the Stormwater Criteria.

Policy Amendments. Policy amendments shall be adopted by City Council by resolution. Policy amendments shall include major changes, changes in law, changes that cause significant increased cost or controversy, and changes that relate to the public use and convenience.
Technical Amendments.
1. Technical amendments may be approved by the Director of the Public Works Department, provided that the amendments:
  1. Are consistent with all existing policies relevant to the amendment;
  2. Do not result in any significant additional cost to persons affected by the amendment; and
  3. Are consistent with existing law.
2. Technical amendments shall consist solely of such minor additions, revisions, and corrections as necessary, in the judgment of the Director of the Public Works Department, to be necessary to better conform to sound engineering or construction standards and best practice.
3. The Director of the Public Works Department shall place a notice of technical amendments on the City’s web page where the applicable document is posted, and shall report the technical amendments to the City Council.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.04.02 Grading and Drainage Design Principles

Generally.

Surface and subsurface drainage systems shall be provided, as appropriate for the collection and disposal of stormwater.
Site drainage shall be routed to a permanent surface or subsurface outfall adequate to dispose of present and anticipated future runoff from the site and from contributing off-site watershed areas, except where such water is necessary for controlled irrigation; storm-water drainage shall be connected only to outfalls approved by the City.
Whenever applicable, a grading plan designed in accordance with the subdivision master drainage plan should be provided.

Grading and Drainage Design.

Drainage systems and site grading shall be designed to minimize erosion, siltation, flooding, and standing water.
Generally, drainage systems shall use natural vegetative cover to provide a permanent, effective, and stable course for stormwater runoff. Permanent landscaping shall be installed in a timely manner after site improvements are installed in order to prevent rapid runoff, erosion, and downstream flooding.
Where storm drainage flow is concentrated, permanent structural facilities shall be provided to prevent significant erosion or flooding on the site or on adjacent properties.
Underground vaults and systems that require pumps shall not be allowed unless there is no feasible alternative to their use.
Stormwater management systems shall be designed so that:
1. They do not increase runoff or seepage into irrigation ditches or reservoirs; and
2. They do not increase seepage from irrigation ditches or reservoirs.

Runoff Onto Adjacent Property.

Drainage systems shall be designed and constructed so as to not detrimentally affect adjacent properties. These systems shall provide for the safety and convenience of occupants and protection of dwellings, other development, and usable lot areas from water damage, flooding, and erosion.
The drainage plan shall illustrate that the historical flow onto adjacent properties will not be increased, and that water is not sent down in a manner or quantity to do more harm than formerly.
Any proposed drainage onto adjacent properties that vary from pre-development patterns, including historic rate, character, and volume of flow patterns, shall be allowed only upon written approval from the affected property owners in the form of a perpetual drainage easement.

Revisions to Individual Lot Grades.

If the proposed grading elevation for a lot is not consistent with the approved grading plan for the development, the applicant shall submit a revised grading plan designed and stamped by a professional engineer that demonstrates compliance with subsection C., above.
If the top of foundation for a proposed structure exceeds the elevation approved in the grading plan for the development by more than six inches, the applicant shall submit a revised grading plan designed and stamped by a professional engineer and a justification for the proposed top of foundation.
If the top of foundation for a proposed structure is less than the elevation approved in the grading plan for the development, the applicant shall submit a revised grading plan designed and stamped by a professional engineer.

Streets. Streets shall be constructed to accommodate runoff as required by the City of Loveland Storm Drainage Criteria.

Stabilization of Slopes. Slopes that are greater than one foot rise to three feet of run shall be stabilized to prevent erosion.

Protection of Buildings and Structures.

The minimum grades at buildings and at openings into basements should be at elevations that will prevent adverse effects by water or water entering basements from flood levels equivalent to a 100-year storm frequency.
Runoff water shall be routed to assure buildings and other important facilities will not be endangered by flood waters which exceeds the capacity of the storm drainage system.
Provide positive surface drainage away from buildings and heavily used areas to swales, gutters, drain inlets or outfalls. Prevent hydrostatic buildup of water behind foundations, retaining walls, and other development by providing sub-drains and other devices.

Protection of Irrigation Ditches. Surface or subsurface drainage systems shall not be located or designed in a manner that poses a material risk of:

Impacting the stability of an irrigation ditch bank;
Flooding a ditch service road;
Creating stormwater overflow into an irrigation ditch in excess of pre-development conditions; or
Causing seepage into or out of an irrigation ditch.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.04.03 Snow Storage

Generally. Adequate areas for snow storage throughout the development shall be provided.

Snow storage areas shall be located to drain away from pedestrian and vehicular use areas, and into vegetated buffer strips or other appropriate best management practices (“BMPs”).
Snow storage areas shall be configured so that stored snow does not obstruct:
1. Sight triangles at driveways and intersections;
2. Emergency access routes;
3. Required parking spaces; and
4. Pedestrian routes.
To the greatest extent feasible, snow storage areas shall be located in areas with solar exposure, away from streets.
Snow storage areas shall not be located:
1. Within 50 feet of a river, creek, irrigation ditch, or wetland; or
2. Over drain inlets.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.05.01 Noise Barriers

Generally. Where noise barriers are required by this UDC, they shall meet the requirements of this Section.

Design.

Noise barriers may include berms or walls, or combinations of berms and walls.
Berms shall have a slope not greater than 1 foot of rise to 3 feet of run, and shall be planted with groundcovers to prevent erosion.
Unfinished smooth-faced concrete masonry unit construction is not allowed. Split face concrete masonry units and other pre-cast masonry shall have integral color.
Walls shall be finished on both sides. Finishes shall include texture and variations to provide visual interest.
Walls shall appear to be constructed in modules that are not wider than twenty feet.
Noise barriers shall be designed and constructed without gaps that reduce their effectiveness.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.05.02 Ground Vibration

Standards. The standards of Table 18.09.05.02, Vibration Standards, shall be met, except as provided in subsection B., below.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Table 18.09.05.02 Vibration Standards¹
Frequency (cycles per second)	Adjoining Zoning			Impact Vibration⁵
Frequency (cycles per second)	Residential²	Commercial³	Industrial/Other⁴	Impact Vibration⁵
Less than 10	0.0004	0.002	0.0039	0.0098
10-19	0.0002	0.0011	0.0022	0.0055
20-29	0.0001	0.0006	0.0011	0.0028
30-39	0.0001	0.0004	0.0007	0.0018
40-49	0.0001	0.0003	0.0005	0.0013
50 or more	0.0001	0.0002	0.0002	0.0010
TABLE NOTES: ¹ Vibrations that do not exceed 60 per minute may be twice this value. ² “Residential” includes the ER, R1e, R1, R2, R3e, and R3 Zones, and residential areas of planned unit developments, residential areas in E and MAC zones, and residential areas of complete neighborhoods. ³ “Commercial” includes the DT, B, MAC, and E Zones (except as provided in footnote 2, above), areas of planned unit developments that include commercial land uses, and neighborhood activity centers in complete neighborhoods. ⁴ “Industrial/Other” includes the I, PP, and DR Zones, and industrial areas of planned unit developments. ⁵ Vibrations occurring no more than eight times in a 24-hour period with a minimum separation of one minute.

Exceptions. The following are excepted from these standards:

Vibrations emanating from construction activities between the hours of 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM that are temporary in nature.
Transient vibrations of moving vehicles, such as trucks, automobiles, or trains.
Extraction or seismic activities may be granted limited exceptions to impact vibration standards during the approval process, and those conditions shall be controlling.

Measurement. An operator trained to measure vibrations shall make all such measurements and shall submit and certify them to the City.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.06.01 Irrigation Canals and Irrigation Ditches

Relocation or Construction of New Canals and Ditches. Irrigation canals and irrigation ditches shall not be constructed within public rights-of-way, except:

At necessary points of crossing (and to make improvements at existing points of crossing); or
As approved by the City Council in order to provide for an exceptional public benefit.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.09.06.02 Environmentally-Sensitive Areas

Applicability. The standards of this Section apply if the subject property includes or is within 100 feet of:

Any of the environmentally-sensitive area as identified in the Report; or
Any land within the ordinary high water mark of a river, stream, creek, lake, or reservoir; or
Any of the following environmentally sensitive areas:
1. Mature stands of vegetation;
2. Jurisdictional (“USACE”) or non-jurisdictional wetlands;
3. Physical linkages to other natural areas or open space including wetlands, waterways, native vegetation, conserved open lands and natural areas, and other natural corridors within or connected to the project area;
4. Existing drainage patterns and areas within the floodway and flood fringe including areas within the designated floodway or 100-year floodplain of major drainages, as well as smaller tributary drainages without designated floodways or floodplains;
5. Irrigation canals and ditches and water courses; and
6. Fault and aquifer recharge and discharge areas.

Unbuildable Areas. The following areas shall be protected as open space as provided in subsection E., below:

Natural areas identified in Table 1 of the Report with an overall rating of six or higher, rated in accordance with the approved Environmentally Sensitive Areas report;
Other areas identified in the approved Environmentally Sensitive Areas report to be protected as open space.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.01.01 Authority

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.01.02 Purpose

Fostering the responsible and balanced development of the state’s oil and gas resources in a manner consistent with the protection of the public’s health, safety, and welfare, including protection of the environment and wildlife resources;
Protecting public and private interests against waste in both the production and use of oil and gas; and
Allowing Colorado’s oil and gas pools to produce up to their maximum efficient rate subject to the prevention of waste, protection of the public’s health, safety, and welfare, protection of the environment and wildlife resources, and the protection and enforcement of the rights of owners and producers to a common source of oil and gas so that each owner and producer obtains a just and equitable share of production from that source.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.01.03 Applicability

Generally.

Except as otherwise provided in this section, the provisions of this Chapter shall apply to all surface oil and gas operations occurring within the City’s boundaries, which shall include, without limitation, any oil and gas operation requiring the commission’s issuance or re-issuance of a drilling permit or any other permit under the COGCC regulations. Prior to any person commencing any such operations within the City, that person shall apply for and receive an oil and gas permit from the City in accordance with the standards set out in this Chapter.
The standards set out in Division 18.10.02, General Standards for Oil and Gas Operations, apply to all oil and gas permits.
The standards set out in Division 18.10.03, Enhanced Standards for Oil and Gas Operations (Administrative Review), apply to oil and gas permits that are issued administratively.

Other Applicable UDC Provisions. In addition to the standards of this Chapter, all oil and gas operations conducted within the City shall comply with the following provisions of this UDC:

Division 18.05.02, Access and Circulation
Division 18.07.04, Utilities
Chapter 18.09, Environmental Quality (except as specifically modified in this Chapter)
Division 18.04.08, Signs
Division 18.09.03, Floodplain Regulations
Chapter 18.15, Adequate Community Facilities ("ACF")
Division 18.16.04, Capital Expansion Fees

3.16, Sales and Use Tax;
7.12, Nuisances - Unsanitary Conditions;
7.16, Solid Waste Collection and Recycling (to the maximum extent feasible);
7.18, Weed Control;
7.26, Accumulations of Waste Materials;
7.30, Graffiti;
7.36, Fire Protection;
10.04, Traffic Regulations;
10.20, Parking;
12.16, Use of City Rights-of-Way;
12.28, Prohibited Uses of Streets and Other Public Places;
13.04, Water Service;
13.06, Cross Connection Control;
13.18, Stormwater Management;
13.20, Stormwater Quality;
15.08, Building Code;
15.12, Property Maintenance Code;
15.14, Floodplain Building Code;
15.16, Mechanical Code;
15.24, Electrical Code;
15.28, Fire Code;
15.56.030 (The installation and operation of any oil and gas facility shall not cause significant degradation of cultural or historic resources, of sites eligible as City Landmarks, or the State or National Historic Register);
12.25, Street Maintenance Fee; and
19.06, Irrigation.

Federal and State Regulations. The operator shall comply with all applicable federal and state regulations including, without limitation, the OGC act and the COGCC regulations.

Decision-Making Procedures. The oil and gas permits that are required by this Chapter shall be processed in accordance with Chapter 18.14, General Review Procedures.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.01 COGCC Standards Adopted

Generally. Applicants for oil and gas permits shall provide appropriate documentation to the City to demonstrate compliance with the COGCC regulations listed in this Section.

Setback Requirements. Setbacks meet the standards of COGC Rule 604, as amended.

Groundwater Baseline Sampling and Monitoring. Groundwater baseline sampling and monitoring will be performed in compliance with COGCC Rule 318.A.e, as amended.

Lighting. All oil and gas operations shall comply with COGCC Rule 803, as amended.

Noise Mitigation. All permits for oil and gas operations shall comply with COGCC Rule 802, as amended.

Reclamation.

The oil and gas operations will comply with COGCC Rule Series 1000, as amended. The operator shall provide copies of the Commission’s drill site reclamation notice to the Director at the same time as it is provided to the surface owner.
Temporary access roads associated with oil and gas operations shall be reclaimed and re-vegetated to the original state in accordance with COGCC Rule Series 1000.

Stormwater Quality and Dust Control. Stormwater quality and dust control will be provided in accordance with COGCC Rule 805, as amended.

Odor. All oil and gas operations shall comply with COGCC Rule 805.

Well Abandonment. The oil and gas operation will comply with the well abandonment regulations set forth in COGCC Rule 319, as amended.

The operator shall provide a copy of the approval granted by the Commission for the abandonment to the Director within 30 days after receiving such approval.
The operator shall provide copies of the Commission’s plugging and abandonment report to the Director at the same time as it is provided to the Commission.
The operator shall notify the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority not less than two hours prior to commencing plugging operations.
Upon plugging and abandonment of a well, the operator shall provide the Director with surveyed coordinates of the abandoned well and shall leave onsite a physical marker of the well location.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.02 Visual Impacts, Fencing, and Lighting

Visual Impacts and Screening.

Visual Impacts.
1. To the maximum extent practicable, oil and gas facilities shall be:
  1. Located away from prominent natural features such as distinctive rock and land forms, vegetative patterns, river crossings, and other landmarks;
  2. Located to avoid crossing hills or ridges;
  3. Located to avoid the removal of healthy trees; and
  4. Located at the base of slopes to provide a background of topography and/or natural cover.
2. Access roads shall be aligned to follow existing grades and minimize cuts and fills.
3. One or more of the following landscaping practices may be required on a site-specific basis:
  1. Establishment and proper maintenance of adequate ground cover, shrubs and trees;
  2. Shaping cuts and fills to appear as natural forms;
  3. Cutting rock areas to create irregular forms; and
  4. Designing the facility to utilize natural screens.
Color. Oil and gas facilities, by the time development of the site is complete, shall be painted in a uniform, non-contrasting, non-reflective color, to blend with the surrounding landscape, with colors that resemble the land rather than the sky. The color should be slightly darker than the surrounding landscape.
Landscaping. If an oil and gas operation site is less than 100 feet from a public street, a Type D Bufferyard shall be required between the oil and gas operation and the public street.

Lighting. In addition to compliance with COG Rule 803, as amended, the following standards apply to lighting:

Except during drilling, completion or other operational activities requiring additional lighting, down-lighting shall be required, meaning that all bulbs must be fully shielded to prevent light emissions above a horizontal plane drawn from the bottom of the fixture; and
A lighting plan shall be developed to establish compliance with this subsection. The lighting plan shall indicate the location of all outdoor lighting on the site and on any structures, and include cut sheets (manufacturer's specifications with picture or diagram) of all proposed fixtures.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.03 Oil and Gas Access Roads

Generally. All private roads used to access the tank battery or the wellhead shall meet or exceed the standards of this Section.

Width and Overhead Clearance of Access Road. A graded gravel roadway at least 20 feet wide with a minimum unobstructed overhead clearance of 13 feet six inches.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.04 Water Supply and Disposal

Water Supply.

The operator shall identify on the site plan its primary source(s) for water used in both the drilling and well completion phases of operation. In addition, if requested by the City’s water and power department director, the applicant’s source(s) and amounts of water used in the City shall be documented and a record of it shall be provided to the City.
When operationally feasible, the operator shall minimize adverse impacts caused by the delivery of water to the operation site by truck.
If available and commercially viable, the operator shall make a service line connection to a domestic water supplier who is willing to provide such water at the same rates, fees, and charges and provided that the amount of the water that can be supplied by that provider can be done so without delay or negative impact to the operator’s drilling and well completion operations.
When operationally feasible, the operator may alternatively purchase non-potable water from any other sources and transfer that water through ditches or other waterways and/or through above or below ground lines.

Water Disposal. The disposal of water used on site shall be reported to the water and power department director.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.05 Temporary Housing

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.06 Emergency Response

Emergency Preparedness Plan.

Each operator with an operation in the City is required to provide to the City its emergency preparedness plan for operations within the City, which shall be in compliance with the applicable provisions of the International Fire Code as adopted in the City Code. The plan shall be filed with the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority and updated on an annual basis.
The emergency preparedness plan shall contain, at a minimum, all of the following information:
1. The designation of the operator’s office group or individual(s) responsible for emergency field operations. An office group or individual(s) designated to handle first response situations, emergency field operations or on-scene incident commands will meet this requirement. A phone number and address of such office group or individual(s) operation shall be required.
2. A map identifying the location of pipelines, isolation valves and/or a plot plan, sufficient in detail to enable the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority to respond to potential emergencies. The information concerning pipelines and isolation valves shall be kept confidential by the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority, and shall only be disclosed in the event of an emergency or as otherwise required by law.
3. A provision that any spill outside of the containment area that has the potential to leave the facility or to threaten waters of the state and that is required to be reported to the COGCC or the COGCC’s director shall be immediately reported to the Loveland Fire Rescue Authority emergency dispatch at 911 and to the Director promptly thereafter.
4. Access or evacuation routes and health care facilities anticipated to be used in the case of an emergency.
5. A project-specific emergency preparedness plan for any operation that involves drilling or penetrating through known zones of hydrogen sulfide gas.
6. A provision obligating the operator to reimburse the appropriate emergency response service providers for costs incurred in connection with any emergency caused by oil and gas operations and not promptly handled by the operator or its agents.
7. Detailed information showing that the applicant has adequate personnel, supplies and funding to implement the emergency response plan immediately at all times during construction and operations.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.07 Insurance and Performance Security

Insurance.

Generally. Every operator granted a permit under this Chapter shall procure and maintain throughout the duration of the operator’s oil and gas operations a policy of comprehensive general liability insurance, or a self-insurance program approved by the Colorado Insurance Commission, insuring the operator and naming the City as an additional insured, against:
1. Any liability for personal injury, bodily injury or death arising out of the operator’s permitted operations, with coverage of at least $1,000,000.00 per occurrence; and
2. Any damages that may occur to the City’s streets, roads or rights-of-way (in excess of the amount of the security provided pursuant to subsection B., below) as a result of any weight stresses or spillage of hauled materials including, without limitation, water, sand, waste fluids, waste solids and mixed wastes, with coverage in an amount determined by the City Engineer based on the approved Truck Routing Plan.
Qualifying Insurance Companies. Unless the operator is self-insured, the insurance required by this subsection A. shall be with a company (or companies) qualified to do business in the State of Colorado.
Deductible. Unless the operator is self-insured, the insurance required by this subsection A. may provide for a deductible as the operator deems reasonable, but in no event greater than $10,000.00. The operator shall be responsible for payment of any deductible.
Cancellation. No such policy shall be subject to cancellation or reduction in coverage limits or other modification except after 30 days' prior written notice to the City.
Additional Policy Requirements.
1. The operator shall identify whether the type of coverage is “occurrence” or “claims made.” If the type of coverage is “claims made,” which at renewal the operator changes to “occurrence,” the operator shall carry a 12-month tail. The operator shall not do or permit to be done anything that shall invalidate the policies. In addition, the insurance required by this subsection A. shall cover any and all damages, claims or suits arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, disbursal, seepage, migration, release or escape of pollutants, and shall not exclude from coverage any liability or expense arising out of or related to any form of pollution, whether intentional or otherwise.
2. Further, the policies required by this subsection A. shall be deemed to be for the mutual and joint benefit and protection of the operator and the City and shall provide that although the City is named as additional insured, the City shall nevertheless be entitled to recover under said policies for any loss occasioned to the City or its officers, employees or agents by reason of negligence of the operator or of its officers, employees, agents, subcontractors, or business invitees and such policies shall be written as primary policies not contributing to or in excess of any insurance coverage the City may carry.
Certificates of Insurance Required. Prior to the issuance of the operator’s permit, the operator shall furnish to the City certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance coverage required herein. In addition, the operator shall, upon request by the City and not less than 30 days prior to the expiration of any such insurance coverage, provide the City with a certificate of insurance evidencing either new or continuing coverage in accordance with the requirements of this section.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.08 Noise Mitigation

Generally. In addition to COGCC Rule 802, as amended, oil and gas operations are subject to the noise mitigation standards of this Section.

Equipment Exhaust. The exhaust from all engines, coolers, and other mechanized equipment shall be vented up and in a direction away from the closest existing residences.

Additional Mitigation.

Additional noise mitigation may be required based on specific site characteristics, including, but not limit to, the following:
1. Nature and proximity of adjacent development;
2. Prevailing weather patterns, including wind direction;
3. Vegetative cover on or adjacent to the subject property; and
4. Topography.
The level of required noise mitigation may increase with the proximity of the well and well site to existing residences and platted subdivision lots, and the level of noise emitted by the well site. To the extent feasible and not inconsistent with its operations, operator may be required to use one or more of the following additional noise mitigation measures to mitigate noise impacts:
1. Acoustically insulated housing or cover enclosures on motors, engines and compressors;
2. Vegetative screens consisting of trees and shrubs;
3. Solid wall or fence of acoustically insulating material surrounding all or part of the facility;
4. Noise mitigation plan identifying and limiting hours of maximum noise emissions, type, and frequency, and level of noise to be emitted and proposed mitigation measures; and
5. Lowering the level of pumps or tank batteries.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.09 Land Disturbance

The following mitigation measures shall be used to achieve compatibility and reduce land use impacts:

Pad dimensions for a well shall be the minimum size necessary to accommodate operational needs while minimizing surface disturbance.
Oil and gas operations shall use structures and surface equipment of the minimal size necessary to satisfy present and future operational needs.
Oil and gas operations shall be located in a manner that minimizes the amount of cut and fill.
To the maximum extent feasible, oil and gas operations shall use and share existing infrastructure, minimize the installation of new facilities and avoid additional disturbance to lands in a manner that reduces the introduction of significant new land use impacts to the environment, landowners, and natural resources.
Landscaping plans shall include drought tolerant species that are native and less desirable to wildlife and suitable for the climate and soil conditions of the area.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.10 Floodplains

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.11 Seismic Operations

The operator shall provide at least a 15-day advance notice to the Director and the Loveland Rural Fire Authority whenever seismic activity will be conducted within the City.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.02.12 Site Maintenance

Flammable Materials.

No burning of trash shall occur on the site of any oil and gas operations.
All land within 25 feet of any tank, pit or other structure containing flammable or combustible materials shall be kept free of dry weeds, grass or rubbish.

Impacts to Streets.

Chains. Traction chains on heavy equipment shall be removed before entering a city street.
Mud Tracking. An operator shall take all practical measures to ensure that the operator’s vehicles do not track mud or leave debris on city streets. Any such mud or debris left on city streets by an operator’s operation shall be promptly cleaned up by the operator.

Maintenance of Machinery. Routine field maintenance of vehicles and mobile machinery shall not be performed within 300 feet of any water body.

Clean-Up.

Removal of Debris. When oil and gas operations become operational, all construction-related debris shall be removed from the site for proper disposal. The site shall be maintained free of debris and excess materials at all times during operation. Materials shall not be buried on-site.
Removal of Equipment. All equipment used for drilling, re-drilling, maintenance and other oil and gas operations shall be removed from the site within 30 days after completion of the work. Permanent storage of moveable equipment on well pad sites is prohibited.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.01 Applicability of Division

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.02 Setbacks

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Table 18.10.03.02 Setbacks for Oil and Gas Facilities
Sensitive Area ("Column A")	Setback Distance (“Column B”)	Setback to be Measured to the Following Nearest Feature of Sensitive Area (“Column C”)
Building	500 ft.	Wall or corner of building
Public road, major above-ground utility facility, or railroad tracks	200 ft.	Boundary of right-of-way or easement
Property on which the oil and gas facility is located¹	200 ft.	Property line
Lease area on which the oil and gas facility is located	200 ft.	Property line
Natural area or wetland	500 ft.	Property line
Property managed by City's Parks and Recreation Department, and City Park, or property subject to a conservation easement managed by a public or non-profit entity	500 ft.	Property line of property or easement
Surface water body	500 ft.	Operating high water line or ordinary high water line, as applicable
FP-FW overlay zone	500 ft.	Overlay zone boundary
Domestic or commercial water well	500 ft.	Center of wellhead
Outdoor assembly area	1,000 ft.	Property line
High occupancy building	1,000 ft.	Wall or corner of building
TABLE NOTE: ¹ The setback is measured from the boundaries of the facility within the subject property to the property line of the subject property.

Report to COGCC. Once the setbacks for a well permitted under the administrative review process have been approved and established, the Director shall submit to the COGCC a site plan showing the exact location of those setbacks for the permitted well.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.03 Bufferyards

Commission Mitigation Regulations. All oil and gas operations shall comply with the mitigation measures required under COGCC Rule 604.c, as amended.

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Table 18.10.03.03 Bufferyards for Oil and Gas Operations
Base Standard (plants per 100 linear feet)	Width (feet)	Plant Multiplier	Plant Multiplier Option: add 6 foot opaque masonry wall
5 canopy trees 6 evergreen trees 4 large shrubs	150	1.00	0.85
	170	0.90
	190	0.80
	210	0.70
	230	0.60
	250	0.50

Effective on: 5/13/2019

18.10.03.04 Air Quality

Combustion Devices. All flares shall be designed and operated as follows:

The combustion devices shall be designed and operated in a matter that will ensure it complies with 40 Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”) § 60.18 (General control device and work practice requirements);
The combustion device, during production operations, shall be operated with a pilot flame present at all times vapors may be routed to it. Presence of a pilot flame shall be continuously monitored and recorded; and
Combustion devices shall be equipped with automatic flame ignition systems in the event the pilot flame is extinguished.

Well Completion Practices. For each well completion operation, the operator shall minimize emissions from the operation as set forth below:

For the duration of flowback, route the recovered gas to the sales pipeline once the well has enough gas to safely operate the separator, or like device, and liquid control valves;
If flow and gathering lines are not available to comply with subsection F.1., above, the operator shall capture the recovered gas to a completion combustion device, equipped with a continuous ignition system, to oxidize the recovered gas stream except in conditions that may result in a fire hazard or explosion, or where high heat emissions from the completion device may negatively impact a sensitive area or nearby structure;
Operators shall have a general duty to safely maximize resource recovery and minimize releases to the atmosphere during flowback; and
Operators shall maintain a log for each well completion operation. The log shall be completed in accordance with the methods outlined in the Environmental Protection Agency’s Code of Federal Regulations, specifically 40 CFR Part 60, Subpart OOOO.

Well Maintenance and Blowdowns. The operator shall utilize best management practices during well maintenance and blowdowns to minimize or eliminate venting emissions.

Dates when the operator or its agent inspected its oil and gas facilities under its leak detection and repair plan;
A record of the expected and actual air emissions measured at the facilities;
The operator’s emissions data collected during well completion activities;
Dates and duration when operator conducted well maintenance activities to minimize air emissions;
If venting occurred at any time during the reporting period, an explanation as to why best management practices could not have been used to prevent such venting; and
Dates when reciprocating compressor rod-packing is replaced.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.05 Pipelines

Any newly constructed or substantially modified pipelines on site shall meet the following requirements:

To the maximum extent feasible, pipelines shall be aligned with established roads in order to minimize surface impacts and reduce habitat fragmentation and disturbance;

To the maximum extent feasible, operators shall share existing pipeline rights-of-way and consolidate new corridors for pipeline rights-of-way to minimize surface impacts; and

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.03.06 Noise

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.04.01 Purpose of Division

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.04.02 Oil and Gas Overlay Zone and Sub-Zone Boundaries

The Critical Sub-Zone (“OGO-CZ”), which extends 200 feet from the outer boundary of each oil and gas facility;
The Restricted Sub-Zone (“OGO-RZ”), which extends 300 feet from the outer boundary of each OGO-CZ; and
The High Occupancy Building Sub-Zone (“OGO-HO”), which extends 500 feet from the outer boundary of each OGO-RZ.

Effective on: 11/20/2018

18.10.04.03 Land Use Restrictions

Critical Zone. In the OGO-CZ, land uses shall be limited to any of the following:

Essential underground public utility facilities; and
Undeveloped, access-restricted open space.

Restricted Zone.

Land Use. In the OGO-RZ, land uses shall be limited to any of the following:
1. Airport, heliport, or helistop;
2. Composting facility;
3. Storage yard;
4. Essential public utility uses, facilities, services and structures;
5. Heavy industry;
6. Wireless communications facilities (all types);
7. Nursery or greenhouse, wholesale;
8. Recycling collection center (attended);
9. Recyclable materials processing;
10. Resource extraction (minerals);
11. Resource extraction (oil and gas);
12. Self-storage;
13. Street;
14. Heavy logistics center;
15. Waste transfer station;
16. Disposal;
17. Passenger motor vehicle sales or rental;
18. Heavy motor vehicle sales or rental;
19. Motorcycle, scooter, or ATV sales or rental.
Approval Process. Generally, the land uses listed in subsection C.1., above, shall be permitted in the OGO-RZ if approved by adaptable use review, even if the underlying zoning or approved development plan governing the subject property prohibits such land use. However, if the underlying zone requires conditional use review for the proposed use, then conditional use review is required.
Restrictions. None of the uses listed above shall include an outdoor assembly area, building, or surface or structured parking lot within the OGO-RZ.

(Ord. 6326 §6, 08/20/2019)

Effective on: 9/3/2019

18.10.05.01 Commercial Mineral Deposits

Effective on: 11/20/2018